Comprising of augmentation of pulp mill and …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/10092019I...Declaration Final EIA Report for Mill Development Plan (MDP) for West Coast

Final EIA Report for Mill Development Plan (MDP) for West Coast Paper Mills Ltd, Dandeli ,

Karnataka

Declaration

Prepared by & 1

Project Proponent

West Coast Paper Mills Limited,

Dandeli, Karnataka

EIA Consultant

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

Accredited EIA Consulting Organization Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1619/SA 076

Parry House, 3rd Floor, No:2, NSC Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai – 600 001

Project Code: PJ-ENVIR-20161031-993/R12 Project Sector: 5 (i) as per EIA Notification 2006

August 2019

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Mill Development Plan (MDP)

Comprising of augmentation of pulp mill and existing paper machines, installation of Multi-layer Coated Board Machine and installation of 35 MW

steam turbine with 135 TPH FBC Boiler at

West Coast Paper Mills Ltd, Dandeli, Karnataka

Final Report

Final EIA Report for Mill Development Plan (MDP) for West Coast Paper Mills

Ltd, Dandeli, Karnataka

PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Declaration

Prepared by & 2

WEST COAST PAPER MILLS LIMITED, DANDELI has conducted the

“Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Proposed Mill Development Plan

(MDP) Comprising of augmentation of pulp mill and existing paper machines,

installation of new Multi-layer Coated Board Machine and installation of 35

MW steam turbine with 135 TPH FBC Boiler at Dandeli, Karnataka.

The EIA report preparation have been undertaken in compliance with the

Terms of Reference (ToR ) issued by MoEF & CC. Information and content

provided in the report is factually correct for the purpose and objective

for such study undertaken.

We hereby declare the ownership of contents (information and data) of

EIA/EMP Report.

For on behalf of West Coast paper Mills Limited, Dandeli.

Signature:

Name: Rajendra Jain

Designation: Executive Director

Date: 27th August 2019

DECLARATION BY PROJECT PROPONENT



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Declaration

Prepared by & 3

This EIA report has been prepared by “Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Limited (CMSRSL), in line with EIA Notification, dated 14th September 2006,

seeking prior Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment,

Forests and Climate Change, New Delhi.

This work has been undertaken in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 Quality

Management System with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the

terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms &

Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by

agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters

outside the scope of the above.

Further, this report is confidential to the client and the use of this report by

unauthorized third parties without written authorization from CMSRSL shall

be at their own risk.

For and on behalf of Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

Approved by : N.V.Subba Rao

Sign :

Designation : Chief Executive

Date : 27h August 2019

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Declaration

Prepared by & 4

I, hereby, certify that I was part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

Sector as per NABET Scheme 24

Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of paper from ready pulp without bleaching

Sector as per EIA Notification 5(i)

Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of paper from ready pulp without bleaching

EIA Coordinator:

Name : V.S.Bhaskar

Signature :

Date : 27th August 2019

Period of Involvement : February 2017 to till date Contact Information : M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

“Parry House, 3rd Floor, No. 2, NSC Bose Road, Chennai – 600 001 [email protected] +91-044- 3044 5620

Functional Area Experts:

S.No. Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s Involvement

(Period and Task) Signature

1 AP- Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

Mr. V S Bhaskar

February 2017to February 2019 Task: Site visit, design of Ambient air quality monitoring network, evaluation of result of ambient air quality monitoring, inferring baseline data collected, identification of potential impact to air quality during construction and operation phase, developing and finalizing EMP to minimize impact to air quality.

(25th

February 2019)

2 AQ- Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction

Mr. V S Bhaskar

February 2017to February 2019 Task: Supervision of air quality modeling and identification of impacts due to proposed expansion. Finalization of mitigation measures with client.

(25

th February 2019)

PROJECT DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT

ORGANIZATION

mailto:[email protected]



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Declaration

Prepared by & 5




3 WP- Water Pollution Monitoring Prevention & Control

Mr. V S Bhaskar

February 2017to February 2019 Task: Site visit, Finalization of sampling locations, finalizing water balance for the project, inference of baseline data collected identification of impacts and preparation of mitigation plan.

(25

th Feb 2019)

4 SHW- Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Mr. Ravishankar D

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Identification of solid waste to be generated from the process and suggesting mitigation plan.

(3

rd Dec 2018)

5 MSW – Municipal Solid Waste

Ms. Sathya.S

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Identification of solid waste to be generated from the industry and suggesting mitigation plan and coordination with EIA coordinator & functional area experts in report writing

(3

rd Dec 2018)

6 SE- Socio-Economic Aspects

Mr. Karthick C S

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Undertaking primary socio-economic survey, identification of social impact due to proposed project, preparation of mitigation plan, and development of CER plan.

(3rd Dec 2018)

8 EB- Ecology and Biodiversity

Dr. T. Balakrishnan

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Field survey. Impact prediction and suggesting mitigation measures. Preparation of ecology management plan.

(3rd Dec 2018)

9 LU- Land Use T.P.Natesan

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Preparation of land use land cover maps for the study area using GIS/ related tools followed by ground truth verification.

(3rd Dec 2018)

10

HG- Hydrology Ground Water & Water Conservation GEO- Geology

T.P.Natesan

February 2017to December 2018 Task: Aquifer details, groundwater potential, determination of ground use pattern, Study of local hydro-geology, development of rainwater harvesting program, preparation of contour map for the study area and estimation of groundwater direction.

(3rd Dec 2018)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Declaration

Prepared by & 6




11 RH- Risk & Hazard Management

Mr. V S Bhaskar

February 2017to February 2019 Task: Identification of risk due to storage of fuel and raw materials, interpreting consequence contours, suggesting risk mitigation measures.

(25

th Feb 2019)

Other Team involved:

1. Ms. Sujatha Gurudev - Functional Area Associate, WP & NV

2. Mr. Mahendra B. - Functional Area Associate, AP & AQ, WP

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized

Person

I, N.V.Subbarao, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

Report for the “Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Proposed Mill Development

Plan (MDP) Comprising of augmentation of pulp mill and existing paper machines,

installation of new Multi-Layer Coated Board Machine and installation of 35 MW steam

turbine with 135 TPH FBC Boiler at Dandeli, Karnataka”.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature

Name : N V Subbarao

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization :M/s.Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Ltd

NABET Certificate No. :NABET/EIA/1619/SA 076 Date : 27th February 2019



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 7

Executive Summary

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Preamble

West Coast Paper Mills Limited is one of the oldest and largest producers of

paper for printing, writing and packaging in India. WCPM was established in

1955 at Dandeli in Karnataka near the banks of River Kali.

Initially, the plant was designed to manufacture 18,000 TPA of writing, printing

and packaging paper, the commercial production of which commenced in May

1959. Over 50 years of Sustainable Investment and Operations, the mill’s

capacity increased to 320,000 tpa.

The mill produces well established brands of commercial and premium grades of

paper and boards ranging from 54 to 600 GSM, catered across six different

product segments namely writing, printing, business, specialty, industrial and

packaging.

WCPM products present a wide range of WESCO brand Specialty and value-

added products to the packaging industries viz Cup Stock varieties, Folding Box

Board & Single and Double Coated Board with Grey Back & Kraft Back.

To improve the operational and financial performance of the mill, to meet the

emerging trends in the market, and further to make the mill more environment-

friendly, WCPM plans to implement Mill Development Plan (MDP) to increase

the capacity of its integrated pulp and paper mill.

1.2 Proposed Project

The mill currently has facilities to produce printing and writing papers and

packaging boards with licensed capacity of 320,000 tpa.

The proposed Mill Development Plan (MDP) would increase the mill’s installed

capacity to 450,000 tpa (increase by 130,000 tpa) comprising of printing and

writing papers and packaging boards, along with increase in Bleached wood

pulp production and upgradation of captive power plant.

Total cost of the project is estimated at Rs.750 Crores.

1.3 Need for the EIA Study

According to the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification issued by

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) under

Environment Protection Act, pulp and paper industries (excluding manufacture of

paper from waste paper) are required to obtain environmental clearance for any

expansion or modernization. In addition to this, any captive co-generation power



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 8

plant with a capacity greater than 5 MW should also obtain environmental

clearance.

Since the proposed mill development involve manufacture of additional pulp, the

subject project falls under category “A” under sector 5(i). In addition to this, it is

proposed to Increase Captive Power Plant (CPP) capacity from 74.8 MW to

109.8 MW by installing a new 35 MW TG and 135 TPH capacity FBC coal fired

boiler within the Mill site. Since the proposed Mill site does not fall under any

notified industrial area, public consultation was conducted on 29th July 2019 as

per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006.

1.3.1. Project Screening and ToR

The proposed MDP was appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-

I), Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate change (MoEF&CC) during the

16th Expert Appraisal Committee meeting held on 6th to 7th March 2017 and the

project was accorded Terms of Reference (ToR) vide File no. J-11011/408/2006-

IA-II(I), dated, 30th March 2017. Also the revised proposal of MDP was submitted

to MoEF&CC for ToR amendment and was appraised by the Expert Appraisal

Committee (Industry-1), MoEF&CC during the 35th Meeting of the EAC held on

17th to 18th September 2018. The project was accorded ToR Amendment vide

File no.J-11011/408/2006-IA.II(I) dated 9th October 2018

1.4 EIA Study

The EIA study was undertaken in conformity with the guidelines of Ministry of

Environment and Forests (MoEF) and Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC),

covering all the aspects of the specific conditions mentioned in the terms of

reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC dated 30th March 2017 and ToR dated 9th

October 2018.

This EIA study was undertaken by M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Limited, a NABET accredited EIA consultant organisation, with specific technical

and project related inputs required for undertaking the EIA studies from SPB

Projects and Consultancy Ltd (SPB-PC), Chennai. The summary of the findings

of the EIA study are presented in the subsections of this document.

1.5 Environmental Setting of the Mill

The proposed Mill Development Plan (MDP) facilities will be located within the

existing mill premises at Dandeli Village, Haliyal Taluk, Uttara Kannada District,

Karnataka. The vacant spaces inside the existing mill will be utilized for the MDP.

Hence alternative sites are not studied. The existing plant is located at 3-A

(Dandeli), 21- Ambewadi, 22- Kerwad Village, Dandeli Village, Haliyal Taluk,

Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 9

The existing site is located at the intersection of latitude 15°15'11.21"N and

longitude 74°37'38.30"E. Details of environmental setting around the mill site and

the study area are given in Table 1.

Table 1-1 Environmental Setting of the Mill Site and the Study Area

S.No. Particulars Details

1

Location

Town/Village Dandeli

Taluk Haliyal

District Uttara Kannada

State Karnataka

2 Latitude 15°15'11.21"N

3 Longitude 74°37'38.30"E

4 Climatic conditions as per IMD Belgaum

Predominant annual wind direction: W and WSW Annual mean max temp: 38.4oC Annual mean min temp: 10.9 oC Total annual rainfall: 1507.1 mm

5 Present land use at the proposed site

Industrial land use

6 Nearest highway/road SH-46 Haliyal-Dandeli Road), and SH-93, 12.8-km in W direction)

7 Defence installations Nil within 7-km radius

8 Nearest railway station Alnavar Junction –22 km , NE

9 Nearest airport/air strip Hubballi Airport (50 km, E) Goa (85-km, W)

10 Nearest village Subash Nagar (0.25-km, N)

11 Nearest town Dandeli (1.5-km, W)

12 Nearest river Kali River (0.5-km, S)

13 Hills/valleys Undulating terrain consisting of residual hills and valleys formed over Dharwad Super Group Rocks

14 Archaeologically important places Nil within 7-km radius

15 Ecologically sensitive areas (National Parks/ Wildlife sanctuaries/bio-sphere reserves)

Project site is located at about 2 km from the Eco sensitive zone boundary of Dandeli-Anshi Tiger Reserve & Hornbill Conservation Reserve boundary as per draft MoEF&CC Notification for which ESZ notification is yet to be Published. As per the EC letter from MoEF&CC dated 19th July 2007, Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary is located at 9 km (E). NOC from the Principal Secretary, Forest, Environment & Ecology Department, Govt of Karnataka is obtained by WPCM vide letter No. D/WL/WCPM/CR-29/2006-06 dated 26/06/2007

16 Reserved/Protected forests within 10 km radius

17 List of industries Parrys Sugar Industries Limited, 15.5 Km, NE

18 Topography of the plant site Plain

19 Nature of soil Clay and Silty clay type



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 10

2. OVERVIEW OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ASPECTS IN THE EXISTING FACILITY

The mill obtained Environmental Clearance for the “Expansion-Cum-

Modernization of Paper unit (1,78,500 TPA to 3,20,000 TPA) and Captive Power

Plant (30 MW) from MoEF&CC vide no: J-11011/408/2006-IA.II (I)” dated on

19th July, 2007. WCPM obtained Consent for Establishment under the Water and

Air Act for expansion and Modernization from Karnataka State Pollution Control

Board Vide No: CFE-EIA/WCPM/EIA-685/2007-2008 dated, 16th November

2007.

In order to meet the CREP requirements, the company initiated various

Development Plan in which the mill replaced its old chlorine-based wood pulp

line with a modern wood pulp line with Super Batch Cooking Technology,

Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF), Oxygen Delignification, Efficient Chemical

Recovery complex including Lime Mud re-burning kiln and so on

Consent for Operation and discharge of effluents under the Water (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and emissions under the Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 was obtained vide combined consent order No:

AWH-301773, dated on 29th December 2016 with the validity upto 2021. The mill

is regularly submitting the Environmental compliance report to the Regional

Office, Bangalore of MoEF&CC and WCPM has complied with all conditions of

the Environmental Clearance issued by MoEF for expanding capacity from

1,78,500 tpa to 3,20,000 tpa.

3. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION


capacity to 450,000 tpa (increase by 130,000 tpa) comprising of printing and

writing papers and packaging boards. Overview of the proposed MDP

requirements are presented in Table 2.

Table 3-1 Overview of the Plant Capacities – Existing, Post MDP and Proposal

Description Unit Existing Post MDP Incre-mental

Proposal

Paper Machines

Paper/Board PM #1 to # 6

tpa 320,000 345,000 25,000 Modernisation /Upgradation

Board tpa -- 105,000 105,000 New Board Machine

Total Paper/board

tpa 320,000 450,000 130,000

Pulp Plant BD tpd 725 844 119 Upgradation

DIP Plant BD tpd - 200 200 New

Evaporator tph of water evaporation

330 560 230

Proposal New Evaporator Plant 230 tph. Evaporator. 100 TPH will be kept as standby

Recovery boiler tpd of black liquor solids

1600 1800 200 Existing Recovery boilers will be upgraded



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 11


Proposal

Lime kiln tpd of lime

365 425 60 Existing lime kilns will be upgraded

Recausticising plant

tpd of AA 350 450 100

Existing recausticising will be upgraded

Power Boilers

Power Boiler s tph of steam

330 (FBC#1 standby) FBC#2, #3, #4

operating

405

75

FBC#1–60 tph -Retired FBC#2-65 tph- Standby. FBC#3,4-205 tph-Operating FBC #5 – 135 tph – New.

Turbo Generators

MW of power

74.8 (1x5

(Standby) +1x5.3 -Standby +1x14.5+

1x15.5 (Standby) +1x34.5)

109.8 35

5 MW Standby 5.3 MW Standby 14.5 MW - Standby 15.5 MW- Part Load 34.5 Mw – Operating 35 MW (New) operating

ClO2 plant tpd 15 15 -- Existing adequate. No change

Water Treatment Plant capacity and water drawl permit

m³/day 1,00,000 1,00,000 -- Existing facility is adequate.

Waste Water Treatment capacity

m³/day 85,885 85,885 -- Existing facility is adequate.

3.1 Land for the proposed Mill Development Plan

The mill has total land of 375.73 acres, with vacant spaces and well covered

with greenery. About 12 acres of land is required for project for which the vacant

spaces available in the mill will be utilized during MDP.

3.2 Materials and Resources Requirement

3.2.1 Raw Materials

The average annual requirement of the raw materials is given in Table 3.

Table 3 Raw Materials Requirement

S.No Description Unit Existing Post MDP Incremental Source

1 Wood tpa 9,58,000 11,39,000 1,81000

Procuring from Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh

2 Waste Paper AD tpa

24,000 24,000 - Mumbai, Vapi, Pune

4 Market Pulp (HWP)

tpa 800 29,600 28,800 Import

5 Market Pulp (SWP)

tpa 3700 14,800 11,100 Import

6 BCTMP Tpa -- 22,500 22,500 Import



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 12

3.2.2 Chemicals Requirement

The MDP proposals in the pulp mill are more focused on conservation of energy,

water and reduction in specific chemical consumption in bleaching. As a result,

the annual chemicals requirement will marginally increase after MDP. All the

process chemicals shall be procured from suppliers from Andhra

Pradesh/Karnataka/Maharashtra/Tamil Nadu. The materials will be transported

by trucks.

3.2.3 Fuels Requirement

Black liquor (generated in-house), Imported coal and furnace oil are the fuels

used in the mill. Furnace oil is used in lime mud reburning kiln for reburning of

lime mud and in startup and stabilizing the operations of chemical recovery

boilers. Coal is used for power and steam generation. Additional fuel oil and coal

requirements are given in the following Table 4.

Table 4 Fuel Requirement

Fuel Unit Existing Post MDP

Incremental

Source

Coal tpa 3,18,000 4,45,000 1,27,000 Additional coal will be Imported from Indonesia/ local

Furnace oil kl 15300 17,700 2,400 Local Market

3.2.4 Water Requirement

In the current operations, WCPM could bring down the fresh water consumption

for the plant to a level of 60,800 m3/day equivalent to around 65 m3/t. In order to

be in line with new norms of fresh water consumption WCPM is further

implementing water conservation and recycling systems. The total fresh water

requirement during MDP including domestic requirement will be about 72,800

m3/day. As a part of MDP, the specific fresh water requirement for the plant will

be reduced to 56 m3/t of paper production. The mill has water drawl permission

of 1,00,000 m³/day.

3.2.5 Wastewater Generation

The wastewater from the mill is divided mainly into two separate streams. One is

pulp mill wastewater stream and the other one is paper machine wastewater

stream. Total wastewater generated to ETP after MDP from the plant will be

about 64,300 m³/day.

3.2.6 Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP)

Existing wastewater treatment plants are adequate to handle the post project

requirement. Hence no proposals/modifications are envisaged. It has been

proposed to adopt optimization of wood cooking (OPT-C technology) in the

digester to achieve higher throughput, reduced white liquor consumption leading

reduced chemical consumption in the downstream system bleaching. This will

further help to reduce the COD load into the wastewater to the tune of 12



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 13

kg/tonne of dry pulp manufactured. Hence the ultimate COD load on the pulp mill

ETP will be reduced.

3.2.7 Solid Waste Generation and Disposal

The expected solid wastes generation from proposed project is non-hazardous in

nature. The details of solid wastes generation and quantities with disposal

methods are given in the Table 5.

Table 5 Details of Solid Wastes

S.No Source Composition Quantity in tpd

Disposal Method Existing Post MDP

1 Fly ash Silica 370 590 Cement manufacture/brick manufacture.

2 Lime Mud Calcium carbonate and silica

375 440 Recycled using lime kiln with make-up lime

3 Saw dust Organic 60 80 Fired in boiler/ Sold to external party for secondary use

4 Waste ETP sludge pulp from WWTP

Fines and fibre 50 80 Used for card board /egg tray manufacture

5 Plastic Waste

Plastic - 5

Will be collected in dedicated bins and will be disposed to authorized recyclers

6 De-Inking Plant (DIP) Sludge

Organic and Inorganic including traces of heavy metals

- 30

Sludge from the de-inking plant will be sent to authorized dealers/fired in boilers

7 Used Oil, KLD

- 0.05 0.06 Sold to KSPCB approved recyclers

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE BASELINE ENVIRONMENT

As a part of EIA, the primary baseline data monitoring covered three (3) months

from 5th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017. Secondary data was collected from

respective Government Departments and other authenticated sources. Summary

of the baseline environmental study findings are presented in the following

subsections.

4.1 Site Specific Meteorology Conditions

The maximum mean ambient dry bulb temperature was observed in the study

period was found to be 39.5 ᵒC, whereas the minimum mean ambient dry bulb

temperature of 22.6 ᵒC was observed in the study period. The average hourly

relative humidity variation at site during the study period is 75%. The predominant



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 14

wind direction during the study period was from West and South West. These

readings are in line with IMD long term data.

Site specific SODAR studies indicated the overall observational analysis shows

that during the observational period, the Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) is

seen to remain stable during the period 1800-0600 hour and unstable ABL is

confined to the period between 0900 hours to 1700 hours. The remaining hours

are seen to exhibit transitional phases of stable ABL to unstable ABL in the

morning (breaking inversion) and reverse unstable to stable ABL (inversion

formation) in the evening. The analysis for cumulative occurrence showed that a

probability of 88% for inversion height is upto 150m, 59% is upto 200m, and 12%

of the time it is more than 200m.

4.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Air quality monitoring at eight (8) locations was undertaken during the study

period as per the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) guidelines. The

summary of the 2nd highest background concentrations of particulate matter

(PM10), particulate matter (PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SOx) and Oxides of Nitrogen

(NO2) are presented in Table 9. The results of the monitored data indicate that

the average PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations in the entire study area are within the

NAAQs.

Concentration of other stipulated pollutants were reported to be well within the

National Ambient Air Quality standards of CPCB.

Table 4-1 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Code Location PM2.5

(µg/m3)

PM10 (µg/m

3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

Ozone (µg/m

3)

Ammonia (µg/m

3)

AAQ1 Plant Site 28.55 59.66 9.54 18.25 16.43 21.27

AAQ2 Tatagera 17.97 39.39 4.04 6.58 6.73 7.10

AAQ3 Kerwad 22.83 49.47 6.96 13.33 11.66 15.21

AAQ4 Bada Kanshirada

19.18 41.26 4.50 7.84 6.84 9.42

AAQ5 Vitnal 23.03 45.51 5.06 11.99 8.19 14.09

AAQ6 Alur 23.60 45.77 5.29 11.93 8.53 16.99

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar 24.76 49.05 4.83 17.45 13.22 20.05

AAQ8 Kulgi 26.54 52.94 6.94 18.03 14.33 19.92

NAAQ Standards 60 100 80 80 180 400

4.3 Water Environment

To assess the water quality of the study area surface water samples were

collected from two (2) locations. The water samples were collected near

Upstream and downstream of the Kali River which is the major source of water

for the project.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 15

In order to assess the quality of treated effluent, the final treated effluent sample

was collected and analyzed for various parameters to evaluate the compliance

status with the KSPCB standards for treated effluent discharge. To assess the

water quality in the study area, eight ground water sampling locations were

selected.

The pH of Kali River, Upstream and downstream water is in the range of 7.2mg/l

to 7.5mg/l which is neutral to slightly alkaline. The TDS levels in the surface

water of upstream and downstream were found to vary from 26mg/l to 38mg/l.

The Total Hardness of the surface water of upstream and downstream was

found to be ranging from 12mg/l to 15mg/l. The Fluoride concentration of

Upstream and downstream was found to be varying between 0.18mg/l to

0.24mg/l. The microbiological content as total coliform ranging of upstream and

downstream was found to be 4 mg/l. Heavy metal concentrations are well within

the permissible limits as per drinking water standards.

The quality of treated effluent was observed to be well within the permissible

range as prescribed in the Consent for Establishment for the facility. The

analysis results indicate that the pH was found to be 7.7. The TSS and TDS

values were observed to be 10 mg/L and 778 mg/l which are below the standard

values of 50 mg/L and 2100 mg/L respectively. BOD and COD values were

observed to be 20 mg/L and 84 mg/L which are well within the standard value of

30 mg/L and 350 mg/L respectively.

To assess the quality of ground water in the study area, eight (8) ground water

sampling locations were selected. The analysis results of ground water samples

indicated that the average pH ranged in between 7.2 to 8.2. TDS ranged from

286 mg/l to 1384 mg/l. The TDS concentration was found to be in the

permissible limit. The heavy metal concentration was found to be Below

Detectable Limit and fluoride concentrations were observed to be in the ranges

of 0.14 mg/l to 0.31 mg/l which are well within permissible limits. Chloride

concentration was found in the range of 41 to 357 mg/l.

4.4 Noise Level Survey

To evaluate the noise level in the study area, noise levels were recorded at the

proposed Mill site and other seven (7) locations in the study area.

Average day time and night time noise levels at residential areas in the study

area was found to be varying from 49.7 to 60.8 dB(A) and 39.3 dB(A) to 51.0

dB(A) respectively. At the existing plant site the average noise level was found to

be 60.8 dB (A) for day time and 51.0 dB (A) for night time which is within the

CPCB limits for industrial areas.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 16

4.5 Soil Environment

The soils in the study area are mostly clay type. The pH of the soil is in the range

of 6 to 7.4 indicates that soil is classified into neutral. Electrical conductivity

ranges from 190 µs/cm to 480 µs/cm. The concentration of chlorides and

sulphates varied from 54 mg/kg to 74 mg/kg and 210 mg/kg to 340 mg/kg

respectively. Available Nitrogen level in the soil was found ranged from 164

mg/kg to 210 mg/kg. Cation exchange capacity is in the range of 11.4 to 12.8

meq/100 g. Calcium is in the range of 36 to 60 mg/kg

4.6 Flora and Fauna Studies

The flora of study area was represented by Azadirachta indica, Cocus nucifera,

Ficus sp. Albizia lebeckk, Albizia amara, Borassus flabelifer, Tamarindus indica

over large area. There were number of agriculture fields around project site. In

general, flora in south and south west part of study area was observed to be rich

due to Kali River. Overall 48 tree and 14 shrub species were recorded during

present survey. Shannon index value 2.596 proved that diversity is moderate

A massive greenbelt has been developed in an area of 103 acres in the existing

facility. Apart from the industrial green belt, the mill has developed plantation in

an area of 45,000 acres in the region. The mill has planted approximately

27,000,000 trees planted as on date in the region in association with local

farmers and plantation agriculture land holders.

This thick green cover has provided suitable nesting and roosting sites for

variety of bird species. Dominant avifauna observed was Common Myna, White

browed wagtail, White chest Kingfisher and Black billed Ibis.

The cropping pattern of the study area is characterized by diversified cropping

patterns and no single crop claims a large share of the gross cropped area. In

canal fed areas Paddy occupies the largest area of cultivation followed by

Wheat, Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Bengalgram, Groundnut, Sunflower, Soyabean,

Cotton Sugarcane and Banana. Other crops grown in the region are ragi, pulses,

groundnut, coconut and vegetables like brinjal, bitter gourd and chilies.

The nearest forest block is Dandeli Reserved forest which is 0.5 Km from project

on east direction. The forest in Dandeli is typical moist deciduous and semi

evergreen types, with pockets of every green.

The main wildlife species include elephant, tiger, leopard, gaur, flying squirrel,

mouse deer etc., and main bird species include magpie robin, golden backed

woodpecker, crested serpent eagle and a large variety of other birds. Prime

Wildlife Attractions (Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary): Sloth Bear, Bush Grail, Deer,

Elephant, Sambar, Tiger, Gaur, Panther and Partridge are some of the many

inhabitants of the sanctuary.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 17

4.7 Socio-Economic Environment

Since the proposed project is to be developed within the existing plant area, the

project doesn’t require any additional land. Hence rehabilitation and resettlement

of people is not envisaged. Primary Survey was undertaken to conduct socio

economic study from 13th June 2017 to 15th June 2017. During this survey,

primary data in relation to geographical features, settlements, roads and

amenities in the respective villages were observed. The Cumulative population in

the study area is 64,178 with 32,350 males and 31,828 females, which is only

about 4.46% of the District’s population. According to Census 2011, the

percentage of working population in the study area was 34.4% and as against

the state level percentage of 45.62%. The major source of livelihood in the study

area is agriculture and Industrial activity.

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

5.1 Impact during Construction Phase

Unlike Greenfield projects, the proposed project will be limited to minor

construction activities such as earth work, foundations and flooring etc.

Construction related environmental impacts will be limited to plant site which are

reversible in nature.

The facility will comply with the Construction and Demolition Waste Management

Rules, 2016 as notified by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate

Change (MoEF&CC).

5.2 Impact during Operation Phase

5.2.1 Sources of Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts and its

control

The major source of emissions are Particulate Matter (PM), sulphur dioxide

(SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) from the proposed coal fired boiler, small

quantities of additional Non Condensable Gases (NCG) such as H2S and

Mercaptains from pulp mill operations.

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out by employing

mathematical model based on a steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion Model

(ISCST3) designed for multiple point sources for short term. Boiler stack

emissions are modeled as point source buoyant type emissions and fugitive dust

emissions from coal handling areas are modeled as area sources. Hourly

meteorological data collected from the site for the period 4th April 2017 to 3rd July

2017 has been adopted for modeling the 24-hours Ground Level Concentrations

(GLCs). The site-specific mixing height data are comparable with that of the IMD

mixing heights Atlas and site-specific mixing height measured during the study



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 18

period were considered in this modeling study. The predominant wind direction

was found to blow from West to East Direction.

In order to meet the additional electrical power demand for the MDP, it is

proposed to install a new 35 MW TG along with 135 TPH capacity FBC coal

fired boiler. The additional coal consumption to the tune of 1,27,000 TPA of

mixed coal (imported and Indian coal) will be utilized for generating 135 TPH

steam from the proposed FBC boiler. As per the coal analysis reports, the

sulphur content of the Indian coal and imported coal is in the order of 0.28 %

and 0.35% respectively. The peak SO2 emissions for Indian coal and imported

coal were estimated as 163 kg/hr and 145 kg/hr respectively. Also, the

envisaged coal dust emissions due to the increase in the quantity of coal

handling were estimated for worst case scenario considering the Indian Coal.

Hence estimated controlled dust emissions based on the AP 42 emission factors

was found to be 0.00006 g/sec/m2.

Although the minimum stack height required for the proposed boiler based on

the uncontrolled SO2 emissions, will be in the order of 64 m, it is proposed to

install 85 m height stack for wider dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

It is proposed to adopt dry limestone addition method for capturing SO2

emissions within the combustion chamber of the proposed FBC boiler. The peak

uncontrolled emissions from the boiler when operated with 100% Indian coal will

be about 160 Kg/hr, which will be further reduced to 6 Kg/hr through dry lime

addition process. About 3 Kg limestone (80% quality) would be required to

remove every kilogram of SO2 emissions in the combustion chamber. This

means about 15 TPD of limestone would be required for the control emissions to

the desired levels. Limestone and spent lime mud (80% purity) form the

chemical recovery plant will be utilized in the proposed FBC boiler to meet the

emission norms. NOx emissions will be maintained below 100 mg/Nm3 as per

FBC technology to meet the emission norms. The lower combustion temperature

in the Fluidized bed type boilers results in minimal NOx formation. Dedicated

Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) will be installed for control of Particulate Matter

(PM) emissions from the proposed boilers in the captive power plant to meet the

new power plant emission norms of 30 mg/Nm3.

5.2.2 Predicted Ground Level Concentration

The predicted cumulative 24 hours GLC of particulate matter (PM10) in the

downwind settlement was reported to be in range of 39.68 to 52.94 µg/m3 which

is within the prescribed NAAQ standard of 100 µg/m3.

The predicted cumulative post project scenario of 24 hours average GLC of

sulphur dioxide in the downwind villages located was estimated to be in the

range of 4.5 to 16.72 µg/m3 which is within the prescribed NAAQ standard of 80

µg/m3.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 19

The predicted 24 hours GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen near the villages and

settlements located in the impact zone was estimated to be in the range of 7.84

to 18.28 µg/m3 which are within the prescribed NAAQ standard of 80 µg/m3.

Referring to the predicted 24 hours GLC it can be observed that GLC levels of

PM, SO2, NOx are concentrated towards Eastern side of the project site as the

predominant wind blows from West to East. Hence the impact on core zone of

the eco sensitive region of the Dandeli is insignificant.

5.3 Fugitive Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts

There is an increase in the coal consumption for the proposed project and the

estimated increment of coal requirement for the proposed project is about

1,27,000TPA. The envisaged coal dust emissions due to the increase in the

quantity of coal handling are estimated for worst case scenario considering the

Indian Coal. The estimated controlled dust emissions based on the AP 42

emission factors will be 0.00006 g/sec/m2. The fugitive dust emissions will be

controlled by providing dust collectors for material transfer points and the existing

water spraying system at the existing storage facility will be augmented if

required. The Ground level Concentration (GLC) for particulate matter emissions

are thus predicted considering point source as well as area source emissions.

The predicted GLCs were found to get diluted rapidly within 1km from the plant

boundary and diminished to insignificant range beyond 3km from the emission

source.

5.4 Non-Condensable Gas (NCG) Emissions and Control

In order to assess the overall NCG gas destruction efficiency in the limekiln, the

SO2 and NCG gas concentrations were measured in the kiln flue gas. Based on

the stack emission results obtained during the baseline study it was observed

that 1.94 mg/Nm3 of H2S was detected from the rotary lime kiln -1 and 0.82

mg/Nm3 of H2S was detected from the rotary lime kiln-2. NCG compound

Dimethyl Disulphide and Dimethyl Sulphide at Lime kiln stack 1 and 2 are below

the detectable limit of 10 ppb, Mercaptans are observed to be below the

detectable limit of 0.01 ppb at all the vents. Considering the stack gas volume of

20,000 Nm3/hr, the NCG gas emission rate from the limekiln was reported to be

in the order of 0.9312 Kg/day. Based on this information, it can be inferred that

the overall destruction efficiency of NCG compounds is in the order of 99 %.

Ambient concentration of NCG compounds are below the detectable limit of 10

ppb for all the odour producing compounds except hydrogen sulphide which was

7.6, 21.8, & 32 µg/m3 at evaporation area, lime kiln area, and digester area and

Mercarptans is below the detectable limit of 5 ppb respectively. In the vicinity of

plant at guest house area the hydrogen sulphide was found to be below the

detectable limit of 6 µg/m3.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 20

WCPM has been adopting a basic odour control program at their facility by

adopting extraction of the NCG gases from the above-mentioned sources and

fired in the limekiln within the main plant. In order to avoid release of odour gas

emissions during the limekiln shut down and non-operational period, a standby

alkali scrubber will be installed to treat the NCG gases from the plant. Hence no

major impacts are envisaged outside the plant premises due to the odour

emissions during post project scenario.

5.5 Noise Emissions and Control

The major noise emitting sources at the proposed project site are power steam

turbine and the board machine. Enclosures will be provided to noise sources in

order to attenuate noise emissions from the source. Hence the noise levels of 75

dB (A) can be expected from the source after reduction and the same noise

power levels are used to predict the propagation of noise levels due to the

proposed power house (boiler and turbo generator) and board machine.

5.6 Impacts on the Water Environment

The facility consumes about 60,800 m3/day of water from Kali River. Although

the overall paper production will be increased from current level of 930 TPD to

1300 TPD during the post project scenario, total fresh water demand in the plant

during the post project will remain unchanged. Hence the specific fresh water

demand in the plant will be reduced from current level of 65 m3/t of paper

production to 56 m3/t during the post project scenario. Wastewater generated

from the facility, is being treated in a full-fledged ETP of capacity 85,885 m3/day.

It was observed from the river water quality modeling results that at any point of

time DO level does not decrease below 5 mg/L and hence no impact on aquatic

life of the river is envisaged. The model results indicated that the DO value

reaches the background concentration within 7 km from the point of discharge

for both peak flow and lean flow. The modeled values were found to be similar to

the measured values of DO and BOD at four locations in the downstream and

hence the overall impact due to the discharge is insignificant.

5.7 Impact of Solid Waste

The expected solid wastes generation from proposed project is non-hazardous

in nature. The solid waste generation will be ash from the proposed FBC boiler.

In addition to this, there will be fibre sludge generation from the effluent

treatment plant. De-Inking Sludge will be generated as a result of recycled fibre

production from recycled paper in the proposed De-Inking Plant which will be

disposed off to authorized dealers for reuse in other industries or will be fired in

boilers.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 21

The additional fly ash generated from the boiler ash will be sold to brick and

cement manufacturing industries. The remaining solid waste generated from the

proposed MDP will be treated/ disposed as per the existing practices.

5.8 Soil and Groundwater Quality Related Impacts

The total treated wastewater generation as per the existing scenario is 63,450

m3/day out of which 1000 m3/day of treated effluent is utilized for the irrigation of

greenbelt area in the facility. The total dissolved solids from the treated effluent

is in the range of 630 mg/L as per the recent test reports of KSPCB which is

equal to 43 kg/t of current paper production.

There will not be any change in the quantity of treated wastewater utilization for

the irrigation of greenbelt during the post project scenario which is in the order of

1000 m3/day. However there is a change in TDS concentration in the treated

effluent from 630 mg/L to 900 mg/L due to the proposed project. The additional

load of TDS on the land due to irrigation was estimated to be 6 kg/acres/day,

which is insignificant. Hence it can be observed that additional load of the

dissolved solids on the land is minimal and hence impact is insignificant.

Also as per the baseline study conducted during the study period the TDS

values observed in eight locations were found to be in the range of 250 mg/L to

1400 mg/L which is well within the permissible range of 2000 mg/L as per the

drinking water standards specification.

5.9 Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment

The air quality modeling result indicates that the estimated ground level

concentration of the criteria pollutants envisaged from the proposed MDP gets

rapidly diluted within 3 km radius. It was also observed that GLC levels are

concentrated towards Eastern side of the project site as the predominant wind

blows from West to East. Hence the impact on core zone of the eco sensitive

region of the Dandeli is insignificant which is located at Southern and Western

side of the project site, whereas on the buffer zone no impacts are envisaged as

the concentration for PM, SO2 and NOX in the Southern and Western side is

found to be nil after 2 km radius from the project site. Therefore impact on the

flora and faunal diversity would be negligible.

Also from the water quality modeling results it was inferred that the Dissolved

Oxygen level in the downstream from the point of discharge of the treated effluent

does not drop below 5 mg/L. Hence there is no impact on the aquatic life is

foreseen.

5.10 Socio-economic Impact

The proposed project is an expansion of the existing production capacity by

installation of new board machine and by augmenting the existing facilities by de-



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 22

bottle necking to increase the production along with the increase in the capacity

of captive power plant. Due to the proposed project there is no additional land

required and the project is to be developed within the existing site premises.

Therefore Rehabilitation and Resettlement process will not be applicable under

“The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”.

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

6.1 Environmental Management during Construction Phase

During construction phase, the construction activities like excavation, leveling,

grading and transportation of the construction material may cause impacts on the

surroundings for a shorter period within a limited time. However, the

constructional phase impacts are temporary and localised phenomena except

the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern of the project site.

6.2 Air Quality Management during operation phase

The existing facility has implemented various air quality management programs

and the stack emission test reports of KSPCB and external testing agency

confirmed that emissions were found to comply with stipulated standards. The

following environmental management plan will be adopted under proposed

expansion plan:

The proposed project is a Mill Development Plan (MDP) comprising of

augmentation of pulp mill, augmentation of existing paper machines, installation

of new Multi-Layer Coated Board Machine and installation of 35MW Steam

Turbine with 135 tph boiler. Hence the major pollutants from the project are

Particulate Matter (PM) and sulphur dioxide (SO2) from the proposed FBC boiler.

It may be seen that the prevailing ambient air quality in the study area is within

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQs). It may also be noted that

the predicted ground level concentrations due to emissions from proposed coal

fired boiler, represent the worst-case scenario and actual concentrations will be

much lower than that of the predicted levels due to utilization lower ash content

and sulphur content fuels.

Dedicated Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) will be installed for control of

Particulate Matter (PM) emissions from the proposed boilers in the captive power

plant. ESPs will be designed to achieve emission norms of 30 mg/Nm3 as per

MoEF&CC regulations dated, January 2017,


emissions within the combustion chamber of the proposed FBC boiler. The

uncontrolled emissions from the boiler when operated with 100% Indian coal will

be in the order of 160 Kg/hr, which will be further reduced to 6 Kg/hr through dry



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 23

lime addition process. About 3 Kg limestone (80% quality) would be required to

remove every kilogram of SO2 emissions in the combustion chamber. This

means about 15 TPD of limestone would be required for the control of emissions

to the desired levels. Limestone and spent lime mud (80% purity) form the

chemical recovery plant will be utilized in the proposed FBC boiler to meet the

emission norms.

Based on the continuous emission data, NOx levels in the existing boiler is

reported less than 50 mg/Nm3, hence the NOx emissions will be maintained

below 100 mg/Nm3 as per FBC technology to meet the emission norms. The low

combustion temperature in the Fluidized bed type boilers results in minimal NOx

formation.

6.1.1.1 Management of Non-Condensable Gases (NCG) Emission

WCPM has already implemented control measures by improving the process

technology, super Batch Cooking system during digestion of pulp and controlled

low temperature, low consistency pumping from digester to improve the overall

thermal efficiency and also to reduce NCG gas emission in the operation of the

digesters.

The NCGs and Mercaptans formed at the pulp mill section in digesters, blow

tank systems and evaporators are collected and burned at Rotary Lime Kilns.

H2S emission testing is being carried out in the limekiln stack on quarter yearly

basis and similar practices will be continued after Proposed MDP.

6.2 Wastewater Management

Fresh water requirement for the mill for the current production and fresh water

consumption for the mill is in the order of 60,800 m3/day equivalent to around 65

m3/t of paper which is far below the stipulated CREP guidelines of 100 m3/t. In

order to be in line with new norms of fresh water consumption, WCPM is further

implementing water conservation and recycling programs to achieve a specific

water consumption of 56 m3/t post MDP.

The total wastewater generated at the existing facility is about 54,800 m³/day

and the same will be maintained at 64,300 m³/day during the post expansion

program. The existing ETP is designed for a capacity to handle 85,885 m³/day

effluent from the mill. The wastewater from the mill is divided mainly into two

separate stream, pulp mill and paper machine stream. Based on the ETP

assessment study, it is concluded that the existing pulp mill ETP stream is

adequate to accommodate the COD and TSS loads for the post MDP

operations.

Out of the total 64,300 m3/day of treated wastewater, about 1000 m3/day of

treated wastewater will be reused within the facility. Similar to the existing

operations, treated wastewater of about 63,000 m³/day from the WWTP will be



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 24

discharged into Halmaddi nallah through single point discharge, which leads to

the river Kali.

About 2,200 m3/day of fresh water will be utilized for domestic purposes in the

colony. The sewage will be treated as is being done presently, in a scientific

manner to meet the prescribed standards.

6.3 Solid Waste Management

All the solid wastes generated in the mill are from the auxiliary plants and they

include lime sludge from the recausticising section, ash from the boilers, sludge

from De-Inking Plant, sludge from the wastewater treatment plant and wood dust

from the pulp mill.

Similar to the existing operations, the WWTP sludge will be disposed to small

secondary board units to manufacture cardboards/ egg tray manufactures.

Similarly, fly ash generated will be sold to Cement industry/ brick manufactures.

The wood /bark dust generated will be Used in Boilers as well as sold to external

parties for secondary use. The lime mud as purge for non process elements and

silica will be Recycled using lime kiln with make-up lime. De-Inking Sludge from

the proposed De-Inking Plant (DIP) will be sold to authorized vendors or fired in

the boilers.

Except used oil from the machinery, no other hazardous waste will be generated

from the proposed mill expansion program. Necessary authorization has

obtained from KSPCB for the disposal of used oil to the waste oil recycling

vendors.

6.4 Ecology and Biodiversity Management Plan

Since the prediction of impacts due to release of controlled emissions from the

facility will be within the acceptable levels, no adverse impacts are anticipated

on the neighbouring areas. However due to presence of notified wildlife

sanctuary in the region, the following management plan has been suggested:

The existing online wastewater quality monitoring systems shall be calibrated

frequently to ensure that no additional pollution load will be discharged into the

river beyond the consented levels. Suitable alarms can be coupled with the

online TOC analyzer in the treated wastewater discharge line.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) levels in the river shall be monitored on weekly basis to

ensure that DO levels never fall below 5 mg/l even during the summer conditions

where the solubility of DO is relatively lower when compared with other seasons.

Ambient air quality shall be monitored as per the NAAQ standards near the

wildlife sanctuary in consultation with state pollution control board.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 25

6.4.1.1 Captive Plantations

WCPM aims to increase the effectiveness of land in surrounding districts using

tree improvement techniques for agro-forestry. Through efforts of WCPM help

rural communities to enhance the productivity, suitability, and sustainability of

their land use

Contract Farming: Under Contract for Farming Scheme mill has covered around

20,000 ha of unproductive agricultural land within a radius of 250 Kms. of

Dandeli for raising of pulpwood plantation of trees such as Eucalyptus,

Casuarina, Acacia & Subabul for five years rotation with an expected yield of

around 2.50 Lac MT of pulpwood per annum from the year 2011 onwards.

6.5 Community Development Plan under CSR Programs

The Company has voluntarily undertaken the following Community Development

Measures in the adjoining Villages, as part of its Corporate Social Responsibility

(CSR) initiatives.

The WCPM maintains a self sufficient colony with temple, shopping complex,

hospital, club, theatre, cable TV network and a Gym. The Dandeli Education

Society is the education wing of WCPM through which schools, colleges for pre-

university and degree courses and post graduation courses in paper & pulp

technology is operated.

The company has spent Rs 149 Lakhs from the allotted CSR budget for the year

2017 to 2018. Apart from this, the mill runs an organization named SHRSITI as a

long term process, to serve the community in terms of Corporate and Social

Responsibility.

The management of WCPM has proposed to spend 2.5% of the net profit of the

business operations which will be budgeted towards CSR programs as per

Sec.135 of Companies Act 2013 in the study area. In addition, the capital CER

budget of 375 lakhs has been embarked for the local community development

within the vicinity of the study area which is arrived by considering 0.5 % of the

total project cost as per the office memorandum of Corporate Environment

Responsibility (CER) issued by MoEF&CC dated 1st May 2018.

6.6 Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management

The estimated total cost of the proposed project is Rs.750 Crores.

In addition to the existing pollution control systems and environmental

management program of the existing facility, the management of WCPM has

proposed to invest additionally about Rs. 20 Crores towards various pollution

control and environmental management programs under the MDP project



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 26

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Public Hearing

Since the proposed mill development involve manufacture of additional pulp, the

subject project falls under category “A” under sector 5(i). In addition to this, it is

proposed to Increase Captive Power Plant (CPP) from 74.8MW to 109.8 MW by

installing a new 35 MW TG and 135 TPH capacity FBC coal fired boiler within

the Mill site, which falls under category “B” under sector 1(d) of the EIA

Notification 2006. Since the proposed Mill site does not fall under any notified

industrial area, public consultation was conducted as per the Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 by KSPCB. Public hearing meeting

was chaired by Shri. Nagaraj Singrer, K.A.S, Chairman of the public hearing and

Add. Deputy Commissioner, Uttara Kannada District, Karvar. About 1216

persons attended the Public Hearing meeting and 101 persons expressed their

views and concerns on the proposed project. Major Issues raised during PH are,

related to employment opportunites to the locals, CSR activities

implementations, discharge of treated effluent into river, air and odour related

issues, etc.

7.2. Risk Assessment and Occupational Health Programs

Based on the detailed review of the process, materials and chemicals proposed

to be handled at the site, it has been inferred that no major hazardous chemicals

and flammable materials will be stored and handled at the facility except for

small quantities of diesel/furnace oil for the lighting of the boiler and operation of

the standby generators. Existing storage facilities will be adequate.

Other combustible chemicals such as paper plant additives will be stored in

sealed drums and stored in secured warehouse so that the possibility of

exposure to fire hazards will be minimal.

For the proposed MDP, the Fire monitoring systems will be augmented and

required fire hydrant systems will be installed.

As a part of the MDP program, firefighting systems shall be designed for the

proposed installation of the boiler based on the National Building Codes, 2016.

Since the project falls under low-hazard category, the firefighting system shall be

designed according to chapter 4 in the National Building Codes, 2016. It is

proposed to install jockey pump, diesel pump and electrically operated

centrifugal pump for fire water net-work arrangements. Ring-main pipeline

systems will be provided to cater to the fire hydrant requirements across the Mill

site. Fire hose reels, fire buckets and fire extinguishers will be provided as per

the National Building Code requirements.

WCPM has full-fledged Occupational Health Center located in Bengurnagar

Colony, adjacent to the mill premises, which caters to the needs of all eligible



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 27

employees and their dependents in the form of Out Patient treatment. WCPM is

conducting weekly rural free health-check up at four villages around Dandeli

providing blood donation, Cancer Detection and Cataract operation etc.

8. PROJECT BENEFITS

Being a mill development project, most of the infrastructure like water intake

system, power intake system, roads, drains, hospitals, schools, etc are already

available in the vicinity of the plant location. However, the above infrastructure /

amenities available near the plant will be assessed based on the need-based

survey and will be taken up under CER/CSR for development.

The project will create direct employment to about 175 persons. In addition, it

would generate indirect employment to about 500 persons in the industries and

service organizations and material handling etc, which will be supported by the

operations of the mill.

The project is likely to generate income to the state by way of Goods and

Service Tax (GST) to the tune of Rs 50 crores per annum

The unit will be generating additional power requirement using its captive power

plant and thus becoming self reliant in power front and will not be dependant on

the state grid for the supply.

The implementation of the project will undoubtedly provide stimulation for added

growth to a number of other industries.

WCPM is spending on CSR activities in this region, benefiting local people. The

implementation of project may induce WCPM to spend more on CSR activities.

In addition, CER budget allocated for the proposed project will be spend for

various community development programs.

In view of the foregoing, it is obvious that the potential contribution from this

project to the State of Karnataka and National Economy would be significant, to

say the least.

9. CONCLUSIONS

Based on the findings of the detailed air quality modelling exercise, it has

been inferred that the resultant cumulative concentration at around 10 Kms

radius distance from proposed MDP project will comply with the NAAQ

Standards

Full fledged wastewater treatment facilities and high efficiency Electrostatic

Precipitators (ESP) and other pollution abatement measures will result in

minimizing the adverse impacts on the environment



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Exceutive Summary

Prepared by & 28


management program of the existing facility, the management of WCPM

has proposed to invest additionally about Rs.20 Crores towards various

pollution control and environmental management programs under the MDP

project

The management of WCPM had spent about Rs. 149 Lakhs. on various

CSR activities in the financial year 2017-2018. As a continued support for

the CSR activities, the management of WCPM has proposed to spend

2.5% of the net profit of the business operations will be budgeted towards

CSR programs as per Sec.135 of Companies Act 2013 in the study area

with a focused approach on education, health, and disaster relief.

In addition, as per Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER), the

management of WCPM has proposed to spend INR.375 Lakhs about

0.50% of the total project cost for the community development in the study

area.

The project will create direct employment to about 175 persons. In addition

it would generate indirect employment to about 500 persons in the

industries and service organizations and material handling, etc., which will

be supported by the operations of the mill

This project will have significant beneficial effects in terms of growth and

development of the regional economy

The project will also pave way for additional growth of ancillary industries in

the region, which will not only increase the employment potential but also

further strengthen the economic base of the region.

The proposed project is structured to be in line with the requirements of

MoEF/ CPCB/ KSPCB

Thus, it can be concluded that with the judicious and proper implementation of

the pollution control and mitigation measures, the proposed project can proceed

without any significant negative impact on the environment.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 29

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 7

1.1 Preamble ................................................................................................................ 7 1.2 Proposed Project .................................................................................................... 7 1.3 Need for the EIA Study ........................................................................................... 7

1.3.1. Project Screening and ToR .............................................................................. 8

1.4 EIA Study ................................................................................................................ 8 1.5 Environmental Setting of the Mill ............................................................................. 8

2. OVERVIEW OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ASPECTS IN THE

EXISTING FACILITY........................................................................................................... 10

3. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION ............................................................. 10

3.1 Land for the proposed Mill Development Plan ....................................................... 11 3.2 Materials and Resources Requirement ................................................................. 11

3.2.1 Raw Materials ................................................................................................ 11

3.2.2 Chemicals Requirement ................................................................................. 12

3.2.3 Fuels Requirement......................................................................................... 12

3.2.4 Water Requirement ........................................................................................ 12

3.2.5 Wastewater Generation ................................................................................. 12

3.2.6 Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) ........................................................... 12

3.2.7 Solid Waste Generation and Disposal ............................................................ 13

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE BASELINE ENVIRONMENT ................................................. 13

4.1 Site Specific Meteorology Conditions .................................................................... 13 4.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .............................................................................. 14 4.3 Water Environment ............................................................................................... 14 4.4 Noise Level Survey ............................................................................................... 15 4.5 Soil Environment ................................................................................................... 16 4.6 Flora and Fauna Studies ....................................................................................... 16 4.7 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................... 17

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......... 17

5.1 Impact during Construction Phase ........................................................................ 17 5.2 Impact during Operation Phase............................................................................. 17

5.2.1 Sources of Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts and its control 17

5.2.2 Predicted Ground Level Concentration .......................................................... 18

5.3 Fugitive Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts .................................. 19 5.4 Non-Condensable Gas (NCG) Emissions and Control .......................................... 19 5.5 Noise Emissions and Control ................................................................................ 20 5.6 Impacts on the Water Environment ....................................................................... 20 5.7 Impact of Solid Waste ........................................................................................... 20 5.8 Soil and Groundwater Quality Related Impacts ..................................................... 21 5.9 Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment ............................................... 21 5.10 Socio-economic Impact ......................................................................................... 21

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................. 22

6.1 Environmental Management during Construction Phase ....................................... 22 6.2 Air Quality Management during operation phase .................................................. 22



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 30

6.2 Wastewater Management ..................................................................................... 23 6.3 Solid Waste Management ..................................................................................... 24 6.4 Ecology and Biodiversity Management Plan ......................................................... 24 6.5 Community Development Plan under CSR Programs ........................................... 25 6.6 Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management .................................. 25

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................... 26

7.1. Public Hearing ...................................................................................................... 26 7.2. Risk Assessment and Occupational Health Programs .......................................... 26

8. PROJECT BENEFITS .................................................................................................. 27

9. CONCLUSIONS .......................................................................................................... 27

1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 42

1.1. Project Proponent ................................................................................................. 42 1.2. Awards and Public Accolades ............................................................................... 42 1.3. Mill Development Plan .......................................................................................... 43 1.4. Need of Project ..................................................................................................... 44 1.5. Location of the Mill site ......................................................................................... 45

1.5.1. Environmental Setting of the Mill .................................................................... 48

1.5.2. Employment Generation ................................................................................ 49

1.5.3. Contribution to State Exchequer .................................................................... 49

1.5.4. Non Dependance on Grid Power ................................................................... 49

1.5.5. Development of Ancillary Industries ............................................................... 49

1.6. Need for the EIA study .......................................................................................... 49 1.6.1. Project Screening (Cat A) and ToR ................................................................ 50

1.6.2. EIA Study ....................................................................................................... 50

1.7. Overview of the Methodology of the EIA Study ..................................................... 51 1.8. Regulatory Context ............................................................................................... 54

1.8.1. Ambient Air Quality Standards ....................................................................... 54

1.8.2. Air Emission Discharge Standards ................................................................. 55

1.8.3. Minimum Stack Height Standards .................................................................. 56

1.8.4. Ambient Noise Standards .............................................................................. 56

1.8.5. Pulp and Paper Mill – Specific Wastewater Discharge Standards .................. 56

1.8.6. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 ............................................................................................... 58

1.9. Structure of the EIA Report ................................................................................... 58

2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ASPECTS IN THE EXISTING FACILITIES ........ 60

2.1. Overview of the Existing Facilities ......................................................................... 60 2.2. Compliance with CREP Guidelines ....................................................................... 61 2.3. Process Description of the Existing facilities ......................................................... 62

2.3.1. Overview of the Existing Process ................................................................... 62

2.3.2. Raw Material Preparation............................................................................... 63

2.3.3. Paper Making................................................................................................. 64

2.3.4. Chemical Recovery Plant ............................................................................... 68



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 31

2.3.5. Power House ................................................................................................. 71

2.3.6. Electrical ........................................................................................................ 74

2.4. Existing Pollution Sources ..................................................................................... 74 2.4.1. Air Emissions ................................................................................................. 74

2.4.2. Noise Levels at the Facility ............................................................................ 77

2.4.3. Existing Water Sources and Requirement ...................................................... 78

2.4.4. Wastewater Generation ................................................................................. 79

2.4.5. Solid and Hazardous Wastes Generation and Disposal ................................. 84

2.5. Existing Green Cover ............................................................................................ 84 2.6. Environmental Management Cell .......................................................................... 86 2.7. Safety Systems ..................................................................................................... 87 2.8. Occupational Health and Safety ............................................................................ 89 2.9. Corporate Social Responsibility ............................................................................ 90

3. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED MILL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (MDP) ......................... 93

3.1. Overview of MDP .................................................................................................. 93 3.2. Salient Features of the Project .............................................................................. 94 3.3. Plant Capacities .................................................................................................... 94 3.4. Land for the Proposed Mill Development Plan ...................................................... 95 3.5. Description of MDP Proposals .............................................................................. 97

3.5.1. Proposed Board Machine .............................................................................. 97

3.5.2. Secondary fiber preparation (SFT): ................................................................ 97

3.5.3. Deinking Plant (DIP) ...................................................................................... 98

3.5.4. Stock Preparation cum Approach Flow System ............................................. 98

3.5.5. Board Machine ............................................................................................... 98

3.5.6. Up-gradation of existing Paper/Board Machines ............................................ 99

3.5.7. Pulp Plant Section ....................................................................................... 100

3.5.8. Chemical Recovery ...................................................................................... 100

3.5.9. Captive Power Plant (CPP) .......................................................................... 100

3.5.10. Water and Waste water Treatment ........................................................... 101

3.6. Input Requirements and Sources ........................................................................ 101 3.6.1. Major Inputs ................................................................................................. 101

3.6.2. Raw Material ................................................................................................ 102

3.6.3. Chemicals Requirement ............................................................................... 102

3.6.4. Fuel Requirement ........................................................................................ 103

3.6.5. Steam and Power Requirement ................................................................... 103

3.6.6. Raw Materials Transport .............................................................................. 104

3.7. Resource Optimisation ........................................................................................ 105 3.8. Water Requirement and Water Resources for the Proposed MDP ..................... 106 3.9. Wastewater Generation ...................................................................................... 107 3.10 Solid Waste Generation and Disposal ................................................................. 109 3.11 Project schedule and cost estimates ................................................................... 109

3.11.1 Implementation Schedule ............................................................................ 109



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 32

3.12 Project Cost ........................................................................................................ 110

4. BASELINE ENVIRONMNETAL STATUS ................................................................... 111

4.1. Introduction ......................................................................................................... 111 4.2. Study Area .......................................................................................................... 111 4.3. Scope and Methodology of Baseline Study ......................................................... 112 4.4. Administration Setup of the Study Area District ................................................... 115 4.5. Land Environment ............................................................................................... 117

4.5.1. Physiography and Drainage ......................................................................... 117

4.6. Geology .............................................................................................................. 129 4.6.1. Geology of the Region ................................................................................. 129

4.6.2. Geology at the Study Area ........................................................................... 131

4.7. Geomorphology & Structure ................................................................................ 132 4.8. Soil Environment ................................................................................................. 133

4.8.1. Soil of the Region ........................................................................................ 133

4.8.2. Soil in the Study area ................................................................................... 134

4.9. Seismic zone ...................................................................................................... 140 4.10. Meteorological Data ........................................................................................ 141

4.10.1. Climatological Data-IMD Belgaum ............................................................ 141

4.10.2. Site Specific Meteorological Data ............................................................. 144

4.10.3. Site Specific Upper Air Data Measurements ............................................. 145

4.11. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ........................................................................ 154 4.11.1. Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Monitoring ....................................... 154

4.12. Odour Emission ............................................................................................... 163 4.12.1. Typical Emissions and Controls for Kraft Process .................................... 164

4.12.2. Odour Monitoring...................................................................................... 164

4.13. Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 167 4.14. Water Environment .......................................................................................... 169

4.14.1. Surface Water Resources in the Study Area ............................................ 169

4.14.2. Surface Water Quality .............................................................................. 171

4.14.3. Ground Water Resources ......................................................................... 174

4.14.4. Ground Water Quality ............................................................................... 183

4.14.5. Mill Treated Wastewater Quality ............................................................... 187

4.15. Ecological Environment ................................................................................... 188 4.15.1. Necessity of the Ecology Management Plan............................................. 188

4.15.2. Objectives of Ecological Monitoring .......................................................... 189

4.15.3. Survey Methodology ................................................................................. 189

4.15.4. Results ..................................................................................................... 194

4.15.5. Vegetation Status of Uttar Kannada ......................................................... 206

4.15.6. Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary: Dandeli National Park.................................... 207

4.16. Socio-economic Environment .......................................................................... 208 4.16.1. Geography of the Study Area ................................................................... 208

4.16.2. Socioeconomic Indicators Considered in the Study Area.......................... 209



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 33

4.16.3. Socioeconomic Profile of the Study Area .................................................. 210

4.16.4. Summary Socio Economic Indicators ....................................................... 216

5. Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...................................................... 217

5.1. General ............................................................................................................... 217 5.2. Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase ............................. 217

5.2.1. Land Use ..................................................................................................... 217

5.2.2. Air Quality .................................................................................................... 218

5.2.3. Noise levels ................................................................................................. 218

5.2.4. Water Quality ............................................................................................... 218

5.2.5. Terrestrial Ecology ....................................................................................... 219

5.2.6. Socio-Economics ......................................................................................... 219

5.3. Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase ............................... 219 5.3.1. Impact on Land Use during Operational Phase ............................................ 220

5.3.2. Sources of Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts .................... 220

5.3.3. Point Source (135 TPH FBC boiler) ............................................................. 221

5.3.4. Area Source (Coal Handling) ....................................................................... 222

5.3.5. Prediction of Ground Level Concentrations of Criteria Pollutants ................. 223

5.3.6. Control Measures for Air Emissions ............................................................. 228

5.3.7. Non-Condensable Gas (NCG) Emissions and Impacts ................................ 229

5.3.8. Traffic Impact Study ..................................................................................... 231

5.3.9. Noise Emissions and Compliance Status ..................................................... 234

5.3.10. Impact on Water Environment .................................................................. 235

5.3.11. Soil and Groundwater Quality Related Impacts ........................................ 250

5.3.12. Impact of Solid Waste .............................................................................. 251

5.3.13. Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment ................................... 251

5.3.14. Socioeconomic Impact ............................................................................. 252

6. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................ 253

6.1. Introduction ......................................................................................................... 253 6.2. Site Alternative .................................................................................................... 253 6.3. Technology Alternative ....................................................................................... 253

7. ENVIROMNETAL MONITORING PLAN .................................................................... 255

7.1. Introduction ......................................................................................................... 255 7.2. Objectives of Environmental Monitoring Plan ...................................................... 255 7.3. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure ........................................... 256 7.4. Environmental Monitoring Program ..................................................................... 256 7.5. Data Analysis ...................................................................................................... 258 7.6. Reporting Schedule ............................................................................................ 258

8. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................. 260

8.1. Overview ............................................................................................................. 260 8.2. Public Hearing .................................................................................................... 261



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 34

8.2.1. Perception and Issues raised by the public during the public hearing and the replies by WCPM ....................................................................................................... 264

8.3. Fire Safety .......................................................................................................... 268 8.3.1. Fire Protection and Fire Fighting Systems ................................................... 270

8.4. Risk Control measures for Furnace Oil Storage .................................................. 270 8.5. Risks due to Storage and Handling of Coal and Risk Control Measures ............. 271 8.6. Electrical Hazards and Safety Measures ............................................................. 272 8.7. Occupational Health and Noise Management Plan ............................................. 272

9. PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................ 279

9.1. Improvement in the infrastructure ........................................................................ 279 9.2. Improvement in the social infrastructure .............................................................. 279

9.2.1. Employment ................................................................................................. 279

9.2.2. Contribution to state Exchequer ................................................................... 279

9.2.3. Non-dependence on grid power ................................................................... 279

9.2.4. Development of ancillary industries .............................................................. 279

9.2.5. Corporate Environment Responsibility ......................................................... 280

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................ 281

10.1. General ........................................................................................................... 281 10.2. Administrative Aspects .................................................................................... 281

10.2.1. Commitment & Policy ............................................................................... 281

10.2.2. Planning ................................................................................................... 285

10.2.3. Implementation ......................................................................................... 286

10.3. EHS Management System .............................................................................. 286 10.3.1. Environmental Management Records ....................................................... 286

10.3.2. Environmental Management Plan Structure ............................................. 286

10.3.3. Measurement & Evaluation ...................................................................... 287

10.3.4. Record Keeping and Reporting ................................................................ 287

10.4. Environmental Management during Construction Phase ................................. 287 10.4.1. Site Preparation ....................................................................................... 288

10.4.2. Air quality Management during Construction Phase ................................. 288

10.4.3. Noise Level Management During Construction Phase .............................. 289

10.4.4. Water Quality Management during Construction Phase ........................... 289

10.4.5. Solid & Hazardous Waste Management during Construction Phase ........ 290

10.4.6. Ecological Management during the Construction Phase ........................... 290

10.4.7. Socio-Economic Aspects during the Construction Phase ......................... 290

10.5. Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase ............................. 290 10.5.1. Air Quality Management Plan for Operations Phase ................................. 290

10.5.2. Noise Management Plan .......................................................................... 294

10.5.3. Water and Wastewater Management ....................................................... 295

10.5.4. Solid Waste Management ........................................................................ 297



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 35

10.5.5. Rain Water Harvesting ............................................................................. 298

10.5.6. Ecology and Biodiversity Management Plan ............................................. 300

10.6. Need based Development under CER Plan ..................................................... 304 10.6.1. Proposed CER Programs: ........................................................................ 304

10.6.2. Proposed CER (Corporate Environment Responsibility) Budget ............... 307

10.7. Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management ............................. 307

11. CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................... 308

12. Disclosure of Consultants ....................................................................................... 310

12.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................... 310 12.2. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited – EIA Consultant .......................... 310

12.2.1. Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study ...................... 310

12.2.2. NABET Certificate .................................................................................... 312

12.3. SPB Projects and Consultancy Limited –Technical Consultant ........................ 313 12.3.1. Work-Place Facilities ................................................................................ 314

12.3.2 Structure .................................................................................................. 314

12.3.3 Manning ................................................................................................... 314

List of Figures

Figure 1-1 Location of the project Site ................................................................................. 45

Figure 1-2 Topo sheet Map 10 Km radius ........................................................................... 46

Figure 1-3 Google Earth Image of the Project Boundary and the Co-ordinates ................... 47

Figure 2-1 Pulp Mill - Flow Diagram .................................................................................... 64

Figure 2-2 Paper Machine Flow diagram............................................................................. 68

Figure-2-3 Chemical Recovery Flow Diagram ..................................................................... 69

Figure-2-4: Flow Diagram for CPP ...................................................................................... 71

Figure 2-5 Photographs of Existing Air Monitoring & Control Facilities ................................ 76

Figure 2-6 Fish Tank at Single Point discharge for Bio Assay Test ..................................... 83

Figure 2-7 Existing Green cover .......................................................................................... 85

Figure 2-8 Environmental Management Cell of the WCPM ................................................. 87

Figure 2-9 Fire Hydrant Systems......................................................................................... 88

Figure 2-10 CSR Activities carried out by WCPM ................................................................ 92

Figure 3-1 Overall Mill Layout ............................................................................................. 96

Figure-3-2: Photographs of the area for proposed facilities ................................................. 97

Figure 3-3 Proposed Water Balance ................................................................................. 108

Figure 4-1 Road Map ........................................................................................................ 111

Figure 4-2 Topo Map (10 Km radius) of the Study area ..................................................... 112

Figure 4-3 Administrative Map of Uttara Kannada District ................................................. 116

Figure 4-4 Physiographic Map of the Study Area .............................................................. 118

Figure 4-5 Digital elevation model of the study area .......................................................... 118

Figure 4-6 Major River Basins of Karnataka State ............................................................. 119

Figure 4-7 Drainage Map of the study area ....................................................................... 120



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 36

Figure 4-8 IRS P6 Satellite Imagery of 10 km radius from the Project Site ........................ 122

Figure 4-9 Flow Chart showing Methodology of Land Use Mapping .................................. 123

Figure 4-10 Land Use Classification of 10 km radius from the Project Site (Level I) .......... 125

Figure 4-11 Built Up Land in Rural Area ............................................................................ 126

Figure 4-12 Photographs of the Agricultural Land in the Study Area ................................. 126

Figure 4-13 Photographs of the Forest Land in the Study Area ......................................... 127

Figure 4-14 Photographs of the Water Bodies in the Study Area ...................................... 128

Figure 4-15 Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site .......................... 129

Figure 4-16 Geology and Mineral Map of Karnataka ......................................................... 130

Figure 4-17 Geology Map of 10 km Radius ....................................................................... 132

Figure 4-18 Geomorphology and Structure of the study area ............................................ 133

Figure 4-19 Soil Map of Uttara Kannada ........................................................................... 134

Figure 4-20 Soil map of the study area ............................................................................. 135

Figure 4-21 Soil Quality Monitoring Location of the Study area ......................................... 136

Figure 4-22 Seismic Zone Map of India ............................................................................. 140

Figure 4-23 Seismic Zone Map of Karnataka .................................................................... 140

Figure 4-24 Earthquake Hazard Map ................................................................................ 141

Figure 4-25 Annual Windrose as per IMD Belgaum Observatory data .............................. 143

Figure 4-26 Seasonal Windrose as per IMD Belgaum Observatory Data .......................... 143

Figure 4-27 Site Photographs of MET Station ................................................................... 144

Figure 4-28 Site Specific Wind Rose for the Study Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017) 145

Figure 4-29 Scattering of Sound from Air in-Homogeneities. ............................................. 146

Figure 4-30 Block diagram of Sodar .................................................................................. 147

Figure 4-31 Sodar Echograms of Stable Atmospheric Boundary Layer and Absence of

Convection at Dandeli ....................................................................................................... 149

Figure 4-32 Relative Occurrence of Stable ABL (inversion) height .................................... 151

Figure 4-33 Cumulative Occurrence probability of inversion height ................................... 152

Figure 4-34 Relative Occurrence of Unstable ABL mixing height (m) ................................ 152

Figure 4-35 Cumulative occurrence of unstable ABL mixing height (m) ............................ 153

Figure 4-36 Diurnal variation of ABL mixing height ............................................................ 153

Figure 4-37 Map showing the air quality monitoring stations ............................................. 156

Figure 4-38 Site Photographs of AAQ Stations ................................................................. 157

Figure 4-39 Trends of Ambient PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area ............................. 159

Figure 4-40 Trends of Ambient PM10 Concentration in the Study Area .............................. 159

Figure 4-41 Trends of Ambient SO2 Concentration in the Study Area ............................... 160

Figure 4-42 Trends of Ambient NOx Concentration in the Study Area ............................... 161

Figure 4-43 Trends of Ambient Ammonia Concentration in the Study Area ....................... 162

Figure 4-44 Trends of Ambient Ozone Concentration in the Study Area ........................... 163

Figure 4-45 Photograph of Odour Assessment ................................................................. 165

Figure 4-46 Noise Sampling Locations in the Study Area .................................................. 168

Figure 4-47 Drainage Network in Kali River basin ............................................................. 170

Figure 4-48 Location of the Surface Water Bodies in the Study Area ................................ 171

Figure 4-49 Photographs of the water bodies located in the Study Area ........................... 171

Figure 4-50 Location of Surface Water Sampling during the Study Period ........................ 172

Figure 4-51 Hydrogeological Map of Uttara Kannada ........................................................ 175



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 37

Figure 4-52 Depth of Ground Water Level during Pre monsoon in Uttara Kannada District177

Figure 4-53 Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Uttara Kannada District ........................ 177

Figure 4-54 Dandeli Observation well (CGWB) Ground Water Level (BGL) ...................... 178

Figure 4-55 Ground Water Potential and the Categorization of Blocks .............................. 179

Figure 4-56 Bore well within 10 km radius ......................................................................... 180

Figure 4-57 Ground Water Level Zone of the Study Area (10 Km radius) .......................... 181

Figure 4-58 Ground Water Table Pre Monsoon ................................................................. 182

Figure 4-59 Ground Water Table Post Monsoon ............................................................... 182

Figure 4-60 Photographs of Groundwater Sampling ......................................................... 184

Figure 4-61 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Sampling Locations in the Study Area ....... 184

Figure 4-62 Google Map Showing Ecology Survey Locations ........................................... 191

Figure 4-63 Greenbelt Development inside WCPM ........................................................... 194

Figure 4-64 Avi fauna observed inside Existing WCPM Mill (Zone I) ................................. 195

Figure 4-65 Human settlement and Road side trees in the buffer zone ............................. 197

Figure 4-66 Different flow of River Kali Crocodiles (Crocodylus palustris) in the River ...... 198

Figure 4-67 Avi-fauna observed and recorded during study visit ....................................... 203

Figure 4-68 Mammals in the Study Area ........................................................................... 205

Figure 4-69 Vegetation Distribution for Uttara Kannada District ........................................ 207

Figure 4-70 Image Showing the villages in the Study Area ............................................... 209

Figure 4-71 Reconnaissance and Primary Survey ............................................................ 210

Figure 4-72 Workers Group Distribution ............................................................................ 213

Figure 4-73 Schools in the Study Area .............................................................................. 215

Figure 5-1 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Particulate Matter within 10 km Radius of the

Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 224

Figure 5-2 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Sulphur Dioxide within 10 km Radius of the Study

Area .................................................................................................................................. 226

Figure 5-3 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen within 10 km Radius of the

Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 227

Figure 5-4 Existing Roads for Transportation of Raw Materials into the Facility and the

Location of Main Gate ....................................................................................................... 231

Figure 5-5 Location of Traffic Count Study Conducted ...................................................... 233

Figure 5-6 Predicted Noise Levels .................................................................................... 235

Figure 5-7 Typical View of the River Kali ........................................................................... 236

Figure 5-8 Characteristics of Waste Streams into ETP (Post Project Scenario) ................ 238

Figure 5-9 Design features of ETP .................................................................................... 238

Figure 5-10 Photographs of the Existing Tanks of ETP ..................................................... 239

Figure 5-11 Location of Sampling Points and Discharge Point .......................................... 244

Figure 5-12 Typical Oxygen Sag Curve ............................................................................ 247

Figure 5-13 Oxygen sag curve during the Peak Flow of River ........................................... 248

Figure 5-14 Variation in BODu of the River wrt distance ................................................... 248

Figure 5-15 Oxygen sag curve during the lean flow of River ............................................. 249

Figure 5-16 Variation in BODu of the River wrt distance ................................................... 249

Figure 8-1 Advertisements of Public Hearing issued in newspapers ......................... 261

Figure 8-2 Photographs of the Public hearing meeting ............................................... 263

Figure 8-3 Existing Fire Safety Systems............................................................................ 268



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 38

Figure 8-4 Employee Health Check up .............................................................................. 276

Figure 8-5 Villagers Medical Check up .............................................................................. 277

Figure 10-1 Certification of WCPM .................................................................................... 282

Figure 10-2 Odour gas and Fugitive Emissions and Control.............................................. 293

List of Tables

Table 1-1 Environmental Setting of the Mill Site and the Study Area ..................................... 9

Table 3-1 Overview of the Plant Capacities – Existing, Post MDP and Proposal ................. 10

Table 4-1 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study

Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017) ................................................................................ 14

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Mill site and Its Environs ................................................. 48

Table 1-2 National Ambient Air Quality Standards .............................................................. 55

Table 1-3 General Noise Standards .................................................................................... 56

Table 1-4 Wastewater Discharge Standards ....................................................................... 56

Table 1-5 General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants (Effluents) ........... 57

Table 1-6 List of Hazardous Wastes as Applicable to Pulp & Paper Industry ...................... 58

Table 2-1 50 years of Sustainable Operations .................................................................... 60

Table 2-2 Overview of the Details of the Existing Facilities ................................................. 61

Table 2-3 Production Capacity of Paper Machines .............................................................. 64

Table 2-4 Boiler House ....................................................................................................... 72

Table 2-5 Turbo Generators ................................................................................................ 72

Table 2-6 Details of the Cooling Towers.............................................................................. 73

Table 2-7 Fuel Consumption in the Existing Plant ............................................................... 73

Table 2-8 Characteristics of the Fuel used in Boiler ............................................................ 73

Table 2-9 Existing Stack Details .......................................................................................... 74

Table 2-10 Continuous Air Emissions Test Report – Average Plant Data for the period of

January 2018 to June 2018 ................................................................................................. 75

Table 2-11 Air Emissions Test Report - KSPCB .................................................................. 75

Table 2-12 Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data- Average Plant Data for the

period of January 2018 to June 2018 .................................................................................. 75

Table 2-13 Ambient Air Quality Data – External Lab Data ................................................... 76

Table 2-14 Ambient Noise Levels, Plant Data ..................................................................... 77

Table 2-15 Break-up of Existing Fresh Water Requirement................................................. 79

Table 2-16 Wastewater Generation in the Existing Facility .................................................. 80

Table 2-17 Wastewater Characteristics ............................................................................... 82

Table 2-18 Treated Wastewater Quality Data ..................................................................... 82

Table 2-19 Analysis Report of Bio Assay test of treated wastewater, KSPCB Report ......... 83

Table 2-20 Solid Waste quantity and Method of Disposal ................................................... 84

Table 2-21 List of Fire Extinguishers ................................................................................... 89

Table 2-22 Amount Spent During the Financial Year 2017-2018 ......................................... 91

Table 3-1 Plant Capacities – Existing, Post MDP and Proposal .......................................... 94

Table 3-2 Land Usage (area in Acres) ................................................................................ 95

Table 3-3 Existing and Post MDP Steam and power scenario ........................................... 101



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 39

Table 3-4 Raw Materials Requirement .............................................................................. 102

Table 3-5 Chemicals Requirement .................................................................................... 102

Table 3-6 Fuel Requirement .............................................................................................. 103

Table 3-7 characteristics of the fuel used .......................................................................... 103

Table 3-8 Steam and Power Requirement ........................................................................ 103

Table 3-9 Raw Materials and Transport (Existing & Proposed) ......................................... 105

Table 3-10 Proposed MDP Water Balance ........................................................................ 107

Table 3-11 Details of Solid Waste Generation & Disposal ................................................. 109

Table 3-12 Project Cost .................................................................................................... 110

Table 4-1 Various Environmental Attributes ...................................................................... 113

Table 4-2 Frequency and Monitoring Methodology ........................................................... 114

Table 4-3 Details of the Satellite Data ............................................................................... 121

Table 4-4 Land Use/Land Cover Classification System ..................................................... 123

Table 4-5 Built Up Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site ........................................... 125

Table 4-6 Agricultural Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site ..................................... 126

Table 4-7 Agricultural Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site ..................................... 127

Table 4-8 Land with or without scrub in 10 km radius from the Project Site ....................... 128

Table 4-9 Water Bodies in 10 km radius from the Project Site ........................................... 128

Table 4-10 Overall Summary of the Statistics of LU/LC in the study Area ......................... 129

Table 4-11 Geological succession of Karnataka State ...................................................... 131

Table 4-12 Details of Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................. 136

Table 4-13 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Soil samples Collected within the Study

Area .................................................................................................................................. 138

Table 4-14 Indian Meteorological Department – Climatological Tables 30 Years Data: 1971-

2000 (Belgaum IMD station) .............................................................................................. 142

Table 4-15 SODAR specifications: .................................................................................... 147

Table 4-16 Stable ABL (inversion)/ Unstable Mixing Height (m) ........................................ 150

Table 4-17 AAQ monitoring stations and Noise sampling Location details ........................ 154

Table 4-18 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study

Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017) .............................................................................. 158

Table 4-19 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ....................... 158

Table 4-20 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ........................ 159

Table 4-21 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ......................... 160

Table 4-22 NOx Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ......................... 161

Table 4-23 Ammonia Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017

to 3rd July 2017) ................................................................................................................. 162

Table 4-24 Ozone Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017 to

3rd July 2017) ..................................................................................................................... 163

Table 4-25 NCG Emissions from Lime kiln Stacks ............................................................ 167

Table 4-26 Ambient Concentrations of NCG Compounds ................................................. 167

Table 4-27 Noise Sampling Locations ............................................................................... 168

Table 4-28 Recorded Noise Levels ................................................................................... 169

Table 4-29 Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................. 172

Table 4-30 Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples .................................................... 173



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 40

Table 4-31 Ground Water Resources in Uttara Kannada District as on March-2009 (in Ham)

......................................................................................................................................... 179

Table 4-32 Ground water level (10 m radius) .................................................................... 180

Table 4-33 Result of Pumping Test ................................................................................... 183

Table 4-34 Ground Water Sampling Location Details ........................................................ 184

Table 4-35 Analysed Ground Water Quality for Various parameters in the Study Area ..... 185

Table 4-36 Analysis results of Treated Effluent ................................................................. 187

Table 4-37 Terrestrial Ecology Survey Locations .............................................................. 191

Table 4-38 Density, abundance and frequency of occurrence of flora in the Core zone .... 196

Table 4-39 List of Plankton Observed from Study Area ..................................................... 199

Table 4-40 Details of Forest Blocks in study area (10 km radius) ...................................... 200

Table 4-41 Density, abundance and frequency of occurrence of flora in the Buffer zone .. 202

Table 4-42 Avifauna observed in study area during survey period .................................... 204

Table 4-43 Administrative Status of Study Area Villages/Towns ....................................... 209

Table 4-44 BPL Population and Income Level .................................................................. 212

Table 4-45 Summary Socioeconomic Indicators ............................................................... 216

Table 5-1 Estimations from the Proposed 135 TPH FBC Boiler ........................................ 221

Table 5-2 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Particulate Matter ............................................... 224

Table 5-3 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Sulphur Dioxide ................................................. 225

Table 5-4 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen ............................................. 227

Table 5-5 Summary of the Predicted GLCs in the Nearby Areas ....................................... 228

Table 5-6 Estimated Emission Rates of Pollutants with Adoption of Control Measures ..... 228

Table 5-7 Estimated NCG and H2S Emissions from the Pulp Mill during the Post Project

Scenario............................................................................................................................ 230

Table 5-8 PCU Equivalent Factor ...................................................................................... 232

Table 5-9 Average Traffic Count for the Location .............................................................. 232

Table 5-10 Recommended Design Service Volume for Different Types of Roads ............. 233

Table 5-11 Estimated Traffic Volume during Post Project Scenario ................................... 233

Table 5-12 Water Balance during Post Project Scenario ................................................... 237

Table 5-13 ETP Adequacy Assessment for the Additional Load ........................................ 239

Table 5-14 Existing (Test Reports) and Post Project (Estimated) Treated Wastewater

Streams and Characteristics ............................................................................................. 242

Table 5-15 Upstream and Downstream River Water Quality ............................................. 244

Table 5-16 Characteristics of the Treated Effluent ............................................................ 244

Table 5-17 Comparison of Modeling Results with Measured Values ................................. 250

Table 7-1 Environmental Monitoring Program ................................................................... 257

Table 7-2 Recommended Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................. 258

Table 8-1 The issues raised during Public Hearing held by West Coast Paper Mills

Ltd, Dandeli and commitment of Project Proponent (PP) along with time bound

action plan and financial allocation ............................................................................. 265

Table 8-2 Details of fire vehicles & fire pumps................................................................... 269

Table 8-3 Health Monitoring Data at WCPM ..................................................................... 273

Table 8-4 Suggested Frequency of Medical Examination under Occupational Health

Surveillance Programme ................................................................................................... 275

Table 8-5 Suggested Medical Tests under Occupational Health Surveillance Programme 275



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Table of Contents

Prepared by & 41

Table 10-1 MEP Solid Waste Generation and Disposal .................................................... 297

Table 10-2 Rainwater Harvesting scheme for the proposed site - Roof top Collection....... 299

Table 10-3 Pond proposed within the project .................................................................... 300

Table 10-4 Strategic CER Plan ......................................................................................... 306

Table 10-5 Budget for Environmental Management Plan .................................................. 307



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-1 Introduction

Prepared by & 42

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Project Proponent

West Coast Paper Mills Limited is one of the oldest and largest producers of

paper for printing, writing and packaging in India. WCPM was established in

1955 at Dandeli in Karnataka near the banks of River Kali. WCPM believes in

constant innovation as the key to keep abreast of the changing requirements

of the market in India and abroad.



1959. Over 58 years of Sustainable Investment and Operations.

WCPM produces a wide range of WESCO brand Copier grade, B2B, Copier

Gold, Copier Plus, Other specialty writing/ Paper grade and value added

products to the packaging industries viz Cup Stock varieties, Folding Box

Board & Single and Double Coated Board with Grey Back & Kraft Back,.

The global quality paper produced by the Company serves the needs of

innumerable industries in printing, writing, publishing, stationary, notebooks

and packaging sectors in India, in the process contributing to the development

of the nation. The mill features well established brands of commercial and

premium grades of paper and boards ranging from 54 to 600 GSM, catered

across six different product segments namely writing, printing, business,

specialty, industrial and packaging.

To improve the operational and financial performance of the mill, to meet the

emerging trends in the market, and further to make the mill more environment-

friendly, WCPM plans to implement Mill Development Plan (MDP) to increase

the capacity of its integrated pulp and paper mill.

1.2. Awards and Public Accolades

IPMA Environment Award 2015-16 being

presented to The West Coast Paper Mills Ltd.

Dandeli received by Mr. Rajendra Jain, Executive

Director of the Company



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 43

Social Commendation Award

at the PAPEREX-2015

Award For Rejuvenation Of

Water Tanks Presented By

Hon Minister Shri R V

Deshpande To Shri Rajendra

Jain

State Level Safety Award from

Karnataka Sate Safety

Intiative for the year 2016

WCPM has been awarded 1st

prize in Best Safe Industrial

Boiler Category in the year

2017

1.3. Mill Development Plan

The mill currently has facilities to

produce printing and writing papers

and packaging boards with

licensed capacity of 3,20,000 tpa.

The proposed Mill Development

Plan (MDP) would increase the

mill’s installed capacity to 450,000

tpa (increase by 130,000 tpa)

comprising of printing and writing

papers and packaging boards.

Total cost of the project is estimated at Rs.750 Crores.

WCPM through the proposed project, intends to continue the vision of a

valued player in the global paperboards industry by

Adopting of more environmentally friendly processes as far as

practicable

Maintaining leadership in quality – products, paper and coated board

processes, service and people Upholding societal values and

expectations.

WCPM also aims to achieve the mission of a customer driven company with a

strong focus on:

Customer’s needs and total satisfaction



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 44

Continuous product innovation to develop new environment friendly

paper /paper board packaging solution

To create and sustain a work culture in the organisation, which

unleashes the creative talent and brings about excellence in the

performance of its people and gives an equal opportunity to all

employees to learn, perform and grow

To manage the business of the Company in tune with national priorities

adopting high standards of Corporate Governance and Business

Practices.

1.4. Need of Project

The paper/board industry is highly cyclical in nature. The performance of the

industry is closely intertwined with global and domestic economic factors, as

well as global and domestic demand-supply situation.

It has been the endeavor of WCPM to be in the lead in technology acquisition,

technology absorption and adaptation, up-gradation and innovation in

technology, nurturing a well-established infrastructure, even while maintaining

its focus on being environmentally friendly. Environment management is the

“top-of-the-agenda” priority issue, and this focus has been maintained

throughout the MDP. The challenge is to achieve more growth with optimum

use of raw materials, water, chemicals and energy while delivering better

quality of finished products. Environmental concerns have, therefore, been

mainstreamed in the choice of the process/equipment.

In order to cope with the ever-changing industrial scenario, WCPM desires to

seize and utilise the available windows of opportunity in the market and remain

as one of the leading players in the paper sector, with a sense of purpose and

vision for the future.

The significant infusion of state-of-the-art technology that will be brought into

operation based on the MDP, besides improving performance and efficiency,

will enable WCPM to be more environmental-friendly, while offering the market

a range of superior products. There will be reduction in cost of production, as

well as benefits from economies of scale.

The MDP is a “brown-field” project for enhancing the environmental

friendliness and the operational efficiency, with improved economies of scale.

The MDP presents an analytical and practical framework for using resources,

whether internal or external, quite effectively, by making a judicious selection of

various process options. The major advantages of implementation of the MDP

will be improved environmental-friendliness, reduced emission and discharge,

reduction in specific consumption of fresh water, higher generation of steam

from biomass (black liquor), overall reduction in energy consumption, improved

efficiency of the production operations, and increased production, resulting in

more efficient and profitable operations.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 45

1.5. Location of the Mill site

The proposed Mill Development Plan (MDP) will be located in the existing mill

at Dandeli Village, Haliyal Taluk, Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka. The

vacant space inside the existing mill is to be utilized for the MDP. Hence

alternative sites are not studied. The existing plant is located at 3-A (Dandeli),

21- Ambewadi, 22- Kerwad Village, Dandeli Village, Haliyal Taluk, Uttara

Kannada District, Karnataka and the location is projected in the Figure 1.1.

Figure 1-1 Location of the project Site

The existing site is located at the intersection of latitude 15°15'11.21"N and

longitude 74°37'38.30"E and forms part of the Survey of India Top Sheet No.

48 I11, 48 I12. Topo sheet map of 10 km radius is given in Figure 1.2 and the

Google Earth Image of the Project Boundary and the Co-ordinates is given in

Figure 1.3.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 46

Figure 1-2 Topo sheet Map 10 Km radius



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 47

Figure 1-3 Google Earth Image of the Project Boundary and the Co-ordinates

S.No Latitude Longitude

A 15°15'31.09"N 74°37'17.01"E

B 15°15'33.97"N 74°37'33.93"E

C 15°15'25.41"N 74°37'46.18"E

D 15°15'29.12"N 74°37'56.53"E

E 15°15'11.34"N 74°38'6.73"E

F 15°15'9.46"N 74°38'3.05"E

G 15°15'7.64"N 74°38'3.95"E

H 15°15'4.46"N 74°38'0.66"E

I 15°14'59.48"N 74°38'6.80"E

J 15°14'43.63"N 74°37'28.88"E

K 15°14'58.57"N 74°37'27.75"E



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 48

1.5.1. Environmental Setting of the Mill

The details of environmental setting around the proposed mill site are given in

the following Table 1.1.

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Mill site and Its Environs

S.No. Particulars Details

1

Location

Town/Village Dandeli

Taluk Haliyal

District Uttara Kannada

State Karnataka

2 Latitude 15°15'11.21"N

3 Longitude 74°37'38.30"E

4 Climatic conditions as per IMD Belgaum

Predominant annual wind direction: W and WSW Annual mean max temp: 38.4oC Annual mean min temp: 10.9 oC Total annual rainfall: 1507.1 mm

5 Present land use at the proposed site

Industrial land use

6 Nearest highway/road SH-46 Haliyal-Dandeli Road), and SH-93, 12.8-km in W direction)

7 Defence installations Nil within 7-km radius

8 Nearest railway station Alnavar Junction –22 km , NE

9 Nearest airport/air strip Hubballi Airport (50 km, E) Goa (85-km, W)

10 Nearest village Subash Nagar (0.25-km, N)

11 Nearest town Dandeli (1.5-km, W)

12 Nearest river Kali River (0.5-km, S)

13 Hills/valleys Undulating terrain consisting of residual hills and valleys formed over Dharwad Super Group Rocks

14 Archaeologically important places

Nil within 7-km radius

15

Ecologically sensitive areas (National Parks/ Wildlife sanctuaries/bio-sphere reserves)

Project site is located at about 2 km from the Eco sensitive zone boundary of Dandeli-Anshi Tiger Reserve & Hornbill Conservation Reserve boundary as per draft MoEF&CC Notification for which ESZ notification is yet to be Published. As per the EC letter from MoEF&CC dated 19th July 2007, Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary is located at 9 km (E) (Annexure 4). NOC from the Principal Secretary, Forest, Environment & Ecology Department, Govt of Karnataka is obtained by WPCM vide letter No. D/WL/WCPM/CR-29/2006-06 dated 26/06/2007

16 Reserved/Protected forests within 10 km radius

17 List of industries Parrys Sugar Industries Limited, 15.5 Km, NE

18 Topography of the plant site Plain

19 Nature of soil Clay and Silty clay type

Note: All the distances shown are aerial distances



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 49

1.5.2. Employment Generation

The project will provide scope for indirect employment of about 500 people

during construction stage and about 175 people during operation in the areas

of production and maintenance and indirect employment of about 400 people

in material handling, transport and auxiliary units.

1.5.3. Contribution to State Exchequer

The project is likely to generate additional income to the state by way of GST

to the tune of Rs 50 Crores per annum.

1.5.4. Non Dependance on Grid Power

The unit will be generating additional power requirement using its captive

power plant and thus becoming self-reliant in power front and will not be

dependant on the state grid for the supply.

1.5.5. Development of Ancillary Industries

The implementation of the project will provide stimulation for added growth to

a number of other industries some of which are given below

Trucking industry, which will load and haul raw materials, coal, and

other supplies to the mill and also mill outputs. The haulage

requirement due to project would be around 0.5 million tonnes per

annum comprising both inputs and outputs.

Establishment of ancillary industries such as core for paper reels, core

plugs, machining and welding units, etc.

Indigenous machinery suppliers / manufacturers.

Establishment of indirect industries and shops near the project site

such as small-scale workshops, hardware shops, small-scale

restaurants, petty civil and electrical contractors, grocery and provision

shops, etc

Construction industry during erection and construction period of

Ancillary Business

1.6. Need for the EIA study

According to the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification issued by

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) under

Environment Protection Act, pulp and paper industries (excluding manufacture

of paper from waste paper) are required to obtain environmental clearance for

any expansion or modernization. In addition to this, any captive co-generation



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 50

power plant with a capacity greater than 5 MW should also obtain

environmental clearance.

Since the proposed mill development involve manufacture of additional pulp,

the subject project falls under category “A” under sector 5(i). In addition to this,

it is proposed to Increase Captive Power Plant (CPP) from 74.8MW to 109.8

MW by installing a new 35 MW TG and 135 TPH capacity FBC coal fired

boiler within the Mill site, which falls under category “B” under sector 1(d) of

the EIA Notification 2006. Since the proposed Mill site does not fall under any

notified industrial area, public consultation was conducted on 29th July 2019 as

per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006.

1.6.1. Project Screening (Cat A) and ToR

The proposed MDP was appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee

(Industry-I), Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate change (MoEF&CC)

during the 16th Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) meeting held on 6th to 7th

March 2017 and the project was accorded Terms of Reference (ToR) vide File

no. J-11011/408/2006-IA-II(I), dated, 30th March 2017 and the copy of the ToR

is enclosed as Annexure 1.

However, due to change in market scenario and economic & environment

advantages, revised project configuration was considered. Hence the revised

proposal of MDP was submitted to MoEF&CC for ToR amendment and was

appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-1), MoEF&CC during

the 35th Meeting of the EAC held on 17th to 18th September 2018. The project

was accorded ToR Amendment vide File no.J-11011/408/2006-IA.II(I) dated

9th October 2018 and the copy of ToR Amendment is enclosed as Annexure

1(a).

1.6.2. EIA Study

The EIA study was undertaken in conformity with the guidelines of Ministry of

Environment and Forests (MoEF) and Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC),

covering all the aspects of the specific conditions mentioned in the terms of

reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC dated 30th March 2017 and ToR dated

9th October 2018.

This EIA study was undertaken by M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Limited, a NABET accredited EIA consultant organisation, with specific

project related inputs required for undertaking the EIA studies from SPB

Projects and Consultancy Ltd (SPB-PC), Chennai.

M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Ltd has been accredited to undertake

EIA studies for pulp and paper sector and thermal power plants as per the

NABET accreditation scheme. A copy of the latest accreditation status is

presented in Annexure 2.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 51

1.7. Overview of the Methodology of the EIA Study

This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared based

on the methods and guidelines suggested by MoEF to address all the specific

conditions stipulated in the Terms of Reference issued by MoEF&CC File no.

J-11011/408/2006-IA-II(I), dated, 30th March 2017 and File no. J-

11011/408/2006-IA.II(I) dated 9th October 2018. A summary compliance

statement to the specific conditions of the terms of reference is presented in

Annexure 3.

The EIA study team, headed by an accredited EIA Coordinator, along with the

approved Functional Area Experts, undertook detailed baseline studies as per

ToR, between 5th April 2017 and 5th July 2017.

Micro-meteorological data comprising hourly readings of wind speed, wind

direction, dry bulb temperature, relative humidity and rainfall were measured

by installing meteorological station. Hourly readings were collected for a

period of three (3) months.

Micro-meteorological data was adopted for generating wind-rose diagrams

and also to predict the ground level concentrations due to release of

emissions from the proposed facility. As per the terms of reference issued for

the project, site specific mixing heights and inversion conditions were

estimated using SODAR technique.

Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) was measured at eight (8) locations in the study

area as per the methods and procedures recommended by Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB) Air quality sampling was undertaken for a period of 12

weeks with a total of 24 samples per site were taken as per the MoEF&CC

guidelines. Stipulated criteria pollutants such as particulate matter size less

than 10 microns (PM10), particulate matter size less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5),

Sulphur Dioxide (SOx), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3),

Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic (As), Benzene and

Particulate phase Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) were analysed at all the locations.

The measured background air quality data was compared with that of the

prevailing National Ambient Air Quality Standards and this will also form the

basis for predicting the cumulative air quality scenario due to the operation of

the proposed facility.

Hydro-geological studies were undertaken during the study period. Data on

sub-surface soil profile in the study area was obtained. In addition, a

preliminary study on the regional and local aquifer status was studied based

on primary and secondary published long-term data.

Ground water samples from eight (8) locations were analysed as per the terms

of reference for all the designated parameters. The measured values were

compared with drinking water standards. Secondary data on the regional



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 52

ground water status was also collected from the Central Ground Water Board

and the State Ground Water Board.

Kali River flows adjacent to the existing mill. All seasonal streams and rivers

located within the study area were mapped through latest remote sensing data

under land use and land cover study. Walkthrough surveys were undertaken

to assess the current status of the water resources. Details about the major

cropping pattern and irrigation methods etc were collected from local village

offices and also published district census data. Details of the surface water

quality in the study area were also collected and analysed for designated

physiochemical, elemental and biological parameters.

Land use and land cover was mapped using remote satellite imagery, IRS-P6,

LISS III satellite on 4th July 2015. The data was processed using applicable

software models and level 1 land use classification within the study area was

developed and level 2 land use classification within the study area was

developed. Digital Elevation Model of the study area was developed to assess

the terrain conditions and also possible flooding scenarios

A walkthrough survey was also undertaken in the study area, major

settlements and plantation areas to verify the land use as a part of the ground

truth survey procedures. Soil samples were collected as per the terms of

reference and all relevant parameters such as texture, nutrients, heavy

metals, oil and grease and other parameters were analysed in the soil

samples.

Ecological & Biological survey was undertaken in the study area and all

spotted ecological and biological aspects were mapped based on grid

sampling method. Bio-diversity density and abundance were estimated.

Walkthrough surveys were conducted in the study area to assess the ecology.

Primary socio economic survey was undertaken in the study area to capture

the socioeconomic conditions, major occupation of the people, drinking water

and sanitation facilities, transportation and other amenities in the study area,

with a specific reference to the villages located within five (5) km radius of the

existing Mill site.

In addition to the above, district level census data published by National

Informatics Centre (NIC) was also collected from 10 km radius study area for a

detailed analysis on the socio economic aspects. Based on the socio

economic survey, a need based Community Development Plan under

Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) was suggested. Since, existing

mill premises will be used for the MDP Studied no land acquisition involved,

detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlement studies are not envisaged under this

study; however, the indirect impacts on the local and regional community due

to the proposed project were studied.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 53

A detailed review on the process and material balance of the proposed

operations were undertaken. Water and energy balance diagrams were

developed as per the terms of reference issued for the proposed project. In

addition, a detailed review on the process technology, material balance,

source of raw materials, fuels etc were also studied.

A typical review on the process equipment, various pollution control systems

proposed details of wastes and discharges that are envisaged from the

proposed project were also undertaken. Such inputs are adopted while

predicting various environmental impacts due to operation of the facility and

also to suggest an appropriate environmental management plan and

environmental monitoring plan.

As a part of the environmental impact assessment study, an attempt was

made to predict the possible and likely impacts on background environment.

Likely air quality impacts due to release of emissions (captive co-generation

power plant and vehicular emissions) were modelled using AERMOD model.

Ground level concentration of criteria pollutants such as Particulate Matter,

Sulphur Dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen were estimated using AERMOD model.

Hourly meteorological data generated was adopted to assess ground level

concentrations. Highest ground level concentrations were predicted and

concentration isopleths of the above mentioned pollutants were plotted.

The predicted ground level concentrations of the respective pollutants were

added to the prevailing baseline concentrations of the designated pollutants to

assess the likely cumulative post project scenario and such values were

compared with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Noise generating sources and the expected noise levels (with and without

control measures) were estimated. ISO compliant noise propagation models

were adopted to predict likely noise levels at the facility boundary and nearby

villages.

Impact & measures for fugitive emission control was studied. Impact due to

utilisation of treated wastewater for green cover and irrigation applications was

studied.

In addition to the above aspects, the positive environmental benefits arising

from community development plans under CSR / CER programme, ecological

and biodiversity enhancement aspects due to development of plantation and

green-cover development in the vicinity of the Mill site were also studied.

Based on a detailed environmental impact assessment study, a

comprehensive report on the environmental management plan was developed

covering the following aspects: construction phase environmental

management plan, air quality management plan, noise and water quality

management plan, wastewater treatment, reuse, recycling and disposal



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 54

programme, solid and hazardous waste collection, storage and disposal

programme, fly ash collection and utilization plan, rainwater harvesting plan,

socio economic and community development plan, ecological and biodiversity

enhancement plan. An outline of the proposed environmental management

systems, environmental cell and environmental monitoring programme were

also presented in this report.

Although the proposed facility utilises the limited quantities of flammable and

combustible materials with threshold levels below the stipulated quantities

under Hazardous Waste Management, Handling and Transboundary

movement Rules 2008, a preliminary risk assessment study, was undertaken

to assess the residual risks, if any, due to storage and handling of furnace oil,

coal and other combustible material.

CPCB guidelines on risk assessment methods were adopted and qualitative

methods were adhered. Based on the qualitative risk assessment study, a

preliminary fire safety and occupational health management plan was

suggested. A road map for onsite emergency and disaster management plan

was suggested based on the preliminary information available at this stage.

1.8. Regulatory Context

The following environmental laws are applicable to the proposed MDP project:

Environment Protection Act 1986, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act 1974, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Manufacture,

Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 as amended in 2000,

Hazardous and Other Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules 2016.

The following guidelines and regulations are applicable for the proposed

project: EIA Notification and its amendments, Emission and wastewater

discharge standards stipulated by Ministry of Environment and Forests

(MoEF) and Karnataka Pollution Control Board (KPCB), Noise level standards,

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, minimum stack height requirements

specified by Central Pollution Control Board, fly ash utilisation notifications etc.

1.8.1. Ambient Air Quality Standards

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, with its latest

amendment, to prevent and control air pollution, in line with the general

standards prescribed in the Act. The general standards for National Ambient

Air Quality follow Schedule VII prescribed in Environment (Protection) Rules

1986 and Schedule I of Environment (Protection) Rules 1986. The National

ambient air quality standards are given in Table 1.2.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 55

Table 1-2 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutant Time

Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air (µg/m3)

Industrial Residential,

Rural & Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Areas

(notified by Central Government)

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (µg/m

3)

Annual Average*

50 20

24 hrs** 80 80

Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) (µg/m

3)

Annual Average*

40 30

24 hrs ** 80 80

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10 µg) (PM10) (µg/m

3)

Annual Average*

60 60

24 hrs ** 100 100

Particulate Matter (Size less than 2.5 µg) (PM2.5) (µg/m

3)

Annual Average*

40 40

24 hrs ** 60 60

Ozone (O3) (µg/m3) 8 hrs ** 100 100

1 hrs ** 180 180

Lead (Pb) (µg/m3) Annual

Average* 0.5 0.5

24 hrs ** 1.5 1.0

Carbon monoxide (CO) (µg/m

3)

8 hrs ** 2000 2000

1 hrs ** 4000 4000

Ammonia (NH3) (µg/m3) Annual

Average* 100 100

24 hrs ** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6) Annual* 5 5

Benzo(a) Pyrene (BaP)- Particulate phase only (µg/m

3)

Annual* 0.001 0.001

Arsenic (As) (µg/m3) Annual* 0.006 0.006

Nickel (Ni) (µg/m3) Annual* 0.020 0.020

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. ** 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

1.8.2. Air Emission Discharge Standards

According to the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) emission discharge

standards for paper and pulp industry, particulate matter emissions from point

source emissions from captive co-generation power plant should not exceed

150 mg/Nm3. However, as per MoEF&CC Notification dated 7th December

2015 for discharge standards for Thermal Power Plants (TPP), any TPP

installed from 1st of January 2017, the particulate matter, Sulphur Dioxide and

Oxides of Nitrogen shall not exceed 30 mg/Nm3, 100 mg/Nm3 and 100

mg/Nm3 respectively.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 56

1.8.3. Minimum Stack Height Standards

According to the environmental protection rules, a minimum stack height of the

thermal power plant will be defined based on the total sulphur dioxide (SO2)

emission released from the stack using empirical formula (14 x (Q)0.3, where Q

is expressed in SO2 emission rate in kg/h).

1.8.4. Ambient Noise Standards

Noise levels in the work-zone area should not exceed 85 dB(A) for a

cumulative exposure time of eight (8) hrs. The CPCB has since finalised the

Ambient Air Quality standards in respect of Noise under Section 16 (2) (h) of

the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended in 1987.

General noise standards are given in Table 1.3.

Table 1-3 General Noise Standards

Area Code Category Area Limits in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence zone 50 40

Definition Day time: Between 6 AM to 10 PM Night time: Between 10 PM to 6 AM

Silence Zone: Areas up to 100 metres around such premises as hospitals,

educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by

the Competent Authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of

crackers shall be banned in these zones.

1.8.5. Pulp and Paper Mill – Specific Wastewater Discharge Standards

The discharge standards of the Treated Wastewater as per the Consent For

Operation issued to WCPM by Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

(Consent order no AWH-301773 dated 29/12/2016) is presented in the Table

1.4

Table 1-4 Wastewater Discharge Standards

S.No Parameter Units Tolerance Limit not

to exceed

1 pH 7 to 8.5

2 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 50

3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 2100

4 BOD at 27°C for 3 days mg/l 30

5 COD mg/l 250

66 Adsorbable Organic Halogens (AOX)

Kg/ton of product

<1

7 Oil and Grease mg/l 10

8 Chloride mg/l 350

9 Sulphate mg/l 1000

10 Sulphide mg/l 2



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 57

S.No Parameter Units Tolerance Limit not

to exceed

11 Total Residual Chlorine mg/l 1

12 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 50

13 Total Kjeldal Nitrogen mg/l 100

14 Free Ammonia mg/l 5

15 Dissolved Phosphate mg/l 5

The treated wastewater discharge standards have been prescribed in the

Environmental Pollution Rules, 1986 under Schedule VI. The standards for

discharge of treated effluent into inland surface waters, public sewers, land for

irrigation and marine coastal areas for criteria pollutants as prescribed by

CPCB is given in Table 1.5.

Table 1-5 General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants (Effluents)

S.No Parameter

Standards

Inland Surface water

Public sewer

Land for irrigation

Marine Coastal areas

1 Suspended Solids (mg/l)

100 600 200

1. For process wastewater – 100 2. For cooling water effluent – 10 percent above total suspended matter of influent

2 pH 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0

3 Temperature

Shall not exceed 5

0C above the

receiving water temperature

- - Shall not exceed 5

0C

above the receiving water temperature

4 Oil and Grease (mg/l)

10 2 10 20

5 Total residual chlorine (mg/l)

1 - - 1

6 Ammoniacal Nitrogen (mg/l)

50 50 - 50

7 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as NH3) (mg/l)

100 - - 100

8 Free Ammonia (as NH3) (mg/l)

5 - - 5

9 BOD (mg/l) 30 350 100 100

10 COD (mg/l) 250 - - 250

11 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

12 Lead (mg/l) 0.1 1.0 - 2

13 Fluoride (mg/l) 2 15 - 15

14 Dissolved phosphates (mg/l)

5 - - -

15 Sulphide (mg/l) 2 - - 5

16 Phenolic compounds (mg/l)

1 5 - 5

17 Iron (mg/l) 3 3 - 3

18 Nitrate Nitrogen (mg/l)

10 - - 20



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 58

1.8.6. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management, Handling and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

The Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, has enacted

the above rules so as to ensure effective collection, storage, treatment,

transport, reception, import and disposal of hazardous wastes. Any occupier

or unit, generating hazardous wastes and involved in the collection, storage,

treatment, transport, reception import and disposal of hazardous wastes

should obtain authorisation of the Pollution Control Board.

All units generating or handling hazardous wastes more than the regulatory

quantities will have to apply for the authorisation of the Board in a prescribed

form. In the rules introduced in the year 2016, Schedule I, rule 3 (1) (17) (i) 38

categories of processes generating hazardous wastes were listed. The Table

1.6 gives standards applicable to pulp and paper industry.

Table 1-6 List of Hazardous Wastes as Applicable to Pulp & Paper Industry

S,No Processes Hazardous wastes

1

5. Industrial operations using mineral/synthetic oil as lubricant in hydraulic systems or other applications

5.1 Used/spent oil 5.2 Wastes/residues containing

oil

2 32.Pulp & Paper industry

32.1 Spent chemicals 32.2 Corrosive wastes arising from use of strong acid and bases 32.3 Sludge containing

adsorbable organic halides

1.9. Structure of the EIA Report

This EIA report is structured into twelve chapters as below.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Chapter 2 –Existing Environmental Compliance and Management -

Overview of the of the existing facilities and consents issued (EC, NOC etc),

Summary of the environmental compliance, Air pollution sources, stacks as

per the NOC and summary of the emission test results, Water allocation,

Water consumption and water balance in the existing facility, Wastewater

quality and ETP data, Summary of various environmental monitoring programs

adopted, Details of the environmental management cell.

Chapter 3- Proposed Mill Development Plan (MDP)-presents details of the

proposed project, process and material balance, raw-materials and energy

balance and details of various supporting facilities required for the project, and

an outline of the project cost and project implementation schedules.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 59

Chapter 4 - (Baseline Environmental Status) presents a comprehensive

description of the baseline environmental conditions of the study area. This

includes the data obtained from primary surveys and also secondary

published data from various authentic sources. All the specified environmental

components such as meteorological data, air quality, noise levels, surface and

ground water resources, surface and ground water quality, geological and

mineralogical features, soil quality, land use and land cover in the study area,

cropping pattern, ecological and biological environmental conditions and

socioeconomic and cultural aspects of the Mill site. All the relevant aspects as

mentioned in the Terms of Reference (ToR) were thoroughly addressed.

Chapter 5 – (Prediction of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures) presents the environmental aspects associated with the proposed

project, envisaged emissions and discharges from the facility, an overview of

various pollution control systems proposed under project planning activities in

the detailed project report and construction and operational phase

environmental impacts.

Chapter 6 – (Analysis of Alternatives) Description of each alternative

studied and the selected alternatives are given.

Chapter 7 – (Environmental Monitoring Plan) presents monitoring plan

which include measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data

analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, & detailed budget.

Chapter 8 – (Additional Studies) presents outcome of the Public hearing, an

overview of risk mitigation plan and various occupational health programmes

adopted by WCPM at its existing facilities

Chapter 9 – (Project Benefits) presents the benefits of the project.

Chapter 10–(Environmental Management Plan EMP) presents the

administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented

and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

Chapter 11–(Summary and Conclusion) presents the summary and

Conclusion of EIA report.

Chapter 12–(Disclosure of Consultant) presents the declaration by the EIA

consultant organisation as per the NABET requirements.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-2 Environmental Management Aspects in the Existing Facilities

Prepared by & 60

2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ASPECTS IN THE EXISTING FACILITIES

2.1. Overview of the Existing Facilities

This section presents an overview of the existing facilities of WCPM unit, its

environmental compliance aspects and Environmental Management Program

implemented in the existing facility.

The existing facilities of WCPM are located at Bangur Nagar, Dandeli, Haliyal

Taluk, Uttara Kannada district, Karnataka at the intersection of Latitude

15°15'6.52"N and Longitude 74°37'39.94"E. The mill is located in an area of

375.73 acres connected through a broad-gauge line on Miraj-Bangalore

section at Alnavar Junction, with railway lines that run up to the factory.



1959. Over 50 years of Sustainable operation is detailed in Table 2.1.

Table 2-1 50 years of Sustainable Operations

Sustainable Operations Year

Granted license for a capacity of 45,000 TPA paper production

1964

License to increase the production capacity to 60,000 TPA 1972

Implemented a crash programme to increase the production capacity

1974

The licensed capacity was re-endorsed for 69,000 TPA 1991

Successful completion of a modernization/expansion programme for 1,19,000 TPA

1996-1997

The mill obtained Environmental Clearance for the “Expansion-Cum-Modernization of Paper unit (1,78,500 TPA to 3,20,000 TPA) and Captive Power Plant (30 MW) from MoEF&CC vide no: J-11011/408/2006-IA.II (I)” dated on 19th July, 2007. The EC copy is attached as Annexure 4

2007

WCPM obtained Consent for Establishment under the Water and Air Act for

expansion and Modernization from Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

Vide No: CFE-EIA/WCPM/EIA-685/2007-2008 dated, 16th November 2007.

Consent for Operation and discharge of effluents under the Water (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and emissions under the Air (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 was obtained vide combined consent order

No: AWH-301773, dated on 29th December 2016 with the validity up to 2021.

The CTO is attached as Annexure 4.

The mill is regularly submitting the Environmental compliance report to the

Regional Office, Bangalore of MoEF&CC and WCPM has complied with all

conditions of the Environmental Clearance issued by MoEF for expanding



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 61

capacity from 1,78,500 tpa to 3,20,000 tpa. The site visit was made from

Regional Office, Bangalore for certifying the compliance report on 11th January

2017 and the copy of the latest compliance report and the approval for the

compliance from the Regional Office, MoEF&CC is enclosed as Annexure 5.

Table 2-2 Overview of the Details of the Existing Facilities

Description Unit Existing Scenario

Paper Board machine-1 TPD 100






Paper production (1-6) TPA 320,000

Pulp Production TPA 250,000

Chemical Recovery Plant

-Evaporator plant tph of water evaporation

330

- Recovery Boiler tpd of black liquor solids

1600

-Recaustising plant tpd of AA 350

- Lime kiln tpd of lime 365

Power boilers

FBC# 1 tph of steam 60




Total tph of steam 330

Turbo Generators

Escher Wyss MW of power 5.0

TG# 1 MW of power 5.3




Total MW of power 74.8

Fuel Coal consumption TPA 3,18,000

Furnace Oil KL 15,300

Water consumption m3/day 63,800

Water Allocation from Kali River m3/day 1,00,000

Electrical Energy Demand MW 48

Wastewater Generation to ETP m3/day 54,800

Wastewater discharged into Halmaddi Nallah

m3/day 54,600

ETP Capacity m3/day 85,885

2.2. Compliance with CREP Guidelines

The implementation of the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for

Environmental Protection (CREP) became mandatory. A Mill Development



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 62

Plan (MDP) was drawn up to implement the CREP requirements besides

replacement and modernisation of aged, outdated and inefficient equipment.

In order to meet the CREP requirements, the company initiated various

Development Plan in which the mill replaced its old chlorine-based wood pulp

line with a modern wood pulp line with Super Batch Cooking Technology,

Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF), Oxygen Delignification, Efficient Chemical

Recovery complex including Lime Mud re-burning kiln and so on.

As per the CREP guidelines, AOX in the final treated effluent should be less

than 1.0 Kg/t of paper. At Present AOX in the treated effluent is around 0.12

kg/t of paper.

As per the CREP guidelines, wastewater discharge should be less than 100

m³/t of paper and at present wastewater discharge is around 58 m³/t of paper.

2.3. Process Description of the Existing facilities

2.3.1. Overview of the Existing Process

The mill is based on the conventional kraft process, using wood as the main

raw material. Wood is chipped in chippers and fed to the digesters. Cooking

chemicals, consisting of chemicals recovered in the chemical recovery section

along with some amount of make-up chemicals are added to the chips in the

digesters. After cooking, the pulp is first screened and washed in a counter-

current fashion, using hot process water from the cooking section. The pulp is

then bleached using DHT-EOP-DnD bleaching sequence, and stored.

The weak black liquor generated in the first brown stock washing stage, after

meeting the internal requirements of the pulp mill, is sent to the chemical

recovery section for recovery of cooking chemicals. The chemical recovery

section consists of evaporators (where the spent liquor from pulp mill is

concentrated), chemical recovery boiler (where the concentrated black liquor

from the evaporation section is fired for generation of steam and smelt), a

recausticising plant (where the alkali, which consists primarily of Na2CO3, is

reacted with burnt lime generated in a rotary lime mud reburning kiln to

produce NaOH required for the cooking process) and a lime reburning kiln for

generating lime from the lime mud produced in the recausticising section

together with seashell/limestone as a make-up.

Pulp is refined in the stock preparation section and treated with sizing

chemicals, dyes and loading materials, before being transferred to the paper

machine section for production of paper. There are presently six (6)

paper/board machines.

The mill is also equipped with coal-fired boilers for generating the steam

required for process, as well as for power generation, as well as turbo



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 63

alternators for production of power from the steam generated in both the

recovery and coal-fired boilers.

The mill is also equipped with a dedicated water intake and treatment system,

as well as a dedicated wastewater collection and treatment system.

2.3.2. Raw Material Preparation

The pulp mill is based on the kraft process, using wood as the main raw

material. Eucalyptus, Acacia, subabul, Casuarina, Bamboo & Blue glum

Hybrid are the main raw material used for hard wood pulping. Raw material is

transported by road to the mill. Unloading/stacking of the raw material is done

both by mechanised equipment and manually.

Chipper House- Part of the raw material is fed directly from the trucks to the

chippers, while the remaining raw material is fed to the chippers through

trolleys from yard. Also, WCPM is importing chips from South Africa.

The raw material is fed to the chain conveyors and finally to the feed belts.

The mill has two (2) PALLMANN chippers each of capacity 25 tph (as such), 2

nos of Vecoplan chippers of each capacity 50tph.

Chipper House

2.3.2.1. Fiber Line

The pulp mill is based

on the kraft process,

using wood as the

main raw material.

Wood is chipped in

chippers and fed to

the state of the art

super batch digesters.

Cooking chemicals,

consisting of

chemicals recovered

in the chemical recovery section along with some amount of make-up

chemicals are added to the chips in the digesters. After cooking, the pulp is



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 64

first screened and washed in a counter-current fashion, using hot process

water, followed by oxygen delignification process. The pulp is then bleached

using Chlorine dioxide based ECF (DHT-EOP-DnD) bleaching sequence, and

stored.

2.3.2.2. Chlorine Dioxide Generation Plant

Chlorine dioxide generation plant, supplied by UHDE and based on the

Integrated Process. This plant consists of the Sodium Chlorate Electrolysis,

ClO2 Generation and Absorption Unit and Waste Gas Dechlorination Unit

Other Units- In addition to the ClO2 generation plant, the mill has, O2

Generation Plant, a hydrogen peroxide receiving and dilution station, a caustic

receiving and dilution station, and a sulphur dioxide dosing system.

The pulp mill process flow diagram is given in Figure 2.1.

Figure 2-1 Pulp Mill - Flow Diagram

2.3.3. Paper Making

The mill is having six (6) paper machines producing 3,20,000 tpa of printing

and writing grade, Posters, duplex board and coated papers using raw

material of hardwood pulp. The production capacity of the paper machines are

shown in the following Table 2.3.

Table 2-3 Production Capacity of Paper Machines

Paper Machine Type of Paper Machine Existing Capacity

PM 1 Writing/printing 100 TPD



PM 4 Cupstock/board 110 TPD

PM 5 Cupbase/board 55 TPD




PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 65

Paper Machine Type of Paper Machine Existing Capacity

Total 930 TPD

2.3.3.1. Paper Machines

The mill has six (6) paper machines of different configurations, capacities and

making different products like non-surface sized writing and printing paper,

cup stock, surface sized writing & printing paper, poster, and duplex board,

coated papers etc. Writing and printing papers are produced on PM #1, PM #2

and PM #3 which are located in one building, while board grades are

produced on PM #4 and PM #5 which are located in one building and PM#6

producing writing and printing paper, are located in another building as

detailed below.

2.3.3.2. Paper Machine # 1

The paper machine # 1 was supplied by Escher Wyss and commissioned in

1958, and was rebuilt in 1972-73. It was again rebuilt by Over Meccanica

(OM) in the year 2002. PM #1 is a first floor fourdrinier MF machine with a

deckle trim of 3.15 m and a maximum operating speed of 300 mpm. Finished

production capacity of the paper machine is 100 tpd with basis weight ranging

between 70 to 270 gsm. The machine produces Azure laid, MICR cheque

paper, Parchment paper, Maplitho printing – surface sized (SS), SS pulp

board – UHB, Surface size maplitho printing – deluxe/Punch card, Maplitho

printing-Base/MF cover, Sud. Excl Maplitho Paper, Sud. Super shine Maplitho

and Sud. Cartridge deluxe

Stock Preparation and Approach Flow System - PM #1-The stock pre

paration system for PM #1 is of a continuous type stock preparation system.

The furnish mix comprises mainly bleached virgin pulp.

Approach Flow System- Approach flow system of PM#1 is of single dilution

system with four (4) stage centricleaning system and two (2) stage approach

flow screening system.

Fibre Recovery System- The mill is having one (1) floatation saveall for fibre

recovery. Clarified water is used in the system to the extent possible.

2.3.3.3. Paper Machine #2

Paper Machine #2 is a first floor fourdrinier MG machine commissioned in

1959. It was rebuilt by Voith/ L&T in the year 2000 with a deckle trim of 3.20

m, a design speed of 240 mpm and a maximum operating speed also of 240

mpm. The finished production capacity of the machine is around 95 tpd, with

basis weight ranging from 80 to 300 gsm. The machine produces the grades

of bleached MG cover paper and MG pulp board papers:

Stock Preparation and Approach Flow System- The stock preparation

system for PM #2 is of batch type. The capacity of the existing stock



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 66

preparation system is adequate for the present capacity of paper machine

production capacity.

Approach Flow System- The approach flow system is of a typical single

dilution system. Stock cleaning system is of GL&V Celleco type cleaners with

four (4) stages in cascading arrangement. The last stage of centricleaners is

provided with elutriation water arrangement at Fibermizer.

Fibre Recovery System- The mill is having one (1) floatation saveall for fibre

recovery. Clarified water is used in the system to the extent possible.


PM #3 is a first floor twin wire Papriformer MF machine with a deckle trim of

3150 mm and a maximum operating speed of 650 m/min. The finished

production capacity of the paper machine is 130 tpd, with basis weight ranging

from 50 to 85 gsm. It manufactures the Cream wove/plain paper, MF cover

paper – HL, Maplitho ptg-SS/Plain papers, Ledger/B2B/SS copier, Maplitho

Ptg-Dlx/Nsl, Maplitho Ptg-Base, Azure Wove, and DLX copier – CG grades of

paper:

Stock Preparation- The stock preparation system for PM #3 is a batch

system. The paper machine mainly produces surface sized as well as unsized

writing and printing grades. The furnish mix comprises mainly bleached virgin

pulp.

Approach Flow System- The approach flow is a double dilution system.

Stock cleaning system is of GL&V Celleco centricleaners with four (4) stages

in cascading arrangement. The last stage of centricleaners is provided with

elutriation water arrangement at the FIBERMIZER.

Fibre Recovery System- The fibre recovery system comprises one (1)

conical saveall. The volume of the conical saveall is about 400 m3. The

clarified backwater from the save all is collected in a clarified water tank and

meets the dilution requirements in paper machine and in pulp mill.


PM #4 is a first floor board machine consisting of seven (7) pressure formers

with a deckle trim of 2600 mm and a maximum operating speed of 195 m/min.

The finished production capacity of the paper machine is 110 tpd, with basis

weight ranging from 200 to 500 gsm. It manufactures Grey back and White

back grades of Board, cup stock & cup base.


system for PM #4 is of batch type. Pulp is received from waste paper plant in

the individual receiving chests of top ply, bottom ply and middle ply. Out of all

the three (3) plies, the top ply line alone consists of refiners. The approach



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 67

flow system is of single dilution type for all the formers, with single stage

pressure screening system and vibrating screen in secondary screen position.

Fibre Recovery System- One disc filter, thickener-cum-saveall is provided for

handling paper machine excess back water.


PM #5 is a first floor board machine consisting of seven (7) RF vat formers

with a deckle trim of 2600 mm and a maximum operating speed of 110 m/min.

The finished production capacity of the paper machine is 55 tpd, with basis

weight ranging from 200 to 500 gsm. It also manufactures Grey back and

White back grades of Board


system for PM #5 is of batch type. Pulp is received from the waste paper plant

in the individual receiving chests of top ply, bottom ply and middle ply. Out of

all the three (3) plies, the top ply line alone consists of refiners. The approach

flow system is of single dilution type for all the formers, with single stage

pressure screening system and vibrating screen in secondary screen position.

Fibre Recovery System- One disc filter for thickening-cum-Saveall is

provided in fibre recovery system for PM#5.


The machine is producing surface-

sized P&W grades and uncoated

wood-free grades. PM #6, with a

5.3 m wide reel trim, has designed

and balanced for a speed of 1,200

mpm. The maximum operating

speed is around 1150 mpm for the

designed paper machine

production.

Paper machine #6 for the

manufacture of SS P&W and copier grades calls for the chemical additive

preparation plant of a suitable capacity to meet the demand of PM #6.

The CAP system is having the facility for preparation and supply of filler,

neutral size, cationic starch, dye #1 & dye #2, OBA and Retention aids. The

filler preparation and dosing system is designed to meet the paper machine

production capacity. The clay or CaCO3 or talcum is delivered to the mill in 50

kg bags and jumbo bags (500 kg/(DS)/day). The neutral sizing system is also

designed to meet the PM production capacity. The cationic starch preparation

system, retention aid preparation and dosing system, Anti slime and biocide



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 68

system, size press starch preparation system, dye and OBA systems is

designed to meet the production capacity of PM #6.

The process flow diagram of the Paper machine is given below in Figure 2.2.

Figure 2-2 Paper Machine Flow diagram

2.3.4. Chemical Recovery Plant

The weak black liquor generated in the Twin roll press unbleach pulp washing

stage, after meeting the internal requirements of the pulp mill, is sent to the

chemical recovery section for recovery of cooking chemicals.

The chemical recovery section consists of evaporators (where the spent liquor

from pulp mill is concentrated), chemical recovery boiler (where the

concentrated black liquor from the evaporation section is fired for generation

of steam and smelt), a recausticising plant (where the alkali, which consists

primarily of Na2CO3, is reacted with burnt lime produced in a rotary lime mud

reburning kiln to produce NaOH required for the cooking process) and a lime

reburning kiln for producing lime from the lime mud produced in the

recausticising section together with lime stone as a make-up. The process

flow diagram of the Chemical Recovery is given below in Figure 2.3



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 69

Figure-2-3 Chemical Recovery Flow Diagram

2.3.4.1. Evaporation Plant

The screened weak black liquor from pulp mill is directly pumped to Weak

Black Liquor (WBL) storage tanks. There are nine (9) storage tanks to take

liquor directly from pulp mill. The total capacity of these tanks is 5900 m³.

The mill is now operating two black liquor evaporation plants – tubular type

free falling film evaporator of Alfa Laval make. The evaporator is designed for

capacities of 100 TPH and 230 TPH water evaporation with steam economy of

6.35 & 6.7

2.3.4.2. Recovery Boiler

There are two recovery boilers 1) BHEL make &2) ENMAS make.

The ENMAS recovery boiler is of 1100tpd. It is of conventional, suspended

type, natural circulation single drum designed without furnace screen tubes.

The boiler has a steam generation capacity of 150tph at 64kgs/cm2.There are

two electrostatic precipitators (ESP) running in parallel. The flue gas is

consists of total 8 fields .The specific collection area 122m3/m3/sec total

collecting area is5696x2m2.

Rating of each rectifier unit -110 kV

. Emitting electrode

Type- pipe & Spike Type-Pipe

Size (dia) – 50 mm

Number of electrodes- 20assemblies of collecting electrodes &19

assemblies of emitting electrodes.

FEED WATER

ESPCHIMNEYHEAVY

BLACK LIQUOR

RECOVERYBOILER

EVAPORATIONPLANT

WEALBLACK LIQUORFROM PULP MILL

SREAM CONDENSATETO

DM PLANT

SECONDARY CONDENSATE

SUPERHEATED STEAM

LP STEAM

WHITE LIQUORTO PULP MILL

WEAKWHITELIQUOR

GREEN LIQUOR

MAINDISSOLVING

TANK

RECAUSTICZINGPLANT

SM

ELT

LIM

E M

UD

ESPCHIMNEY

REBURNINGLIMEKLIN

BURNT LIME



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 70

The BHEL make recovery boiler is of 500 tpd. It is of conventional, suspended

type, natural circulation bi-drum design with furnace screen tubes type. The

boiler has a steam generating capacity of 79.1onnes/hr at 45 kg/cm².

There are two (2) electrostatic precipitators (ESP) running in parallel. The flue

gas from the ESP is discharged through tall stack after conforming to the

emission norms. It consists of total four (4) fields with total collecting plates of

576. The specific collecting area is 131.01 m²/m³/sec.Total collecting area is

6624 m².

Rating of each rectifier unit -80 kV (max.) 800 MA/mean

. Emitting electrode

Type- Spiral with hooks

Size dia) - 2.7(mm

Number of electrodes/field - 828 Nos.

2.3.4.3. Recausticising Plant

The mill is handling all the green liquor produced from both boilers new Andritz

,lime slaker of 4.6 m dia x 2.2 m height. Clarified green liquor is fed into slaker

through green liquor fed into slaker. Lime is added in controlled manner to get

the desired causticising efficiency. Then it is pumped into 3 causticisers (dia

3.65 x 3.65 m height each) and C D filter (disc dia 3.7M no of disc 6). The

filtered white liquor is pumped to pulp mill /storage tank. Lime mud is washed

in single stage system, in two mud washers in parallel, are of same size

12.19m dix 4.87m height. The overflow white liquor goes to storage tanks.

Mud is washed in three (3) stages system. The mud washers are all of the

same dimensions, viz. 12.192 m diameter x 4.87 m height, with two

compartments. The mud from the last stage washer is pumped to a sludge

tank (of diameter 3.04 m and height 3.048 m) and then at the desired level of

solids, is pumped to FFE mud filter and LMCD filter. The filtered and washed

lime mud is conveyed to Rotary Lime Kiln.

2.3.4.4. Lime Mud Reburning Kiln

The capacity of lime kin 1

(2.9mx70m long) is 135tpd

@82% lime purity as Cao

and lime kin #2-(3.2mx95m)

is 230tpd @82% Cao.The

flue gas from the lime kiln is

sent through respective ESP

prior to discharge from

dedicated stack. The lime

kiln is suitable for firing fuel

oil producer gas and non condensable gases. It operates with fuel oil.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 71

2.3.5. Power House

The power plant has two pressure systems for steam and power generation

and the details of plant & machinery are given below. The steam and power

generation of Boiler house and Turbo generator is given in Table 2.4 and 2.5.

The Process Flow Diagram of Captive Power Plant is given in Figure 2.4.

Boiler house

Coal handling system

Ash handling system

DM plant

Turbo generator

Pressure reducing and de-superheating stations

Air compressors

Cooling tower

Figure-2-4: Flow Diagram for CPP

Captive Power Plant



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 72

Closed Coal Conveyor Fly ash Silos

The boiler house consists of a FBC #1 operates at 40.5 kg/cm² (g) and 390°C;

FBC #2 operates at 43 kg/cm² (g) and 415°C. Besides this, FBC#3 boiler with

the design pressure of 65 kg/cm² (g) and design temperature of 480°C, and

FBC #4 operates at 65 kg/cm² (g) and design temperature of 480°C. The

specifications of all the coal fired boilers are furnished below in Table 2.4

Table 2-4 Boiler House

Description Unit Power

Boiler #1 Power

Boiler # 2 Power

Boiler # 3 Power

Boiler # 4

Type - FBC FBC FBC FBC

Pressure kg/cm² 40.5 43 65 65

Capacity tph 60 65 80 125

Operating Fuel - Coal Coal Coal Coal

.

2.3.5.1. Turbo Alternators

There are four (4) turbo-alternators in operation, TA #4 is in operation and

TA#1 to 3 are standby. The turbo alternator sets are running with average load

with the condition of meeting part of the process steam demand and

condensing to the requirement of electrical load. The detailed specifications of

TA sets are given below.

Table 2-5 Turbo Generators

Description Unit Escher Wyss

TG #1 TG #2 TG #3 TG #4

Type -

Double Extraction –condensing

Extraction - Back

pressure

Extraction – condensing

Extraction –

condensing

Extraction –

condensing

Capacity MW 5.0 5.3 14.5 15.5 34.5

Total MW 74.8

2.3.5.2. Cooling Tower

To meet the cooling water requirement of the surface condensers of TA sets,

dedicated cooling towers are installed. There are two (2) RCC counterflow,

induced draught cooling towers each having three (3) cells. The details of the

cooling towers are given below in Table 2.6.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 73

Table 2-6 Details of the Cooling Towers

Description Unit CT #1 CT #2

Type -

RCC counter flow induced draught

RCC counter flow induced draught

Circulating water flow rate

m³/h 3000 3300

Number of cells Nos. 3 3

Flow rate per cell m³/h 1000 1100

Hot water temperature °C 42 41

Cold water temperature °C 32 32

Design inlet wet bulb temperature

°C 28 28

The capacity of the cooling tower is sufficient to handle the cooling water

requirement of TA condenser.

2.3.5.3. Coal Handling System

Coal is being received from Singareni Collieries and transported to the mill

stock yard by Lorries. Daily requirement of coal from the stock yard is again

transported by front end loaders or tippers to the coal handling plant for

crushing and screening for feeding into the boiler bunkers. The sawdust from

chipper house is also fed to all the boilers along with coal. Fuel Consumption

in the existing facilities and Characteristic of fuel used is given in Table 2.7 &

Table 2.8.

Table 2-7 Fuel Consumption in the Existing Plant

Parameter Units Power

Boiler 1 Power

Boiler 2 Power

Boiler 3 Power

Boiler 4

Chemical Recovery Boiler 1

Chemical Recovery Boiler 2

Lime Kiln

Design steam generation capacity

tph 25 40 40 117 174.2 79.1 200 tpd

Type fuels used

- Imported

Coal Imported

Coal Imported

Coal

Imported/ Indian Coal

Black Liquor

Solids & Furnace Oil

Furnace Oil

Table 2-8 Characteristics of the Fuel used in Boiler

Description Unit Coal

Furnace Oil Black Liquor Indian Imported

Moisture % 7 17.7 1 30

Ash (max) % 37.6 4.2 1 -

Sulphur (max) % 0.28 0.23 4.5 2.0

Gross Calorific Value

Kcal/kg 4200 5490 10500 3200

*Values is as per plant record

2.3.5.4. Ash Handling System

Ash from stoker fired boilers #1 and #2 is removed and transported by trucks.

Fly ash from boiler is handled by dense phase pneumatic system and

transported to ash silo. Ash is periodically removed from ash silo by lorries.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 74

The existing ash handling system is sufficient to handle the present ash

generated by boilers.

2.3.6. Electrical

The mill has 74.8 MW captive co-generation power plant which satisfies the

complete power requirement of the entire mill including the colony. In addition

Mill also has 4.04 MW Diesel Generators, utilized if any critical power

requirement arises.

2.4. Existing Pollution Sources

In the mill along with useful products, certain by products are also generated

in the processes. These waste products include flue gases, waste water and

solid wastes. The flue gases generated are from Boilers, Chemical Recovery

plant and Rotary lime kilns. The atmospheric pollutants from the stacks of

these sources include Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides.

The quantities and the composition of the gaseous, liquid and solid waste that

are generated in the mill are regulated such that their final disposal into the

environment meets all the statutory requirements and the environmental

impacts are minimized.

2.4.1. Air Emissions

The flue gases generated from Boilers, and Rotary lime kilns are vented out

through stacks of adequate dimensions after passing through ESPs and

pollution control systems respectively. The atmospheric pollutants from the

stacks of these sources include particulate matter, Sulphur Dioxide, Nitrogen

Oxides. The boilers are connected to an efficient Electrostatic Precipitators to

control the PM emissions in to the atmosphere.

The NCGs and Mercaptans formed at the pulp mill section in digesters, blow

tank systems and evaporators are collected and burned at Rotary Lime Kilns.

The details of the stacks are given in Table 2.9 and the air emission plant data

is given in Table 2.10. The KSPCB test report of the air emissions from stacks

are shown in Table 2.11 and the copy of the KSPCB & external lab test report

are enclosed as Annexure 6.

Table 2-9 Existing Stack Details

Stack No

Stack attached to Stack

Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Stack Gas Velocity

(m/s)

Stack Gas Temperature

(°C)

1 Chemical Recovery Boiler Stack -1

60 m AGL 2.0 12 – 18 150 – 160

2 Chemical Recovery Boiler Stack -2

85 m AGL 3.25 14- 20 150 – 160

3 Rotary Lime Kiln -1 51 m AGL 1.4 5 – 7 120 -130

4 Rotary Lime mud reburning Kiln -2

55 m AGL 1.35 8 – 9 130 – 140

5 FBC Boiler – 1 55 m AGL 1.8 12 – 16 115 – 125



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 75

Stack No

Stack attached to Stack

Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Stack Gas Velocity

(m/s)

Stack Gas Temperature

(°C)

6 FBC Boiler – 2 68 m AGL 1.8 12 – 15 120 -130

7 FBC Boiler – 3 85 m AGL 2.2 10 –12 130 – 150

8 FBC Boiler – 4 85 m AGL 3.0 10 – 12 120 -130

Table 2-10 Continuous Air Emissions Test Report – Average Plant Data

for the period of January 2018 to June 2018

Stack Unit Parameter

PM SO2 NOX H2S FBC –I Boiler ppm Shut Shut Shut Shut FBC-2 Boiler ppm Shut Shut Shut Shut FBC-III Boiler ppm 18.33 311 208 -

FBC-IV ppm 20.8 452 184 -

Chemical Recovery Boiler No-1 ppm 15.6 218 112 0.5

Chemical Recovery Boiler No-2 ppm 35.6 245 155 0.6

Rotary Lime Kiln No-1 ppm 14.29 304 144 -

Rotary Lime Kiln No-2 ppm 19.1 317 167 -

Table 2-11 Air Emissions Test Report - KSPCB

Location Date of

Monitoring Report No. Parameter Unit

Emission Standard

Result

Chemical Recovery Boiler No-1

22.12.2015 PCB AR STACK-

183 RLW 16 Particulate

Matter mg/Nm

3 150 87

Rotary Lime Kiln No-1



Matter mg/Nm

3 150 59

Rotary Lime Kiln No-2



Matter mg/Nm

3 150 62

FBC-III Boiler 29.08.2015 PCB AR STACK-


Matter mg/Nm

3 150 73

FBC-IV 29.09.2015 PCB AR STACK-


Matter mg/Nm

3 150 70

Source: Analysis Report from Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

WCPM has installed three Continuous Ambient Air Quality Stations inside the mill

premises and one in the nearby town. It is observed based on the test reports and plant

data that the AAQ values are well within the NAAQS standards prescribed by CPCB. AAQ

plant data and KSPCB data are given in Table 2.12 and 2.13

Table 2-12 Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data- Average Plant Data for the period of January 2018 to June 2018

AAQ Station

Location PM2.5

(µg/m3)

PM 10 (µg/m

3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx (µg/m

3)

H2S (µg/m

3)

AAQ 1 Admin Office 22 45 26.4 11.2 Negl

AAQ 2 Material Gate 39 81 32.1 19.2 Negl

AAQ 3 ETP Area 18 44 28.12 16.22 Negl

NAAQ Standard 60 100 80 80 -



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 76

Table 2-13 Ambient Air Quality Data – External Lab Data

Location Test Report

dated PM2.5

(µg/m3)

PM10 (µg/m

3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx (µg/m

3)

Near Fire Station 30.07.2018 29.8 56.2 4.9 9.4

Near Cooling Tower 30.07.2018 28.2 48.6 4.9 10.1

Pulp Mill ETP area 30.07.2018 38.73 70.29 4.34 9.30

Near Single Point Discharge

30.07.2018 31.2 54.8 4.9 10.1

NAAQ Standard - 60 100 80 80

Source: Analysis Report from External Lab

Figure 2-5 Photographs of Existing Air Monitoring & Control Facilities

Electrostatic Precipitator

Continuous Ambient Air Quality Stations at WCPM

Continuous Stack Monitoring Stations at WCPM

Continuous Ambient Air Quality Stations at WCPM



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 77

2.4.1.1. Fugitive Emission

The fugitive dust emissions in the mill is controlled by implementing the

following Environmental Management Plan

The Coal is stored in a closed shed and treated effluent sprinklers are

installed to control the dust emissions.

Back Water Sprinklers are installed in the chipper area which is used

to spray water continuously on the wood stocks that are entering the

chipper machine to avoid dust emissions.

The vehicular Emissions are kept in check.

2.4.2. Noise Levels at the Facility

The noise generating equipments, especially the compressors are operated in

a closed circuit/ room to keep the noise levels under check.

Closed Compressor Rooms

The ambient noise level quality during day and night were monitored inside

the project site. Summary plant data of Ambient Noise Level Data is given in

Table 2.14.

Table 2-14 Ambient Noise Levels, Plant Data

Location Day, dB (A) Night, dB (A)

Gate No - 3 72.6 61

TRT Cross 70 63.9

Gate no 2 72 58



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 78

It is observed that the values are well within the Ambient Noise Level

Standards for industrial zone prescribed for day and night by the CPCB.

2.4.3. Existing Water Sources and

Requirement

In the current operations, WCPM

could bring down the fresh water

consumption for the plant to a

level of 60,800 m3/day equivalent

to around 65 m3/t of paper by

implementing various water

conservation and recycling

systems.

Necessary water cess has been paid to Karnataka Pollution Control Board for

the permitted withdrawal limit. In order to be in line with new norms of fresh

water consumption WCPM is further implementing water conservation and

recycling systems.

The mill has water drawal permission of 1,00,000 m³/day from River Kali. The

water drawal permission letter is enclosed as Annexure 7.

The various water conservation and recycling measures adopted in the

existing facility are as follows;

All water distribution line from filter house to process side were replaced

with new line and above ground level.

PM3, PM4&PM6 machine back water is being used for pulp dilution in

pulp mill.

PM3 & PM1 Back water is being used for vacuum pumps cooling.

PM5 Machine back water is being used for PM4&PM5 Vaccum pumps

sealing and cooling.

2.4.3.1. Water Treatment Plant (WTP)

Water from the pump house is

supplied to filter house through

three pipe lines 18”,21” &24”

respectively, and this water is

again distributed through 4

channels and to 4 Nos of clarifiers

.Clarifiers over flow will be taken

to water reservoirs &blow down

water will be drained. Over flow

from 1&2 clarifier is taken through



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 79

separate channel and chemical treatment is done and taken to jewel sand

filter for residential colony supply.

The size of clarifier #1 and #2 is 25.75 m diameter and 4.24 m side, water

depth (SWD) each. The capacity of each of the clarifier #1 and #2 is 13500

m³/day. Alum dosing and pre-chlorination is done at the inlet of clarifier. The

capacity of storage reservoir#1 is 1600 m³ and reservoir #2 is 2700m3.

The clarifier #3 is of size 33 m dia x 3.75 m SWD. The capacity of clarifier #3

is 22500 m3. Clarifier #4 is of size 45.72 m dia x 3.85 m SWD, and has a

capacity of 49500 m3. Alum dosing and pre-chlorination is done at the inlet of

clarifier. A common alum preparation unit is dedicated for both the water

treatment lines. The process water from the reservoir is pumped to mill.

2.4.3.2. Water Requirement for Existing Facilities (Typical Operation)

The water requirement of the existing facility is given in below Table 2.15

Table 2-15 Break-up of Existing Fresh Water Requirement

Description Fresh water make-up, m3/day

Power Plant, Cooling etc 10,200

Pulp Mill and Recovery Unit 25,500

Paper Machines 23,400

Fire water use 200

Misc. consumption 1500

Total Plant (A) 60,800

Villages/community supply/CSR 3000

Total 63,800

Total Paper Production-TPD (B) 935

Specific Water Consumption - m3/t (A/B)

65

The mill has been maintaining the specific water consumption of 65 m3 per

tonne of existing paper production by installing various conservation

measures.

2.4.4. Wastewater Generation

The total wastewater generated at the existing facility is about 54,800 m³/day.

The existing ETP is designed for a capacity to handle 85,885 m³/day effluent

from the mill. The wastewater from the mill is divided mainly into two separate

streams. One is pulp mill wastewater stream and the other one is paper

machine wastewater stream.

Some quantity of treated effluent is utilized for dust suppression and greenbelt

purpose and the remaining treated effluent is discharged in to the Halmadi

Nalla which is connected to Kali River. The details of wastewater generation

quanitity is presented in the Table 2.16.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 80

Table 2-16 Wastewater Generation in the Existing Facility

S.No. Category Existing Wastewater

Generation (in m³/day)

1 Wastewater to ETP 54,800

2 ETP sludge loss 100

3 Treated waste water from ETP 54,700

4 Treated wastewater for Greenbelt 2,200

5 Treated wastewater discharged (to Halmaddi Nallah)

54,600

2.4.4.1. Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Pulp Mill and other Combined Wastewater Streams- The wastewater from

pulp mill and the overflow of sedimentation tank (meant for collection of waste

water from chemical recovery plant, power house) is mixed together prior to

screening. At screening chamber, chemical dosing is carried out. The

screened wastewater is pumped to a primary clarifier #1 of size 39.5 m

diameter and 3 m SWD having a capacity of 3677 m³ by three (3) dedicated

pumps (2 W+1 SB). The overflow from the primary clarifier flows by gravity to

two (2) parallel aeration basins of size 25 m x 60 m x 5 m SWD, equipped with

diffused aeration system. Four (4) blowers each of capacity 12500 Nm3/hr and

0.6 kg/cm2 (g) pressure are installed for supplying air through 1200 diffusers.

Nutrients are added at the inlet of aeration basin. Domestic effluent from

colony is also added prior to aeration tank.

The wastewater line leading to aeration tank has on line pH measurement and

flow measurement. Also, the activated sludge process has got a provision for

surge tank for holding waste water in case of emergency for 6-8 hours.

The underflow from this primary clarifier #1 is dewatered in hydra sieves and

further dewatered in a screw press. The sludge generated from primary

clarifier #1 is being sold to third party. The overflow from the aeration basin is

sent to secondary clarifier of size 41 m x 3 m SWD. The underflow from

secondary clarifier is recycled partially into the aeration basin to maintain a

required MLSS concentration in the basin. The overflow from secondary

clarifier is taken in to polishing pond through ring channel for 3rd stage

treatment. The polishing pond is equipped with four (4) 30 HP fixed aerators,

which are being used to boost up the dissolved oxygen. The overflow from

polishing pond goes through an open channel to nallah, which leads to the

river Kali.

Paper Machine Wastewater Stream- The raw wastewater flows by gravity to

an inlet sump through a manual bar screen. The raw wastewater from this

sump is pumped to a primary clarifier #2 of size 35.5 m dia x 3.5 m SWD,

having a capacity of 3462.3 m3.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 81

The underflow of paper machine clarifier-cum-thickener is processed on

Andritz twin-wire machine regularly. The thickened sludge from the Andritz

machine (at around 30% consistency) is sold to board manufacturers in the

nearby areas to make boards.

Two (2) sludge drying beds have been provided to process excess biological

sludge from the secondary clarifier as and when required.

In emergency condition, when Andritz machine is under any maintenance

work, the paper machine clarifier underflow can also be processed on sludge

drying beds.

The collected sludge from sludge drying beds is also given to board

manufacturers for making boards.

The mill has dedicated electronic flow measuring and recording devices at the

following points

Single point discharge

Paper machine raw wastewater

Sewage

Combined pulp mill wastewater

ETP Area

Aerators Secondary Clarifier



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 82

Also the mill has on-line bio-monitoring (aquarium with fishes grown from Kali

River) and on-line pH metering at single point discharge.

2.4.4.2. Domestic Wastewater (colony Sewage)

Total domestic water for the plant is 4000 m3/day. Total sewage generated

from the existing facility is about 3000m3/day which is flowing into the pulp mill

ETP and treated in the existing Effluent Treatment Plant, which is verified

through meter installed at pulp ETP.

2.4.4.3. Combined Wastewater

At Single point discharge (SPD), provision has been made for continuous flow

measurement of all streams and treated wastewater. Treated wastewater of

about 54,600 m³/day is finally let out to Halmaddi nallah through single point

discharge, which leads to the river Kali. The typical characteristics of the

various streams are given below in Table 2.17.

Table 2-17 Wastewater Characteristics

Characteristics Unit

Wastewater stream to ETP Final Treated water discharge

to Halmaddi Nallah

Pulp mill Stream, Recovery, Power

plant, Bleach liquor

Paper Machine stream

pH 4.0 to7.0 6.5 to7.5 7.0 to8.5

Temperature °C 35-60 35-36 <40

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

mg/l 147 929 34

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

mg/l 3969 111 631

Bio Chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)

mg/l 355 118 17

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

mg/l 1050 620 <250

The typical characteristics of the Treated wastewater are given below in Table

2.18 and copy of the test report is enclosed as Annexure 8.

Table 2-18 Treated Wastewater Quality Data

S.No Parameter

Values as per On-Line Treated Trade

Effluent@

Karnataka Pollution Control

Board Test report*

Waste water discharge

standard for Pulp & Paper as

per EPA

Waste water discharge

standard as per KSPCB

1 pH 7.3 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 5.5 to 9

2 TDS, mg/l 557 740 2100 2100

3 TSS, mg/l 22 40 500 50

4 COD, mg/l 121 174 350 250

5 BOD, mg/l 14 28 30 30

* Note: Values as per the KPCB Test Report vide, dated: 30.01.2018 @Compiled On-Line Treated Trade Effluent data for the period from January 2017 to June 2017



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 83

The treated effluent quality is monitored in an online system and is well within

the standards discharged standard prescribed by the CPCB.

2.4.4.4. Bio Assay Test

Bio Assay test is conducted in treated wastewater samples to check the

toxicity condition by using a living organism. The mill uses a fish tank in the

single point discharge room in which the final treated waste water is added

and the health of the fish is monitored on a continuous basis. The KSPCB

analysis report of bio-assay test is shown in Table 2.19 and the copy of the

test report is enclosed as Annexure 9.

Figure 2-6 Fish Tank at Single Point discharge for Bio Assay Test

Table 2-19 Analysis Report of Bio Assay test of treated wastewater, KSPCB Report

Time (hours)

Control 100% Effluent

A B C



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 84

pH DO Death pH DO Death pH DO Death pH DO Death

0 7.6 7.3 Nil 7.2 3.8 Nil 7.2 3.8 Nil 7.2 3.8 Nil

24 7.6 7.3 Nil 7.2 4.1 Nil 7.2 4.1 Nil 7.2 4.1 Nil

48 7.6 7.6 Nil 7.2 4.3 Nil 7.2 4.3 Nil 7.2 4.3 Nil

72 7.7 7.6 Nil 7.3 4.5 Nil 7.3 4.5 Nil 7.3 4.5 Nil

96 7.7 7.5 Nil 7.3 4.8 Nil 7.3 4.8 Nil 7.3 4.8 Nil

Report No: PCB BIO-A 162 RLW 15. Test Start Date: 08.05.2016 @ 5.20 PM Test End Date:

12.05.2016 @ 5.20 PM enclosed as Annexure 9.

Based on the mortality rate of the test animal, the bioassay test is analyzed.

As per the KSPCB standards, at the end of the test, at least 90% of the test

animal has survived and hence the water quality has passed the standard

norms.

2.4.5. Solid and Hazardous Wastes Generation and Disposal

Solid and hazardous waste from the existing plant is given below in Table

2.20. The necessary approval from the Karnataka Pollution Control Board for

the collection, storage and disposal of hazardous waste from the plant was

obtained and the copy of the Hazardous waste authorization is enclosed as

Annexure 10.

Table 2-20 Solid Waste quantity and Method of Disposal

Type of Waste

Composition Unit Quantity as

per Plant Records

Disposal Method

Fly ash Silica tpd 370

Cement manufacture/ brick manufacture. Copy of the MoU for the disposal is enclosed as Annexure 10.

Lime Mud Calcium carbonate and silica

tpd 375 Recycled using lime kiln with make-up lime.

Saw dust Organic tpd 60

Fired in boiler/ Sold to external party for secondary use. Copy of the MoU for the disposal is enclosed as Annexure 10

Waste ETP sludge pulp from WWTP

Fines and fibre tpd 50

Used for card board /egg tray manufacture. Copy of the MoU for the disposal is enclosed as Annexure 10

Used Oil - KLD 0.05

Sold to KSPCB approved recyclers. Copy of the MoU for the disposal is enclosed as Annexure 10

2.5. Existing Green Cover

A massive greenbelt has been developed in an area of 103 acres in the

existing facility. Apart from the industrial green belt, the mill has developed

plantation in an area of 45,000 acres in the region. The mill has planted



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 85

approximately 27,000,000 trees planted as on date in the region in association

with local farmers and plantation agriculture land holders. The photographs of

the existing green cover are given in Figure 2.7.

Figure 2-7 Existing Green cover

Greenbelt inside the Mill



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 86

Plantation Outside the Mill

2.6. Environmental Management Cell

The mill has been implementing various Environmental Management

Programs and is complying with all environmental regulations and standards.

The company has a dedicated Industrial Pollution Control (IPC) department for

monitoring and implementing various environmental programs in the existing

facility. Mill has the committed Environmental Policy.

Six months compliance reports for the EC conditions have been regularly

submitted to the MoEF&CC regional office. WCPM is certified by ISO 14001

for designing and implementing comprehensive Environment Management

system (EMS) in line with global standards.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 87

WCPM- Environmental Policy

Environmental protection is being monitored and implemented by a centralised

Environmental Management Cell. The constitution of the Environmental

Management Cell of the mill is given in Figure 2.8

Figure 2-8 Environmental Management Cell of the WCPM

2.7. Safety Systems

In order to ensure safety and security for all the employees, the company has

set up a fully equipped safety department consisting of highly qualified and

President (Tech)

Asst.General Manager

(Tech)

Manager (Environment)

SIte Incharge (1 No)

Chemists

(5 Nos)

ETP Workers (28 Nos)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 88

trained professionals. The company also has a fire brigade and positioned

hydrants at strategic locations throughout manufacturing units.

Figure 2-9 Fire Hydrant Systems

Fire Hydrant Pumps Details of the Fire Hydrant Pumps

Fire Water Storage Tank Fire Hydrant Point near chipper

Fire Hydrant Point near chipper Fire Hydrant Point near chipper silo

Fire Hydrant Point near digester Fire Extinguisher in mill premises



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 89

Details of the fire extinguishers and fire hydrant system are given in Table

2.21

Table 2-21 List of Fire Extinguishers

S.No Type of Extinguishers Capacity Quantity Total

1 Dry Chemical Power 5 Kg 284

10 Kg 66 350

2 CO2

4.5 Kg 33

6.5 Kg 31

9 Kg 41

18 Kg 03

22.5 Kg 14 122

3 Mech Foam 9 Ltrs 20

45 Ltrs 22 42

4 Water CO2 9 Ltrs 62 62

5 Total 576

2.8. Occupational Health and Safety

WCPM is equipped with a full-fledged Occupational Health Centre within the

mill premises. OHC is manned by a qualified Medical Officer supported with

paramedical staffs. The OHC hospital conducts regular periodic occupational

health and safety monitoring for all the employees. Pre-employment medical

test is done and the necessary counseling is done by the Company Medical

Officer.

It is claimed that the persons examined were not found to have any deviation

in health related to their occupation. The hospital acts dedicatedly in treating

the employees and workers on any health concern and accidents. An

ambulance with basic facilities like retractable stretcher, first aid boxes with

medicines and oxygen cylinders is parked in front of the hospital 24 x 7 to

attend any accident or critical cases in case of any mis- happenings.

WCPM Hospital



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 90

First Aid Box at Pulp Mill Ambulance

X-RaY Well Equipped Ambulance

First aid boxes are provided in all the company vehicles and also at numerous

specific points inside the mill premises. The Company is conducting various

health camps like Cardio, diabetic, eye, dental, respiratory etc., for employees

and findings are updated in the employee medical history cards at OHC.

Detailed Occupational Health Management program is discussed in Chapter 8

of this report.

2.9. Corporate Social Responsibility

The WCPM maintains a self sufficient colony with temple, shopping complex,

hospital, club, theatre, cable TV network and a Gym. The Dandeli Education

Society is the education wing of WCPM through which schools, colleges for

pre-university and degree courses and post graduation courses in paper &

pulp technology is operated. The company prescribed a CSR expenditure of

Rs.149.09 Lakhs in the financial year 2017-2018 and the manner in which the

amount has been spent during the financial year is shown in the Table 2.22



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 91

Table 2-22 Amount Spent During the Financial Year 2017-2018

S.No Sector CSR Activity Amount Spent

in Lakhs

1 Health care

Health Care Programme - Paediatric Health Check-up, Free Eye Check-up Camp, Medical Equipments supplied to Hospitals, Free Veterinary Camps with distribution of Medicines and Protein supplements.

Rs. 5.03

2 Education

Education Support Programmes - Contributions for constructions of School Buildings, Supply of Subsidised Note Books, Supply of Desk cum Benches, Supply of Umbrella, School Bags etc for School Children.

Rs. 52.17

3

Environmental Sustainability and Ecological Balance

Environmental Initiative - Maintenance of Dandakaryna Eco Park, Nanadagokul Garden in Dandeli, de-silting of Water Bodies in surrounding villages, Contributions for Flora and Fauna conservation programme of Forest Department.

Rs. 13.36

4 Rural Development Projects

Rural Infrastructure Development (Other than for the purpose of Health/Education/Livelihood and others). Creation of shelter & cycle stand facilities in Village Revenue offiice, Truck Terminal, Bus Shelters, Contribution for Construction of Community Halls.

Rs. 54.12

5

Protection of Heritage, Arts and Culture

Promotion and Development of Traditional Arts & Culture - Contributions to Karnataka Sangha, Karavali Utsav, Cultural Societies etc.

Rs. 10.84

6

Safe Drinking Water

Making Available Safe Drinking Water for Rural Public - Piped Potable water supplied through Jal Nirmal Yojana

Rs. 3.57

7

Promotion of Rural Sports and Nationally Recognised Sports

Contributions & Sponsorships for Rural Sports and Nationally Recognised Sports - State Level Badminton Tournament In Dandeli, Contributions to Sports events and Sponsorships for Kolkata Clubs.

Rs. 10.72

8

Benefit to Martyrs' dependents.

Contribution to the benefit of Martyrs' Dependents at Uttara Kannada District

Rs. 0.09

Apart from this, the mill runs an organization named SHRSITI as a long term

process, to serve the community in terms of Corporate and Social

Responsibility.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 92

Figure 2-10 CSR Activities carried out by WCPM

Distribution of Scholarships for

School Children College for Local Community

Umbrella distribution to Local School

Children Inauguration for Post Graduation

Courses

Medical Checkups and Health Care Camps

Bus Shelter for Public



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-3 Details of the Proposed Mill Development Plan (MDP)

Prepared by & 93

3. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED MILL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (MDP)

3.1. Overview of MDP

This chapter covers details of projects highlighting the features of proposals

and design, details of the process to be adopted, raw material requirement,

utilities and services, infrastructural facilities and sources of waste generation,

their quantity, treatment and safe disposal of the waste.

The environmental scenario as achieved in pre-project stage will continue in

post project scenario, without any adverse impact on the environment.


capacity paper/board to 450,000 tpa (increase by 130,000 tpa) comprising of

printing and writing papers and packaging boards.

Proposed Mill Development Plan

The proposals covered under the Mill Development Plan (MDP) project are

Addition of one (1) board machine with total capacity of 1,05,000 tpa

Upgradation of existing six (6) Paper/Board Machine by adding de-

bottlenecking equipment to increase production capacity from 3,20,000

tpa to 3,45,000 tpa (increase by 25,000 tpa)

To meet the pulp demand after MDP, the existing pulp mill will be

retrofitted/augmented to enhance the pulp production from 725 BD tpd

to 844 BD tpd

New evaporation plant of 230 tph water evaporation plant

Retrofitting of recovery boiler to increase capacity from 1600 tpd BL

solids to 1800 tpd

One (1) FBC boiler of 135 tph

Increasing the captive power generation capacity from 74.8 MW to

109.8 MW to meet 100% power requirement of post MDP, by installing

a new 35 MW TG.

Up-gradation / augmentation of the existing utilities and services to

support the post MDP operations

Adopting efficient water management and waste water management

program to reduce specific water consumption significantly



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 94

3.2. Salient Features of the Project

Some of the salient features of the proposed MDP are as below;

Board Machine with Energy and water efficiency.

Atmospheric Fluidised Bed Combustion Boiler (AFBC) with high

efficiency and low unburnt carbon in ash by increasing temperature and

pressure

Higher efficiency Turbo Generator to generate power consuming less

steam/kcal.

DM and condensate plant to maximize condensate recycle and to

minimize fresh water requirement.

ESP designed to maintain emission of particulate matter (PM) of less

than 30 mg /Nm3 as per stipulation.

3.3. Plant Capacities

Existing and post MDP mill capacities are as below

Table 3-1 Plant Capacities – Existing, Post MDP and Proposal


Proposal

Paper Machines

Paper/Board PM #1 to # 6

tpa 320,000 345,000 25,000 Modernisation /Upgradation

Board tpa -- 105,000 105,000 New

Total Paper/board tpa 320,000 450,000 130,000

Pulp Plant BD tpd 725 844 119 Upgradation

DIP Plant BD tpd - 200 200 New

Evaporator

tph of water

evaporation

330 560 230

Proposal New Evaporator Plant 230 tph. Evaporator. 100 TPH will be kept as standby

Recovery boiler

tpd of black liquor solids

1600 1800 200 Existing Recovery boilers will be upgraded

Lime kiln tpd of lime

365 425 60 Existing lime kilns will be upgraded

Recausticising plant

tpd of AA 350 450 100

Existing recausticising will be upgraded

Power Boilers

Power Boiler s tph of steam

330 (FBC#1 standby)

FBC#2, #3, #4 operating

405

75

FBC#1–60 tph -Retired FBC#2-65 tph- Standby. FBC#3,4-205 tph-Operating FBC #5 – 135 tph – New.

Turbo Generators MW of power

74.8 (1x5 (Standby)

+1x5.3 -Standby

+1x14.5+1x15.5 (Standby)

+1x34.5)

109.8 35

5 MW Standby 5.3 MW Standby 14.5 MW - Standby 15.5 MW- Part Load 34.5 Mw – Operating 35 MW (New) operating

ClO2 plant tpd 15 15 -- Existing adequate. No change



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 95


Proposal

Water Treatment Plant capacity and water drawl permit

m³/day 1,00,000 1,00,000 -- Existing facility is adequate.

Waste Water Treatment capacity

m³/day 85,885 85,885 -- Existing facility is adequate.

3.4. Land for the Proposed Mill Development Plan

The mill has total land of 375.73 acres, with vacant spaces and well covered

with greenery.

About 12 acres of land is required for project as per the broad break-up given

in the following table. The vacant spaces available in the mill premises have

been identified and found to be suitable and adequate to accommodate all the

new facilities planned under project.

Table 3-2 Land Usage (area in Acres)

S.No Category Existing MDP Post MDP

1 Plants and buildings 115.00 5.50 120.50

2 Raw material & other storage yards, roads, drains etc

45.00 4.00 49.00

3 Green belGreen Cover 103.00 2.00 105.00

4 Waste disWaste disposal areas 62.23 0.50 62.73

5 Area for future development 50.00 -- 38.00

6 Total 375.73 12.00 375.73

The overall mill layout is given in Figure 3.1



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 96

Figure 3-1 Overall Mill Layout

Proposed Multi

Layer Coated

Board Machine

Existing Paper

Machine # 6

Existing Paper Machine

area (#1 to 5)

Proposed

New TG

Proposed FBC

Boiler #5

Wood Stock Area

& Chip Storage



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 97

Figure-3-2: Photographs of the area for proposed facilities

Location of Proposed Multi-Layer Coated

Board Machine Location of Proposed Turbo Generator

3.5. Description of MDP Proposals

3.5.1. Proposed Board Machine

Proposals - Board machine will be the state-of-the-art machine to produce

400 TPD of finished board(Grey Back (GCB), White Back (WCB), Folding Box

Board (FBB), Solid Bleached Board (SBB) etc.,) consisting of following

facilities:

Fiber preparation

Stock preparation and approach flow system

Board machine

Converting and finishing house

3.5.2. Secondary fiber preparation (SFT):

Secondary fibers are charged in Hydra pulper with addition of water and same

is processed till waste paper is converted into slurry form onto high

consistency pulp.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 98

Stock Preparation Process Flow Sheet

The slushed pulp is cleaned in high density cleaner followed by turbo

separator for heavy weight and light weight impurities respectively. Then it is

continuously forwarded to centricleaner after passing through screen. At

centricleaner, the sand is separated due to centrifugal force. The pulp is then

taken to Decker thickener where the water is drained and pulp is thickened

and stored in chest.

3.5.3. Deinking Plant (DIP)

A double loop DIP of capacity 200 tpd is also proposed for usage as top and

back layers.

The major raw material required for the DIP is Recycled Fibre (Waste Paper).

Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Silicate and Sodium Hydrosulfite are the major

bleaching agents that will be used in the DIP process.

Different grades of pulps are stored in separate HD tower for onward pumping

to approach flow system. However, the furnish mix and the raw material will be

adjusted with reference to the quality of end product.

3.5.4. Stock Preparation cum Approach Flow System

The stock preparation cum approach flow system for each layer is to prepare

the stock suitable for making the multilayer sheet. From the storage chest, the

thickened pulp is passed through refiner by which the pulp is fiberized as per

process requirement and stored in chest. The pulp is diluted with recycled

machine back water.

3.5.5. Board Machine

The cleaned dilute pulp is fed to the board machine through the head box.

Water drained from the wire part is collected in a silo pit and is continuously

recycled back to dilute the pulp fed into the board machine.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 99

A typical block flow diagram of coated board making is shown as below.

Typical Flow Diagram of Coated Board Making

Further dewatering is carried out in press to increase the dryness to about

48%. The board is finally dried through indirect steam dryers. The dried board

is coated with chemicals, dried and is wound in rolls as the final product.

The Multi-layer board machine is a first-floor machine and will produce around

400 tpd of finished board.

Typical Board Machine Configuration

3.5.6. Up-gradation of existing Paper/Board Machines

In existing paper machines proposals are to de-bottleneck imbalances in the

machines to optimize the production capacities from 320,000 tpa to 345,000

tpa (increase by 25,000 tpa)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 100

3.5.7. Pulp Plant Section

In chemical wood pulp plant section, it is proposed to de-bottleneck the

imbalances by adding few equipment such as Digester, Hot black liquor

Accumulator ,Thickener, Post washing press/post ODL press etc, The above

modification will result in additional production of 119 BD tpd of pulp and the

overall bleached chemical wood pulp production capacity will be 844 tpd.

The proposals in the pulp plant are also aimed to reduce the specific steam,

chemical consumption and the level of the pollutant in the final waste water.

3.5.8. Chemical Recovery

The chemical recovery section has capacity to handle 1600 tpd Black Liquor

solids. With current pulp production level of 725 BD tpd, around 1400 tpd BL

solids are generated. After MDP with 844 BD tpd pulp production, around

1700 BL solids will be generated. Hence the chemical recovery boilers

equipment will be upgraded to BL solids firing capcity of 1800 tpd.

Marginal additional air emissions from recovery boiler and lime kiln will be

within the consented norms.

Addition of 1No compact Disc filter is considered to take care of additional

white liquor requirement. One new evaporator of capacity 230 tph &

upgradation of lime kiln is proposed to handle the increased production..

3.5.9. Captive Power Plant (CPP)

Mill’s past experience justifies the installation of CPP to make the mill self

reliant in power front as well as dependable quality of power (both voltage and

frequency). As the scenario has not changed in the State it is prudent to

augment captive power plant to meet 100% steam and power requirement

after MDP.

Existing and post MDP steam and power balance scenario is summarised in

the Table 3.3.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 101

Table 3-3 Existing and Post MDP Steam and power scenario

Description Unit Existing Post MDP Incremental Proposal

Paper/ Board production

tpd 930 1300 370

Pulp production BD tpd 725 844 119

Black liquor solids generation

tpd 1400 1700 300

Existing Recovery boiler will be augmented

Total Cogen power boilers capacity

tph 330 (60

tph standby)

405 (65 tph standby)

-- Addition of new 135 tph boiler. Retiring of FBC #1 – 60 tph. FBC #2 – 65 tph standby

No. of power boilers No 4 (one boiler

standby)

4 (one boiler

standby) --

Power requirement MW 48 63 15 Addition of one new 35 MW TG.

TGs capacities MW 74.8 (3-

TGs standby)

109.8 (3 TGs

standby) 35

Fuel --

Imp coal and local coal

Imp coal and local

coal -- --

Fuel tpd 920 1300 380 Additional qty from import/ local

In order to meet the steam and power of the mill after MDP, Captive power

plant (CPP) will be augmented with auxiliary plants as below;

FBC boiler with ESP and ash collection systems

Turbo Alternator

Coal Handling Plant

Ash Handling Plant

DM for water conservation

Cooling tower

3.5.10. Water and Waste water Treatment

Existing water treatment plant and wastewater treatment plants are adequate

to handle the post project requirement. Hence no proposals/modifications are

envisaged.

3.6. Input Requirements and Sources

3.6.1. Major Inputs

The major inputs for the production of the paper and pulp are



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 102

Wood for pulping

Chemicals

Steam

Power

Water

Major inputs requirement for MDP during the operation will be as below

3.6.2. Raw Material

The raw materials required for the project is wood. The average annual

requirement of the raw materials is given in Table 3.4. The raw materials will

be stored in covered sheds at the project site.

Table 3-4 Raw Materials Requirement

S.No Description Unit Existing Post MDP Incremental Source

1 Wood tpa 9,58,000 11,39,000 1,81000

Procuring from Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh

2 Waste Paper AD tpa

24000 24,000 Mumbai, Vapi, Pune

4 Market Pulp (HWP)

tpa 800 29,600 28,800 Import

5 Market Pulp (SWP)

tpa 3700 14,800 11,100 Import

6 BCTMP Tpa -- 22,500 22,500 Import

3.6.3. Chemicals Requirement

The MDP proposals in the pulp mill are more focused on conservation of

energy, water and reduction in specific chemical consumption in bleaching. As

a result, the annual chemicals requirement will marginally increase after MDP.

The major process chemicals required to be used and procured for the

production is given in the following table. All the process chemicals shall be

procured from suppliers from Andhra Pradesh/Karnataka/Maharashtra/Tamil

Nadu. The materials will be transported by trucks.

Table 3-5 Chemicals Requirement

Chemicals Unit Existing Post MDP

Caustic tpa 7,100 8,200

Hydrogen Peroxide tpa 3,750 4,370

Chlorine for make up in ClO2 production tpa 2,500 2,800

Sulphuric Acid tpa 3,750 4,370

HCl tpa 3,795 5,990

Lime stone tpa 7,600 8,800

ClO2 (captive generation) tpa 4,600 5,100

Oxygen (captive generation) &local purchase tpa 7,500 8,800



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 103

3.6.4. Fuel Requirement

Black liquor (generated in-house), Imported coal and furnace oil are the fuels

used in the mill. Furnace oil is used in lime mud reburning kiln for reburning of

lime mud and in startup and stabilizing the operations of chemical recovery

boilers. Coal is used for power and steam generation. Additional fuel oil and

coal requirements are given in the following Table 3.6.

Table 3-6 Fuel Requirement

Fuel Unit Existing Post MDP

Incremental

Source

Coal tpa 3,18,000 4,45,000 1,27,000 Additional coal will be Imported from Indonesia/ local

Furnace oil kl 15300 17,700 2,400 Local Market

The characteristics of the fuel used are presented in the following Table 3.7

Table 3-7 characteristics of the fuel used

Description Unit Coal Furnace

Oil Black Liquor Indian Imported

Moisture % 7 17.7 1 30 Ash (max) % 37.6 4.2 1 - Sulphur (max) % 0.28 0.23 4.5 2.0 Gross Calorific Value

Kcal/kg 4200 5490 10500 3200

3.6.5. Steam and Power Requirement

The facility requires thermal energy in the form of steam for the process use

and captive power generation. The steam requirement of the proposed MDP

will be met by the captive power boilers and chemical recovery boilers after

extracting power from turbo generator.

The steam, coal consumption and power requirement for the existing and

proposed MDP is given in Table 3.8 and the detailed Mass & Steam balance

is given in Annexure 11.

Table 3-8 Steam and Power Requirement

Parameter Units Existing scenario

Post MDP Remarks

Power boiler installed capacities

tph 1x60+1X65+1X80+1X125 =

330

1x65(standby)+1x80+1x125+1x135(

new)= 405

The existing 60 TPH power boiler will be scrapped and 65TPH will be kept as standby during the post project scenario

Recovery boiler capacity

tph 213 240 The existing recovery boilers will be upgraded

Total installed steam generation capacity

tph 543 645

The proposed 135 TPH boiler is envisaged for better reliability, operational flexibility and energy & process efficiency.

Total steam tph 350 465 Additional steam will be required for



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 104

Parameter Units Existing scenario

Post MDP Remarks

demand (175+175) (215+250) power generation and also process requirement in the board machine.

Specific steam demand

t/t 9.1 8.5 Steam consumption per ton of the paper produced will be reduced after MDP.

Coal consumption tpa 3,18,000

445,000 (Imported coal will

be used in the proposed 135

TPH boiler and 65 TPH boiler will be

under standby mode)

The proposed 135 TPH boiler will be operated on imported coal, thereby Indian coal linkage for the additional coal is not envisaged.

Specific coal consumption

t/t of paper

0.99 0.99 Specific coal consumption will be same after project.

Total TG capacity MW 1x5+1x5.3+1x14.5+1x15.5+1x34.5 = 74.8

5 MW-Standby 5.3 MW-Standby

14.5 MW- Standby 15.5 MW (part load) 34.5 MW- Operating

35 MW - New = 109.8

5 MW, 5.3 MW - Standby 14.5 MW - Standby 15.5 MW – Part Load 34.5 MW – Operating 35 MW – New

Actual electrical energy needed

MW 48 63 -

Specific electrical energy

kWhr/t 1247 1161 Specific energy consumption per tonne of paper will get reduced marginally.

3.6.6. Raw Materials Transport

The construction of facilities involves movement of material of great

magnitude. The material to be transported includes earthwork, concrete and

other materials. Transport of construction material to the project site will result

in increased traffic in the area, which shall certainly put additional load on the

existing road infrastructure. Project needs heavy-duty equipment and requires

strengthening of the existing approach road to plant site to handle the

additional heavy traffic on the existing moderate road. While strengthening the

existing road, enough spaces on both sides of the road will be done to avoid

any eventualities keeping in mind the low awareness levels of the local

population regarding heavy-duty vehicles.

Transportation for this project involves the following:

Raw materials and finished products maximum extent will be transported

through trucks and lorries.

Coal is envisaged to be supplied from Indonesia coal fields and imported

through ship from thereby high capacity trucks and tankers

However, for the road traffic expected due to the plant construction and

operations, WCPM has already provided necessary resting facilities for

the truck drivers. Also, variety of business opportunities exists to the

local population to start services such as rest rooms, food, and

automobile repairing.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 105

The raw material and the transportation details are given in Table 3.9

Table 3-9 Raw Materials and Transport (Existing & Proposed)

S.No Description Quantity, TPD Truck Capacity, (T)

Number of truck trip (per-day)

Existing After MDP Existing After MDP Existing After MDP

1 Wood 2800 3330 20 20 140 167

2 Chemicals and others

170 180 10 10 17 18

3 Coal 929 1301 12 12 77 108

4 Total ash 375 600 8 8 47 75

5 WWTP Sludge

50 76 8 8 6 9.5

6 Lime Sludge

375 400 8 8 47 50

7 Finished product

930 1300 20 20 46.5 65

Total Trucks per day 381 492

3.7. Resource Optimisation

The following recycling or resource optimization are envisaged in MDP

To reduce the water consumption following measures will be taken

By improving general housekeeping measure such as

Water leakage from valve leaks

Automatic shutdown of pumps when the section is out of

production

Daily monitoring water consumption by installing flow meters on

all major consumption point.

Segregation of wastewater from various processes into clean

wastewater, (that can be reused directly) and contaminated water for

treatment

Installation of efficient equipment / process which reduces the water

consumption in the process areas such as;

To achieve desired brightness in the finished product, proper

raw materials are selected. This reduces use of water for

washing and bleaching.

All pumps are provided with mechanical seals.

Use of self-cleaning showers

Using Save-all for Clarifying the paper machine waste water

The following water from the process will be reused after treatment if any

required.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 106

Reuse of clarified water from paper machine in other sections such as

pulp dilution, showers, stock preparation area, etc.

Condensate from power boilers is reused.

Use of back water or recycled water for low pressure showers

Installation of vacuum flume tank to recycle vacuum pump sealing

water

Use of treated effluent for plantation, gardening, floor washing, dust

prevention, etc.

The following energy optimization measures will be employed;

While ordering plant and equipment, emphasis will be given for lower

energy consumption.

By improving general housekeeping measures such as

Prevention of steam leakages by using good quality steam valves

Using high voltage electrical equipment to conserve energy

Using energy efficient fluorescent lighting

Using variable frequency drive for fluctuating load for energy

conservation

Maintain higher power factor by installing suitable electrical equipment

to optimize the power consumption.

Installing heat recovery systems to recover the heat from the process.

State-of-the-art boiler of pressure 64 kg/cm2(g)

3.8. Water Requirement and Water Resources for the Proposed MDP

In the current operations, WCPM could bring down the fresh water

consumption for the plant to a level of 60,800 m3/day equivalent to around

65 m3/t. In order to be in line with new norms of fresh water consumption

WCPM is further implementing water conservation and recycling systems. As

part of MDP some more proposals are being planned to bring the fresh water

requirement for the plant to 56 m3/t of paper. The mill has water drawal

permission of 1,00,000 m³/day. The water drawal permission letter is enclosed

as Annexure 7.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 107

3.9. Wastewater Generation

The wastewater from the mill is divided mainly into two separate streams. One

is pulp mill wastewater stream and the other one is paper machine wastewater

stream. Total wastewater generated to ETP after MDP from the plant will be

about 64,300 m³/day.

The water balance of the proposed is given in Table 3.10 and water balance

diagram is given in Figure 3.3.

Table 3-10 Proposed MDP Water Balance

Description

Fresh water

make-up, m3/day

Treated wastewater

reused, m3/day

Evaporation /losses m3/day

Wastewater to ETP, m3/day

Power Plant, Cooling etc

11,700 - 4,700 7000

Pulp Mill and Recovery Unit

29,400 - 500 25,900

Paper Machines 28,300 - 900 30,400

Misc. consumption 1,200 1,000 1,200 1,000

Total Plant (A) 70,600 1,000 7,300 64,300

Colony water 2,200 - - -

Villages/ community supply/ CSR

3,000 - - -

Total 75,800 1000 7300 64,300

Total Paper Production-TPD (B)

1300


56 49

Note: Internal Recycling is not considered in the water balance



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 108

Figure 3-3 Proposed Water Balance

Existing Board Machines

New Board Machines

Paper Machines (P&W)

Chemical Pulp Mill

DIP/SFT

Chemical Recovery Plant

Power Plant

Misc. Consumption

Domestic

Villages/Community

Supply/CSR

ETP 75,800

Fresh Water

2,000

3,600

22,700

4,000

2,000

4,600

1,000

4,000

4,600

21,800

900

3,000

19,700

100 with pulp

1,200 1,200 1,200

22,800 22,800

22,700

64,300

300 loss

in ETP

63,000

Discharged

for Irrigation

1000

Treated

Water

Recycled

5,400 5,400 5,000

Flue gas 200

Sludge 50

Soot Blowing 150 4,700

11,700 11,700 7,000

1,200

1000

2,200 1000

1,200

2,200 1,000

3,000



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 109

Existing WWTP is adequate to treat the proposed load and the wastewater

treatment is designed to handle excess wastewater discharged at secondary

over flow. It has been proposed to adopt optimization of wood cooking (OPT-

C technology) in the digester to achieve higher throughput, reduced white

liquor consumption leading reduced chemical consumption in the downstream

system bleaching. This will further help to reduce the COD load into the

wastewater to the tune of 12 kg/tonne of dry pulp manufactured. Hence the

ultimate COD load on the pulp mill ETP will be reduced.

3.10 Solid Waste Generation and Disposal


in nature. The solid waste generation will be ash from the proposed FBC

boiler. In addition to this, there will be fibre sludge generation from the effluent

treatment plant. The details of solid waste generation and quantities with

disposal methods are given in the Table 3.11.

Table 3-11 Details of Solid Waste Generation & Disposal

S.No Source Composition Quantity in tpd

Disposal Method Existing Post MDP

1 Fly ash Silica 370 590 Cement manufacture/brick manufacture.



3 Saw dust Organic 60 80 Fired in boiler/ Sold to external party for secondary use


Fines and fibre 50 80 Used for card board /egg tray manufacture

5 Plastic Waste

Plastic - 5




- 30


7 Used Oil, KLD

- 0.05 0.06 Sold to KSPCB approved recyclers

3.11 Project schedule and cost estimates

3.11.1 Implementation Schedule

The major activities are highlighted below and the completion time indicated

are from the “zero date” which is the date of Environment Clearance (EC)

Start date “Zero Date”



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 110

- Ordering of long delivery plant and equipment 3rd month

- Commencement of Civil Construction 9th month

- Commencement of start-up trial & commissioning 23rd month

- Commencement of commercial production 25th month

3.12 Project Cost

Total investment for the installation of project is Rs 750 Crores as per broad

break up is given in the following table.

Table 3-12 Project Cost

Description Rs Crores

Civil Works 110

Plant & Machinery Cost (including erection and engineering) 550

Other Capitalisation Cost (pre operative expense, escalation and contingency, start up expenses and interest during construction)

90

Total 750



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-4 Baseline Environmental Status

Prepared by & 111

4. BASELINE ENVIRONMNETAL STATUS

4.1. Introduction

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of

the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The

study area covers 10 km radius around the boundaries of the proposed Project

site. Baseline studies are conducted to document the pre project environmental

conditions required for quantifying the impacts due to the proposed project

efficiently. The baseline data is desirable to capture seasonal effects of many

environmental phenomena with reference to air, water, noise and soil qualities.

4.2. Study Area

The proposed project site is located inside the existing mill at Dandeli Village,

Haliyal Taluk, Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka. The mill site lies within the

coordinates of 15°15'11.21"N latitude and 74°37'38.30"E longitude and can be

identified as per Topo sheet No. 48 I/11, 48 I/12. The study area of 10 km

radius from the existing Mill site was defined for primary data collection as per

the ToR approved by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

The site is well connected to SH-46 Haliyal-Dandeli Road and SH-93.The

nearest railway station is Alnavar Junction which is located at an aerial

distance of 22 km in the North east and the nearest airport to the project site is

Goa Airport which are located at an aerial distance of 85 km towards West

direction from the project site respectively.The road map showing the

connecting State Highways and the village road is shown in Figure 4.1 and the

topo plan of the study area is shown in Figure 4.2.

Figure 4-1 Road Map



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 112

Figure 4-2 Topo Map (10 Km radius) of the Study area

4.3. Scope and Methodology of Baseline Study

To assess the environmental impacts due to proposed expansion project, it is

required to conduct a comprehensive and scientific study on various

environmental aspects and their interaction with natural resources namely

climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil

quality, ecology, land use and socio-economic profile of the people. Hence the

assessment of baseline environmental setting is an essential component of

the EIA study.

As a part of EIA, the primary baseline data monitoring for three (3) months

i.e., from 5th April 2017 and 3rd July 2017 and secondary data was collected

from respective Government and other authenticated sources. The primary

baseline data has been generated by MoEF&CC approved Environmental



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 113

Testing Laboratory M/s/.Chennai Testing Laboratory, Chennai. Also the

field surveys were conducted for primary data generation on various aspects.

The results obtained from primary baseline data were co-related with the

respective secondary data in order to analyze the environmental conditions of

the project site.

Table 4.1 gives various environmental attributes considered for formulating

environmental baseline and Table 4.2 gives the frequency and monitoring

methodology for various environmental attributes.

Table 4-1 Various Environmental Attributes

S.No. Attribute Parameter Source of Data

1 Land Use Trend of land use change for different categories

Topo sheet and Satellite imagery and ground truth verification

2 Ambient Air Quality

As per NAAQs standard parameter i.e, Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), Sulfur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene, Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni)

Ambient air quality monitoring at eight (8) locations

3 Water Quality Physical, Chemical and Biological parameters

Water samples were collected at surface water location (1 upstream, 2 downstream), ETP outlet and eight (8) ground water locations during this study period

4 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) Noise level monitoring at six (6) locations

5 Ecology

Study of Existing terrestrial flora and fauna within the 10 km radius of project influence area through Quadrate and Line transact method for trees, shrubs and herbs, Point count method for birds, Belt transect method for road side trees and butterflies. Reconnaissance survey (Near Agricultural, Human habitations and Road side), identification of ecologically sensitive receptors based on literature survey and field investigations

Secondary sources and Field studies and Reconnaissance survey

6 Geology Geological history Secondary sources

7 Hydrogeology Hydrogeological features of the study area

Secondary sources Field studies and Reconnaissance survey

Soil Soil types and samples analyzed for physical and chemical

Data collected from secondary sources and soil



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 114

S.No. Attribute Parameter Source of Data

parameters. sample analysis at eight locations

8 Socio-economic aspects

Primary Survey was undertaken at the designated villages to establish the existing socioeconomic status of the study area. Socioeconomic indicators such as demography, literacy, health and livelihood, amenities and cultural aspects were studied, Secondary Published data on population and amenities obtained from Directorate of Census Operations, GOI characteristics were collected

Based on field survey and data collected from secondary sources

Table 4-2 Frequency and Monitoring Methodology

Attributes Sampling

Measurement Method Remarks Network Frequency

A. Air Environment

Particulate Matter (PM10)

Total 8 locations to represent both upwind, down wind and background concentrations as per the CPCB guidelines.

24 hourly, two days in a week and 12 weeks in a month

Gravimetric (High- Volume with Cyclone)

As per CPCB Standards under November 18th 2009 Notification for NAAQS

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Gravimetric (High- Volume with PM10 Impactor)

Oxides of Sulphur (SO2)

EPA Modified West & Gaeke method

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Arsenite Modified Jacob & Hochheiser

B. Noise

Hourly equivalent noise levels

Requisite locations in the project influence area

Once

Instrument : Noise level meter

IS: 4954-1968

C. Water

Water Quality Set of grab samples at requisite locations for ground and surface water

Once

Samples for water quality collected and analyzed as per IS : 2488 (Part 1-5) methods for sampling and testing of Industrial effluents Standard methods for examination of water and wastewater analysis published by American Public Health Association.

D. Land Environment

Parameter for soil quality: pH, texture,

Requisite soil samples be collected as per

Once

Collected and analyzed as per soil analysis reference book, M.L.Jackson



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 115

Attributes Sampling

Measurement Method Remarks Network Frequency

electrical conductivity, organic matter, nitrogen, phosphate, sodium, calcium, potassium and Magnesium.

BIS specification within project influence area

4.4. Administration Setup of the Study Area District

Physiographically the Karnataka State is divided into four regions as Coastal

plain, Malnad region, northern Part and eastern districts.

The Uttara Kannada district is located between north latitudes13°55’02” to

15°31’01” and east longitudes 74°0’35” to 75°10’23” falling in the survey of Indi

degree sheet Nos.48 I,48 J, 48 K, 48 M, and 48N. Topographically, the district

can be divided into three distinct zones namely narrow and flat coastal zone,

abruptly rising ridge zone and elevated falter eastern zone1. The district is

having geographical area of 10222 sq. kms.

The district is blessed with charming sea coast, with picturesque rocky islands,

palm fringed sand beaches, majesty of the mountains and rumbling of rivers. It

has a coastal line of 144 kms extending from majali on the north to Gorte in

Bhatkal taluk on the south. The National Highway No. 17 and Konkan railway

line passes along the coastal area.

Uttar Kannada district has been divided into four sub-divisions. The district

headquarters is located at Karwar. The district is divided in to four subdivisions

viz;

1) Bhatkal subdivision, comprising of Bhatkal, Honnavar taluks.

2) Karwar subdivision, comprising of Haliyal, Karwar, Supa taluks.

3) Kumata subdivision, comprising of Kumata, Ankola taluks and

4) Sirsi subdivision comprising of sirsi, Yellapur, Siddapur and

Mundgod taluks2

Administrative map of Uttara Kannada district is given as Figure 4.3

1 Vegetation Status of Uttar Kannada District, MIS, Vol.6, No.1, January- June 2007,pp 1-26

2 Ground Water Information Booklet Uttar Kannada District, Karnataka, Central Ground water Board, Ministry

of Water Resources, Govt. of India-South Western Region, Bangalore



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 116

Figure 4-3 Administrative Map of Uttara Kannada District

Source: Ground Water Information Booklet Uttar Kannada District, Karnataka, Central Ground water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Govt. of India-South Western Region, Bangalore

Existing

Mill Site



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 117

4.5. Land Environment

4.5.1. Physiography and Drainage

4.5.1.1. Physiography of the Region

The major part of the district is covered by hilly areas belonging to Sahyadri hill

ranges, except for the narrow coastal strip on western side and plain table land

areas on eastern most parts of the district occupying parts of Mundgod and

Halyal taluks. The land mass of the district is situated between the elevations

of 0 to 800 m above MSL. The highest peak in the district is Darshangudda

located 915 m AMSL near the border to Goa state. The District is having coast

line of 122 kms. Main surface water resources are harnessed for generating

electricity by Kalinadi hydroelectric project and Kadra hydroelectric project.

There are no major or medium irrigation projects in the district. There are about

1048 minor irrigation tanks irrigating around 23984 ha.

4.5.1.2. Physiography of the Study Area

The study area (10 km radius) exhibits

undulating terrain and relatively

elevated terrain in the western side.

The central portion of the study area

is a depression where the Kalinadi

River flows from west to east. The

minimum and maximum elevation of

the study area is 415 and 750 m

AMSL (above mean sea level)

respectively.

The minimum and maximum

elevation of the Project site is 449

and 452 m AMSL (above mean sea level) respectively.

The Physiographic map of the study area is presented in Figure 4.4 and The

Digital elevation model of the study area is presented in Figure 4.5.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 118

Figure 4-4 Physiographic Map of the Study Area

Figure 4-5 Digital elevation model of the study area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 119

4.5.1.3. Drainage of the Region

The drainage in the state is drained by the rivers Krishna, Cauvery, Godavari, West

flowing minor rivers, Palar, Pennar and Ponnaiyar. In Karnataka mostly is of west flowing

rivers. The total catchment area of all west flowing rivers is 26,214 Sq.kms comprising of

major rivers like Sharavathi, Netravathi, the Kali, the Gangavali (Bedti) and Aghanashini

which rise on the western side of the ghats and drain into the Arabian Sea through the

districts of Uttara Kannada and Dakhina Kannada. A small part of the catchment area of

these rivers however lies in the Dharwad, Barapole and Chakra are small rivers, which are

west flowing. Considering the utilisability of water resources both for consumptive

(irrigation) and non- consumptive (hydro power development) purpses, the river flows that

can be used on a dependable basis in this basin is estimated to be 22,000 MCM3.

River Kali is flowing at the south of the project site. Kali River originates near the village

called Diggi in the earlier Supa taluk that has been shifted to a newly formed Joida taluk,

consequent upon the sub merger of the taluk. After taking South-east course of about 64

kms it takes sharp turn to the south-west and after a course of about 66 kms till Kadra, a

small village where a Power generation unit is commissioned by KPC Ltd., it flows

towards east-west and falls into Arabian Sea at about 3 kms north of Karwar. Konkan

railway-bridge is constructed over the river at this point4. Karnataka River Basin is given in

Figure 4.6

Figure 4-6 Major River Basins of Karnataka State

Source: Ground Water Year Book of Karnataka State 2015-2016, central ground water board, South western region, Bangalore, November 2016

3

Ground Water Information Booklet Uttar Kannada District, Karnataka, Central Ground water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Govt. of India-South Western Region, Bangalore 4 Uttar Kannada District - A Profile



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 120

4.5.1.4. Drainage of the Study Area

The important rivers in Uttara Kannada district are Sharavathi, Kali,

Aghanashini, and Gangavali. All these rivers flowing in westerly direction to join

Arabian sea. All the rivers in the district together with their tributaries exhibit

dendritic drainage pattern

The rivers in the study area exhibits different pattern of flows viz. in the central

part the river Kalinadi flows toward west. The River Barchi River flows towards

south and confluences with river Kalinadi River. The river Karkal Halla River is

also flow towards south and confluences with river Kalinadi. The main river in

the study area Kalinadi ultimately joins with BP Reservoir which is located in

the south east of the project site at a distance of 9 Km. The minor river in the

southern part of the study area flows towards north and joins with Kalinadi

River. From the project site the flow of water is towards south. River Kalinadi

is located at a distance of 1 km from the project site in the south. There are no

major water bodies in the study area except BP Reservoir. The drainage of the

study area is presented in Figure 4.7

Figure 4-7 Drainage Map of the study area

4.5.1.5. Land Use Pattern Based on Remote Sensing Data

Land Use refers to man's activity and the various uses, which are carried on

land. Land Cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial

cover and others, resulting due to land transformation.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 121

In order to demarcate different land use classes of the study area, the remote

sensing data such as satellite imagery and GIS techniques were used. The

land use / land cover maps developed using these techniques will be utilized

for assessing the aerial extent of the different classes and interpreting the land

use pattern for the study area.

Satellite remote sensing is used for determining different types of land use

classes as it provides a means of assessing a large area with limited time and

resources. However satellite images do not record land cover details directly

and they are measured based on the solar energy reflected from each area on

the land. The amount of multi spectral energy in multi wavelengths depends on

the type of material at the earth’s surface and the objective is to associate

particular land cover with each of these reflected energies, which is achieved

using either visual or digital interpretation. The present study envisages

different LULC around the proposed project area.

The district has 813695 ha. forest which constitutes 79 % of the total

geographical area of the district. The land not available for cultivation is 50600

ha which is about 5 % of the total area. The fallow land in the district is around

16951 ha. The other uncultivated lands are 30156 ha. Net area sown during

the year 2005-06 was around 113277 ha. out of which, 11473 ha. land was

sown more than once.

4.5.1.5.1. Satellite Data

IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS-III multispectral satellite data of 04th July 2015 was

utilized for the present study. Details of satellite data is given below. The

rectification of imagery was carried out to bring the digital data on the earth

coordinate system by means of Ground Control Point (GCP) assignments/ SOI

toposheets. The details of the satellite data are presented in the Table 4.3. IRS

P6 Satellite Imagery of the 10 km radius from the project site is given in Figure

4.8.

Table 4-3 Details of the Satellite Data

Name of Satellite

Year Sensor Scale Date of Pass

IRS-P6 2015 LISS III 1:50000 4-July-2015

Scale of Mapping- Considering the user defined scale of mapping, 1:50000

IRS-P6, LISS-III data on 1:50000 Scale was used for Land use / Land cover

mapping of 10 km radius for proposed site. The description of the land use

categories for 10 km radius and the statistics are given for 10 km radius.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 122

Figure 4-8 IRS P6 Satellite Imagery of 10 km radius from the Project Site

4.5.1.5.2. Land Use /Land Cover Classification System

The LULC Classification was done at three levels where level -1 being the

broad classification about the land covers that is Built-up land, agriculture

land, waste land, wet lands, and water bodies. These were followed by level –

II where built-up land was divided into towns/cities as well as villages. The

Agriculture land was divided into different classes such as cropland, Fallow,

Plantation, while wastelands were broadly divided into, Land with scrub and

without Scrub and Mining and Industrial wasteland. The wetlands were

classified into inland wetlands, coastal wetlands and islands. The water

bodies were classified further into River/stream, Canal, Tanks and bay. In the

present study level II classification was undertaken. The procedure adopted

for land use mapping is shown in the flowchart (Figure 4.9). The present land

use / land cover maps were prepared, based on the classification system of

national standards. The details of the Land Use Classification System are

presented in the Table 4.4.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 123

Figure 4-9 Flow Chart showing Methodology of Land Use Mapping

Table 4-4 Land Use/Land Cover Classification System

S.No. Level-1 Level-2

1 Built-up Land

Town/cities

Villages

Institution/Industry/Godown etc

Plotted Area/Layout

2 Agriculture Land

Crop Land

Plantations

Fallow

3 Forest

Evergreen/Semi evergreen

Deciduous

Forest Plantation

4 Wastelands

Rocky/Stony Waste

Land with /without shrubs

Saline/sandy & Marshy/swampy

5 Water Bodies River/Stream

Lake/Reservoir/Tanks

SOI Topographical

Maps IRS-P6, LISS-II FCC Imagery Collateral Data

Landform

Initial Rapid

Reconnaissance

Interpretation

Keys Visual Interpretation

Land use Classes

Pre-field Interpretated map

Ground Truth

Updated & Validated Land use

Ground Photographs

Land use Map

QAS



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 124

S.No. Level-1 Level-2

6 Others

Orchard/Other Plantation

Shifting cultivation

Salt Pans, Snow covered/Glacial

Barren/Vacant Land

4.5.1.5.3. Interpretation Technique

Standard on screen visual interpretation procedure was followed. The various

Land use / Land cover classes were interpreted along with the SOI

topographical maps during the initial rapid reconnaissance of the study area.

The physiognomic expressions conceived by image elements of color, tone,

texture, size, shape, pattern, shadow, location and associated features were

used to interpret the FCC imagery. Image interpretation keys were developed

for each of the LU/LC classes in terms of image elements.

April 2016 FCC imagery (Digital data) of the study area was interpreted for the

relevant land use classes. On screen visual interpretation coupled with

supervised image classification techniques used to prepare the land use

classification. The methodology included following steps;

Digitisation of the study area (10 km radius from the proposed site)

from the topo maps.

In the present study the IRS –P6 satellite image and SOI topo sheets

of 58-E/02, 03, 06 and 07 have been procured and interpreted using

the ERDAS imaging and ARC-GIS software adopting the necessary

interpretation techniques.

Satellite data interpretation and vectorisation of the resulting units

Adopting the available guidelines from manual of LULC mapping using

Satellite imagery (NRSA, 1989)

Field checking and ground truth validation

Composition of final LULC map

4.5.1.5.4. Field Verification

Field verification involved collection, verification and recording of the different

surface features that create specific spectral signatures / image expressions

on FCC. In the study area, doubtful areas identified in course of interpretation

of imagery were systematically listed and transferred on to the corresponding

SOI topographical maps for ground verification. In addition to these, traverse

routes were planned with reference to SOI topographical maps to verify

interpreted LU/LC classes in such a manner that all the different classes are

covered by at least 5 sampling areas, evenly distributed in the area. Ground

truth details involving LU/LC classes and other ancillary information about

crop growth stage, exposed soils, landform, nature and type of land



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 125

degradation were recorded and the different land use classes were taken. The

level I and level II land use/land cover map of 10 km radius from the project

site is presented in the Figure 4.10.

Figure 4-10 Land Use Classification of 10 km radius from the Project Site (Level I)

4.5.1.5.5. Description of the Land Use/ Land Cover Classes

Built Up Land- It is defined as an area of human settlements composed of

houses, commercial complex, transport, communication lines, utilities,

services, places of worships, recreational areas, industries etc. Depending

upon the nature and type of utilities and size of habitations, residential areas

can be aggregated into villages, towns and cities. All the man made

construction covering land belongs to this category. The built- up in 10 km

radius from the project site is presented in the Table 4.5 .and the

Photographs of Built-up land in village area is shown in Figure 4.11

Table 4-5 Built Up Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site

S.No Land use Area in Sq.km Percentage

1 Built-up (Rural,Urban and Industry) 4.49 1.38



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 126

Figure 4-11 Built Up Land in Rural Area

Agricultural Land- This category includes the land utilized for crops,

vegetables, fodder and fruits. Existing cropland and current fallows are

included in this category. It is described as an area under agricultural tree

crops, planted adopting certain agricultural management techniques. The

Agricultural land in 10 km radius from the project site is presented in the

Table 4.6 and the photographs of the respective agricultural land in the study

area is shown in the Figure 4.12

Table 4-6 Agricultural Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site

S.No Land use Area in Sq.Km Percentage

1 Crop Land 5.19 1.60

2 Plantation 20.63 6.36

Figure 4-12 Photographs of the Agricultural Land in the Study Area

Crop land within study area

Crop land within study area Plantation within the Study area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 127

Plantation within the Study area Plantation within the Study area

Forest Land- These are the areas bearing an association predominantly of

trees and other vegetation types (within the notified forest boundaries)

capable of producing timber and other forest produce. The study area of 10

km buffer comprise of Forest plantation, forest blanks and Scrub Forest. The

forest land in 10 km radius from the project site is presented in the Table 4.7

and the photographs of the respective forest land in the study area are shown

in the Figure 4.13.

Table 4-7 Agricultural Land in 10 km radius from the Project Site

Figure 4-13 Photographs of the Forest Land in the Study Area


1 Forest Blank 6.30 1.94

2 Forest Plantation 0.92 0.28

3 Semi-Evergreen Forest 265.86 81.91



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 128

Wasteland-Wastelands- Wasteland-Wastelands are the degraded or under

utilized lands most of which could be brought under productive use with

proper soil and water management practices. Wasteland results from various

environmental and human factors.

Land with or without Scrub- The land, which is outside the forest boundary

and not utilized for cultivation. Land with or without scrub usually associated

with shallow, stony, rocky otherwise non-arable lands. The Wasteland in 10

km radius from the proposed project site is as below in Table 4.8

Table 4-8 Land with or without scrub in 10 km radius from the Project Site


1 Land without Scrub 9.20 2.83

Water Bodies- The category comprises area of surface water, either

impounded in the form of ponds, reservoirs or flowing as streams, rivers and

canals. River cater channel is inland waterways used for irrigation and for

flood control.

Table 4-9 Water Bodies in 10 km radius from the Project Site


1 Water Bodies – Tank, River, Canal 11.99 3.69

Figure 4-14 Photographs of the Water Bodies in the Study Area

4.5.1.5.6. Final Output

Using the standard land use classification system proposed by NRSA, 4

classes of level I and 13 of level II land use / land cover classes were

identified and mapped using satellite data in the present study.

The study reveals that the following major land use in the study area of 10 km

radius from the project boundary

In the Forest land (Semi-Evergreen Forest – 81.91 %) occupies

majority of the area.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 129

The crop land is noticed on the banks of the River

About 0.1 % of the built up land is of Industrial nature.

The Project site is located in the Land without Scrub area.

The results of Level I land use/land cover mapping of the 10 Km radius and 5

Km radius areas of the project is presented in the Table 4.10 and Different

Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site is given in Figure

4.15.

Table 4-10 Overall Summary of the Statistics of LU/LC in the study Area

S.No Land use Percentage Area in Sq.Km

1 Built-up Land (Rural / Urban) 1.38 4.490

2 Crop Land 1.60 5.190

3 Plantation 6.36 20.630

4 Land without Scrub 2.83 9.200

5 Forest Blanks 1.94 6.300

6 Forest Plantation 0.28 0.920

7 Semi-Evergreen Forest 81.91 265.860

8 Water body 3.69 11.990

9 Total 100.00 324.580

Figure 4-15 Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site

4.6. Geology

4.6.1. Geology of the Region

The soils of the district are basically derivatives of the Dharwad system- the

most ancient metamorphic rocks in India- which are rich in iron and

manganese (Pascal, 1988). Most of the coastal hills are covered with exposed

laterite rocks. These are very unproductive rocks, most of the top-soil already

washed off. Peninsular gneiss containing granite occurs towards south of the

district. Yana in Kumta taluk, clad in evergreen forests, is unique in having

magnificent limestone formations which rise like cathedrals. Such rocks, not

found elsewhere in the Western Ghats, are commoner in the rain forests of

Southeast Asia (Whitmore, 1984; Daniels, 1989).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 130

4.6.1.1. Minerals & Ores

Uttar Kannada district is blessed with very rich mineral deposits such as Iron

ore, Manganese Ore, Lime shell, stone quartz, bauxite, silica sand and clay.

The district has tremendous deposits of iron ore and manganese ore and it is

second only to Bellary district in the state in the production of these minerals.

Manganese is one of the major minerals of the district. In the dense forest of

Dandeli, Virnoli and Kuigi manganese ore deposits are located. The structural

quality of the various deposits is rather difficult to ascertain in the dense forest

region. The total reserves may amount to 10 million tonnes of ore ranging in it's

manganese contents from 30-52 percent manganese. The geological and

mininerological map of Karnataka & the region is given in Figure 4.16.

Figure 4-16 Geology and Mineral Map of Karnataka

Source: Geological Survey of India



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 131

The Geology of the district is basically derivatives of the Dharwad system- the

most ancient metamorphic rocks in India- which are rich in iron and

manganese (Pascal, 1988). Most of the coastal hills are covered with exposed

laterite rocks. These are very unproductive rocks, most of the top-soil already

washed off. Peninsular gneiss containing granite occurs towards south of the

district. Yana in Kumta taluk, clad in evergreen forests, is unique in having

magnificent limestone formations which rise like cathedrals. Such rocks, not

found elsewhere in the Western Ghats, are commoner in the rain forests of

Southeast Asia (Whitmore, 1984; Daniels, 1989).Geological succession of

Karnataka State is as follows

Table 4-11 Geological succession of Karnataka State

4.6.2. Geology at the Study Area

The Study area underlined by the following geological formation,

Laterite

Granitic Gneiss

Greywacky / Phyllite / Argillite

The Project site fall in the Greywacky / Phyllite / Argillite. The geology map of

10 km radius is presented in Figure 4.17.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 132

Figure 4-17 Geology Map of 10 km Radius

4.7. Geomorphology & Structure

The land forms / geomorphic units and structures such as fractures, fissures

and faults have been interpreted from the recent satellite image. All the

landform / geomorphic units and structures occurring in the study area are

mapped. The geomorphology and structures of the area plays the vital role in

identifying the ground water potential zones.

The following geomorphic units have been interpreted using the satellite

images within 10 km radius of the project site boundary.

Velley fill

Pediment

Upland

Denudational Hill

Valley fill, are good in ground water occurrence and movement. The Project

site is located in Pediment. Apart from the above there are numerous fractures

occur in and around the project site. The fractures are the good ground water

conduit. High yielding bore wells expected in the intersection of fractures. In

the northern eastern site there is promising fracture systems. It is also

observed that there is minor fracture aquifer within 1km from the project

boundary. The Geomorphology and Structure of the study area is presented in

Figure 4.18



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 133

Figure 4-18 Geomorphology and Structure of the study area

4.8. Soil Environment

4.8.1. Soil of the Region

The soil can be described as derivatives of the most ancient metamorphic

rocks in India, which are rich in iron and manganese (Pascal, 1988). The soils

of the district are basically divided into two distinct zones based on topography;

the coastal alluvial soil and the upghat lateritic and granitic soils. Mixed lateritic

soils are found in taluks of Supa, Haliyal and Mundgod, which contains certain

patches of black soil as well. The lateritic soils are highly leached, reddish

brown in colour, shallow to medium in depth and loamy in texture. These soils

are found in the taluks of Karwar, Kumta, Honnavar, Bhatkal, Sirsi and

Siddapur (Figure 4.19).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 134

Figure 4-19 Soil Map of Uttara Kannada5

4.8.2. Soil in the Study area

Soil type and its fertility of an area are essential to

plan for cropping. Soils are primarily derived from

parent rocks. The colour, texture and mineral

content are normally used to classify the soils.

The study area forms part of the Haliyal block.

The soil classification of the above block is as

follows.

The soils in the study area are classified into 4 types and is presented in the

below table. The soil map of the study area is prepared based on the National

Bureau of Soil Survey and Land use Planning, Nagpur.

S. No. Soil Classification

1 Deep, well drained clayey soil

2 Deep, well drained gravelly clay soil

3 Moderately deep, well drained clayey soil

4 Very deep, well drained, gravelly clay soil

5 Vegetation status of Uttar Kannada, Dr. T.V. Ramachandra, Energy & Wetlands Research Group, Centre for

Ecological Sciences, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore 560 012, India

The Laterite Soil of the Study area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 135

The site is located in Moderately deep, well drained clayey soil. The soil

sample collected from the project site during the study period also indicates

that the porosity of the soil is 45% which indicates moderate permeability. The

Soil map of the study area is presented in Figure 4.20.

Figure 4-20 Soil map of the study area

4.8.2.1. Background Soil Quality in Study Area

Sampling locations were selected to evaluate the existing soil conditions in

and around the existing plant area representing various land use conditions.

The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined. The

present study of the soils shows the baseline conditions and it will helps to

identifying the concentration levels in the study area due to the enhancement

of capacity and allied operations

Eight (8) locations within the 10 km radius around the study area were

selected for soil sampling. The Soil samples were collected during the Pre

monsoon season. At each location, soil samples were collected from three

different depths like 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are

homogenized with the help of stainless steel soil sampling probe. Various

physical and chemical parameters were analyzed as per Indian Standards.

The soil sampling locations are given in the Table 4.12 and the same are

shown in Figure 4.21.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 136

The summary results of the soil quality are presented in Annexure 12. The

soil sampling results are compared with the standard soil classification.

Table 4-12 Details of Soil Sampling Locations

Location Name Location Code Sampling Coordinates

Plant Site S1 15°15'15.80"N, 74°37'40.54"E

Tatagera S2 15°15'47.02"N, 74°40'47.06"E

Kerwad S3 15°14'47.80"N, 74°38'21.33"E

Bada Kanshirada S4 15°13'24.49"N, 74°38'39.93"E

Vitnal S5 15°17'51.08"N, 74°36'35.43"E

Alur S6 15°16'44.27"N, 74°40'50.96"E

Moulangi S7 15°15'38.98"N, 74°35'43.17"E

Kulgi S8 15°09'53.83"N, 74°38'16.82"E

Physico-chemical characteristic of collected soil samples within study area of 10kms are given in Table 4.13 and the laboratory test reports are presented in Annexure 12. The soil sampling results are compared with the standard soil classification.

Figure 4-21 Soil Quality Monitoring Location of the Study area

4.8.2.1.1. Soil Analysis Result

The pH of the soil is in the range of 6 to 7.4 indicates that soil is classified into

neutral. Electrical conductivity ranges from 190 µs/cm to 480 µs/cm. The

concentration of chlorides and sulphates varied from 54 mg/kg to 74 mg/kg

and 210 mg/kg to 340 mg/kg respectively. Available Nitrogen level in the soil

was found ranged from 164 mg/kg to 210 mg/kg. Cation exchange capacity is



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 137

in the range of 11.4 to 12.8 meq/100 g. Calcium is in the range of 36 to 60

mg/kg. Mercury, Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Molybdenum and Poly Aromatic

Hydrocarbons (PAH's) content in the soil of the study area are found to be

below detectible limit. Based on the above results, it is evidence for

contaminates of soils due to operation of existing facility was not observed.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 138

Table 4-13 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Soil samples Collected within the Study Area

S. No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1

Texture

Sand % 18.8 10.8 38.4 11.8 24.8 36.4 38 11.4

Silt % 24.8 22.8 39.4 21.4 40.1 42.4 42.4 20.2

Clay % 56.4 66.4 22.2 66.8 35.1 21.2 19.6 68.4

2 pH - 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.2 7.4 6 6.6 6.2

3 Moisture % 30.2 7.4 2.1 5.4 3.1 2.1 6.4 2.4

4 Conductivity µs/cm 480 280 294 284 386 190 235 364

5 Specific gravity g/cm3 1.64 1.42 1.54 1.54 1.42 1.58 1.58 1.62

6 Porosity % 26.74 24.19 18.67 28.28 22.49 20.64 18.73 30.49

7 Sodium as Na mg/kg 471 511 686 426 558 458 464 590

8 Available Nitrogen mg/kg 164 184 210 194 204 172 198 210

9 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/kg 86 94 102 78 82 68 104 104

10 Available Phosphorus mg/kg 102 134 160 124 129 104 164 144

11 Calcium as Ca mg/kg 36 36 44 42 52 42 60 46

12 Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 24 22 24 18 26 12 26 24

13 Acidity as CaCO3 mg/kg 38 38 42 30 34 42 24 40

14 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/kg 110 120 90 94 110 88 98 106

15 Sulphate Sulphur as S mg/kg 210 242 242 226 292 296 340 244

16 Boron as B mg/kg 0.11 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.14

17 Total Organic Carbon % 0.26 0.21 0.1 0.19 0.18 0.12 0.12 0.16

18 Chloride as Cl mg/kg 54 60 64 68 72 74 64 64

19 Sodium Absorption Ratio - 6.4 6.4 7.1 7.1 6.8 7.2 10.2 8.1

20 Bulk Density g/cm3 1.42 1.29 1.34 1.34 1.23 1.34 1.41 1.44

21 Water Holding Capacity % 32.4 36.2 28.4 40.2 34.2 36.2 32.4 34.2

22 Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100 g

11.4 11.2 12.8 12.8 11.9 12.4 11.8 11.9

23 Available Potassium mg/kg 140 220 184 314 292 420 380 248

24 Iron as Fe % 2.14 1.86 2.14 1.98 1.85 2.03 2.31 1.92

25 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0) BDL

(DL:2.0)

26 Chromium as cr mg/kg BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0)

27 Manganese as Mn mg/kg 1127.9 535.6 1082.4 673.9 768.8 724.7 888.3 337.38



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 139

S. No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

28 Lead as Pb mg/kg BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0) BDL

(DL:5.0)

29 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 73.65 79.71 53.46 86.55 86.57 95.43 46 40.33

30 Copper as Cu mg/kg 68.56 104.2 110.6 59.48 102.4 97.47 62.7 68.78

31 Mercury as Hg mg/kg BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5)

32 Molybdenum as Mo mg/kg BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0) BDL

(DL:10.0)

33 Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH's)

mg/kg BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5) BDL

(DL:0.5)

Note: BDL: Below Detectable Limit, DL: Detectable Limit



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 140

4.9. Seismic zone

The project area falls under Zone II of seismic zones of India which is a Low

Intensity zone as per IS 1893 (part 1):2002 (Bureau of Indian Standards

Criteria for earthquake resistant design of Structures). The seismic zone map

of India is shown in Figure 4.22.

With respect to earthquake hazard, the project site falls in Zone II i.e. Low

Damage Risk Zone (Vulnerability Atlas of India 1997, Ministry of Urban

Development (Figure).

Figure 4-22 Seismic Zone Map of India

Zone II – Least Active Seismic Zone Zone III – Moderate Seismic Zone Zone IV – High Seismic Zone Zone V – Highest Seismic Zone

Figure 4-23 Seismic Zone Map of Karnataka

Project Site



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 141

Figure 4-24 Earthquake Hazard Map

Source: Vulnerability Atlas of India 1997, Ministry of Urban Development

4.10. Meteorological Data

Micro-meteorological data is one of the important components of the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. As a part of the EIA study, both

published long-term data and site specific meteorological data were collected

as per the ToR (Terms of Reference) awarded for the proposed project. A

meteorological station was installed in the project site.

4.10.1. Climatological Data-IMD Belgaum

The meteorological data was collected from “Climatological Normals” published

by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) Pune was referred. The data was

recorded over a period of 30 years (1971 to 2000). The nearest IMD station

was referred for the current project. This data was compared with the site

specific data generated during baseline monitoring studies.

The meteorological data comprises monthly mean wind speed, wind direction,

temperature, relative humidity, rain fall etc., and is presented in below Table

4.14.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 142

Table 4-14 Indian Meteorological Department – Climatological Tables 30 Years Data: 1971-2000 (Belgaum IMD station)

Month

Temperature (ºC)

Humidity (%)

Rainfall (mm) Mean wind

speed (Kmph)

Mean Extremes

Highest Lowest Highest Lowest Monthly

Total

No. of Rainy days

Heaviest fall in 24Hrs

Date and Year

Jan 31.8 10.4 34.2 6.4 63 0.2 0.1 18.0 1-1979 4.7

Feb 34.1 11.1 36.3 6.5 55 1.3 0.1 32.8 14-1984 5.2

Mar 36.9 14.3 39.2 9.4 52 8.6 0.8 32.8 15-1960 5.9

Apr 38.1 17.5 40.0 14.4 62 44.5 3.2 79.6 27-1981 6.9

May 38.3 18.4 40.2 15.0 73 74.2 4.9 139.2 4-1966 8.7

Jun 33.8 19.4 38.8 18.2 86 190.9 11.4 173.6 28-1983 11.2

Jul 28.9 19.1 32.4 17.4 90 238.9 15.4 142.9 2-1984 10.8

Aug 28.4 18.9 30.8 15.5 91 148.8 14.0 101.1 17-1978 9.6

Sep 30.8 17.3 32.8 14.4 89 119.2 8.1 100.4 20-1981 6.4

Oct 31.6 15.3 33.8 12.4 80 106.4 6.2 91.4 28-1957 5.3

Nov 30.7 12.6 32.8 9.0 70 31.7 2.0 67.1 1-1972 5.6

Dec 30.2 11.0 32.6 7.7 68 5.0 0.4 43.6 9-1997 5.7

Avg./ Annual Total

38.7 9.5 40.2 6.4 73 969.5 66.5 173.6 28 7.2

Note: The nearest IMD station was referred for the facility.

4.10.1.1. Ambient Temperature (as per term IMD data)

Dandeli has tropical high land climate due to good forest cover and moderate

elevation, Dandeli reaches mean maximum temperature to 40.2°C during the

summer months, especially in May, whereas the mean lowest temperature

reported during the winter season (January month) was in the order of 10.4°C.

4.10.1.2. Relative Humidity (as per long term IMD data)

The maximum relative humidity is generally experienced during July and

August with a peak level of about 91%. The lowest humidity about 52%.can be

observed in the month of March.

4.10.1.3. Rainfall (as per long term IMD data)

The average annual rainfall of the Dandeli was reported to be in the order of

969.5 mm. May is the driest weather month with an average rainfall of 3.3 mm

of rainfall and wettest weather is in July with an average rainfall of 528.0 mm of

rainfall.

4.10.1.4. Wind (as per long term IMD data)

Annual: Nearly 38% winds predominantly blow from west direction and 13% of

winds blow from East direction.

Summer: Nearly 40% of winds predominantly blow from west direction and

nearly 15% of winds blow from Southwest direction.

Monsoon: Nearly 58% of winds predominantly blow from west direction and

nearly 15% of winds blow from Southwest direction.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 143

Post monsoon: Nearly 23% winds blow from East direction and 17% of winds

blow from Northeast direction.

Winter: Nearly 28% Winds blows from East direction and 16% of winds blow

from Southeast direction.

Annual as well as Seasonal wind rose diagrams are presented in Figure 4.25

and Figure 4.26 respectively

Figure 4-25 Annual Windrose as per IMD Belgaum Observatory data

Figure 4-26 Seasonal Windrose as per IMD Belgaum Observatory Data

Summer (March to May) Winter (January to February)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 144

Monsoon (June to September) Post monsoon (October to November)

4.10.2. Site Specific Meteorological Data

The continuous weather monitoring station was installed near the proposed

project site at a height of 6m above the ground level and hourly measurements

of the following parameters were measured at site during the study period i.e.

from 4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017. Wind speeds (m/s), wind direction

(Degrees), Temperature (ºC), Relative Humidity (%), Solar Radiation

(Watt/m2), Rainfall (mm) etc were monitored.

Figure 4-27 Site Photographs of MET Station

4.10.2.1. Specific Ambient Temperature Profile (4th

April 2017 to 3rd

July 2017)

The maximum mean ambient dry bulb temperature was observed in the study

period was found to be 39.5 ᵒC, whereas the minimum mean ambient dry bulb

temperature of 22.6 ᵒC was observed in the study period.

4.10.2.2. Relative Humidity (4th

April 2017 to 3rd

July 2017)

The average hourly relative humidity variation at site during the study period is

75%.

4.10.2.3. Wind Direction and Wind Rose (4th

April 2017 to 3rd

July 2017)

The predominant wind direction during the study period was from West and

South West. These readings are in line with IMD long term data.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 145

Figure 4-28 Site Specific Wind Rose for the Study Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

4.10.3. Site Specific Upper Air Data Measurements

In order to assess the specific inversion levels and mixing heights for the

proposed Project site, the upper air meteorological data was also collected by

installing SODAR equipment.

Mixing heights and inversion levels are one of the significant parameters that

would influence the overall dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere and

these parameters will have some bearing on the predicted ground level

concentrations of the pollutants due to release of pollutants from the stacks.

As per the requirements of the terms of reference, site specific upper air

meteorological data was measured near the Project site by installing a

SODAR instrument.

Site specific SODAR study for a period of about 15 days (16th June 2017 to

31st June 2017).

SODAR Antenna- Top View SODAR Monitor & CPU

4.10.3.1. SODAR Technology

4.10.3.1.1. Operational Principle

Sodar is exactly similar to radar, except that instead of radio waves employed

in radar, it employs sound / acoustic waves to interrogate the medium.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 146

Therefore it is named SODAR (Sound Detection & Ranging) or AcDAR

(Acoustic Detection & Ranging). In this technique, a powerful packet of sound

waves (sound burst) is transmitted vertically up into the atmosphere. These

sound waves get scattered in all the directions by the temperature and wind

fluctuations occurring along the path of propagation in the atmosphere.

Theoretical considerations (not discussed here) reveal that the back-scattered

energy contains information about thermal turbulence. Therefore, the

backscattered component is picked up to derive information about prevailing

turbulence or the thermal structure of the atmosphere as shown in Figure

4.29. A back scattering or monostatic Sodar (with co-located transmitter and

receiver) is used to capture back-scattered acoustic signals. The received

signal is suitably processed to get desired online information about prevailing

meteorological phenomenon and online / offline information about the

atmospheric inversion / mixing height levels.

The basic data format is the facsimile representation of dynamics of ABL

thermal structures in real time a facsimile display is a real time 3-Dimensional

display of the intensity of the turbulence associated with scattering media at

various heights / altitudes. It describes dynamics of the prevailing atmospheric

meteorological processes. The atmosphere is scanned after every 6 seconds

to get probing range right from surface up to an altitude of 1 km. The data is

sampled at a range resolution of 1m and plotted in color intensity mode. The

different colors indicate the intensity of the scattering medium (turbulence).The

echogram structural details are used to derive information about inversion /

mixing height. They also deliver information about the onset / dissipation time

of the occurrence of atmospheric phenomenon in addition to the duration and

height at which it originated. The data can be utilized in variety of applications

Figure 4-29 Scattering of Sound from Air in-Homogeneities.

4.10.3.1.2. System Description

The block diagram of the mono-static SODAR showing the operation logics

and sub-system assemblies is shown in Figure 4.30 The basic system

consists of the following three parts:-

Turbulence



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 147

1. Antenna assembly and acoustic shield: Its purpose is to direct the energy

into the atmosphere and receive back the scattered signals.

2. The system electronics: Its role is to produce a powerful acoustical pulse

for transmission and conditioning of the received signals for further

processing to produce a facsimile display or Sodar echograms of ABL

thermal structures. An IBM compatible PC is part of system electronics

which performs several control functions for the entire system operation

and data handling for facsimile display, print and storage of digital file for

online / offline processing.

3. Operational software: Its role is to control various operations automatically

and through user-friendly software, present data in a user-friendly format.

Figure 4-30 Block diagram of Sodar

4.10.3.1.3. Technical Specification

The technical specifications of the SODAR system used are listed in

Table.4.15

Table 4-15 SODAR specifications:

Transmit power Pulsed 100 W

Transmit antenna 4 feet parabolic dish enclosed in an acoustic shield

Transmit frequency 2000 Hz sine wave

Transmit duration 100 m sec

Receiver bandwidth ± 50 Hz

Range resolution 17 m

Probing Range 1 km

Signal display Color facsimile

Signal printing Standard Inkjet/ laser Printer

System operation Nonstop

System software User-friendly



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 148

4.10.3.2. Determination of Inversion / Mixing Height

SODAR structural details of inversion are used to derive online information on

nocturnal inversion level of stable ABL and mixing depth of thermal convective

unstable ABL during day time solar heating of the ground. In case of Stable

ABL, top of the ground based inversion layer gives a fairly good estimate of

the inversion level for practical applications in dispersion modeling. This

information about inversion level is available with every scan of 6 seconds

during SODAR operation. However, hourly averaged value of inversion level,

which is indeed required for practical application, can be read directly online

from the SODAR facsimile records or can be computed (Offline) through

software capabilities using stored digital data files.

In case of thermally convective unstable ABL, mixing height is determined

through empirical relationship (Singal et. al., 1982) which is based on Sodar

recorded height of the thermal plumes. The relationship: [mixing height = 4.25

x (thermal plume height) +95]: is the result of the R&D efforts of National

Physical Laboratory, New Delhi-110012. It may be mentioned that the said

relationship is the outcome of detailed year long correlation studies of

simultaneous observations made by Sodar and conventional radio sonde at

IMD observatory located at Aya Nagar, Delhi. Since Sodar observations are

manifestation of the net upward turbulent heat flux taking into account the

effect of topographical features, the relationship is said to be embedded with

topographical influence on mixing height and is useful for application for

different sites. In pursuit of the same the relationship has been re-verified to

hold good even for hilly terrain (Singal, 1998). Therefore, the said relationship

has been used in the present work to compute mixing height for unstable ABL

during the day time solar heating periods

4.10.3.3. Site Survey and SODAR Installation criterion

Acoustic Sounder (SODAR) installation needs a site survey and noise

spectrum study at site before installation. The noise sources near the

operational site would certainly affect SODAR performance, as extremely

weak signals scattered from higher altitudes may get marked by the noise.

Therefore, on site survey noise spectrum is essential before installation to

decide the SODAR operational frequency. It needs to ensure that there is no

strong noise at the operational frequency. If required, the operational

frequency can be changed to avoid the background noise at a particular

frequency. In unavoidable circumstances, specially designed acoustic shield

may also be used to protect the antenna from surrounding noise.

4.10.3.4. Results and Discussion

The various characteristic thermal structures of ABL such as thermal plumes,

ground based inversion, elevated inversions, eroding inversion which are

normally observed at any site have been observed at the present site of

Dandeli, District Uttara Kannada, Karnataka (Fig 4.31).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 149

Figure 4-31 Sodar Echograms of Stable Atmospheric Boundary Layer and Absence of Convection at Dandeli

Visual examination of Sodar Echogram details has revealed a widely varying

simple to complex meteorological condition with respect to air quality.

Inversion stratification and spiky inversion layer associated to wind shear is

seen to be significant during the observational days. The free thermally

convective ABL is seen to be largely influenced by the prevailing wind during

day time. As a result diffused thermal plume structure is observed on Sodar

echograms.

The data pertaining to the observation period (16thJune 2017 to 30th June

2017) has been analyzed for hourly averaged inversion/mixing height values

in the interest of air quality dispersion modeling for the site under

consideration. The data has been analyzed to know minimum, maximum and

average value of stable/unstable ABL.

The analysis of echograms has revealed that onset of inversion formation

which normally begins around 1700 hours in the evening is seen to be highly

variable in accordance with prevailing varying weather conditions. This time

varies with season and prevailing weather conditions. It marks change of

atmospheric stability from unstable to stable ABL.

The break of inversion (fumigation) is seen to start at around 0800 hours in the

morning and lasts for about an hour. The complete changeover of stability,

from stable to unstable ABL takes place by 0930 hours but at times is not

seen to well defined again due to prevailing varying weather conditions. Thus

the fumigation period is seen to vary in accordance with prevailing weather

conditions and it is season dependent. The situations of prolonged fumigation

are adverse conditions for air pollution dispersion point of view. Such

situations are not seen during the present study period. The study of onset

and break up of inversion timing reveals good ventilation period varying from

couple of hours to 6 hours. Further, The ABL stability is seen to vary from

stability class A to E. The occurrence of strong stability condition (stability F) is

not seen to be significant during the present study.

The hourly averaged values of nocturnal inversion level and the day time

mixing height have been computed based on the observed Sodar structural

details on the facsimile records. The day wise averaged hourly data for each



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 150

observational day is given in the data Table 4.16. The data pertaining to

nocturnal stable ABL (inversion level), day time unstable ABL and fumigation

periods is highlighted in different colors. The data marked in red color pertains

to day time unstable thermally convective mixing height while data marked in

black refers to night time stable ABL (inversion level). The fumigation period,

representing inversion breakup after sunrise, is indicated through blue color in

the respective tables

The results of hourly maximum, minimum and averaged values of

inversion/mixing heights pertaining to stable, unstable ABL are summarized

below:

Table 4-16 Stable ABL (inversion)/ Unstable Mixing Height (m) (16th June 2017 – 30th June 2017)

ABL Maximum Minimum Average standard deviation

Stable (1800-0600 hours)

225 58 155 ±39

Unstable (0900-1700 hours)

868 50 245 ±235

The examination of data in the table shows variability of inversion/ mixing

height in different hours on different days. This variability from hour to hour is

associated with variations in the local micrometeorological conditions such as

prevailing wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover, sunshine, humidity,

incursion of mountain wind, land-sea breeze etc. Sudden increase in the

inversion level is generally associated with the variation in the vertical

component of increase in the wind speed. Vertical wind component induces

mechanical mixing in the stable air mass of inversion and thereby increases

the height of inversion level. Therefore, high values of inversion level in certain

hours are presumed to be associated with higher wind speed or change in

some other meteorological parameter causing increase in the vertical transfer

of momentum during those hours. At times increased winds due to coastal

fronts, particularly in coastal regions, contribute significantly in inducing

upward transfer of momentum flux, causing mechanical mixing of air mass in

the ground inversion and thereby lead to increase of inversion height

The inversion build up is known to starts shortly after sun set due to nocturnal

cooling of the ground. The inversion height increases in accordance with

increased cooling of the ground with passage of time. Under calm and clear

sky conditions it (inversion) attains maximum height during the period of

maximum cooling (0300-0500 hours) at night. Therefore, at times the data

pertaining to 0300-0500 hours can be analyzed to broadly know the variational

trends in the maximum of the monthly averaged height of inversion level.

Further, as per EIA dispersion modeling requirements, the entire data has

been analyzed to know hourly averaged inversion/mixing height and is

presented in tabular form. Besides the observational data pertaining to the



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 151

stable boundary layer (inversion) and confined well within periods of inversion

formation after sunset and prior to onset of inversion breakup after sunrise

(1800 hours to 0600 hours) has been analyzed to know the maximum,

minimum, mean and the probable occurrence of inversion height during the

observational period.

The overall observational analysis shows that during the observational period,

the ABL is seen to remain stable during the period 1800-0600 hour and

unstable ABL is confined to the period between 0900 hours to 1700 hours.

The remaining hours are seen to exhibit transitional phases of stable ABL to

unstable ABL in the morning (breaking inversion) and reverse unstable to

stable ABL (inversion formation) in the evening.

The height of stable ABL (inversion) is seen to vary from a minimum of about

58m to a maximum of about 225m during the observational period (1800

hours to 0600 hours). However, the average inversion level is seen to be

155±39 m during the entire study period.

Relative distribution of inversion height (Fig.4.32) shows a maximum

probability (46%) for the inversion height to be within 150 to 200m and 29%

probability for the inversion height to be within 100 to 150m. The probability for

higher height gets progressively reduced. The probability of 12% only is seen

for the inversion being more than 200m.

Figure 4-32 Relative Occurrence of Stable ABL (inversion) height

The analysis for cumulative occurrence (Fig.4.33) shows a probability of 88%

for inversion height to be upto 150m, 59% upto 200m, and for 12% of the time

it is more than 200m.

0.00%

10.00%

20.00%

30.00%

40.00%

50.00%

50 - 100 100-150 150-200 200-250

Occ

urr

en

ce %

Height (m)

Stable ABL Inversion

Dandeli



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 152

Figure 4-33 Cumulative Occurrence probability of inversion height

Similar analysis of day time unstable ABL shows that the height of unstable

ABL (free thermal convection) during course of the day (0900-1700 hours) is

seen to vary from a minimum of about 50m to maximum of about 868m during

the observational period. However, the average mixing height is seen to be

245±235m during the entire study period.

Relative distribution of convective mixing height (Fig.4.34) shows a maximum

probability of 80% for height to be within 200m and 10% probability for the

mixing height to be within 600 to 800m. The occurrence for mixing height to be

more than 800m is seen to be within 4% only.

Figure 4-34 Relative Occurrence of Unstable ABL mixing height (m)

The cumulative occurrence probability (Fig 4.35) shows a probability of about

19% for the mixing height to upto 400m and about 18% probability for mixing

height upto 600m and it is seen to be more than 800m for about 4% of the

observational period.

0.00%

20.00%

40.00%

60.00%

80.00%

100.00%

50 - 100 100-150 150-200 200-250

Cu

mm

ula

tive

O

ccu

rre

nce

%

Height (m)

Stable ABL Inversion

Dandeli

0.00%

20.00%

40.00%

60.00%

80.00%

100.00%

0-200 200-400 400-600 600-800 800-1000

Occ

urr

en

ce %

Height (m)

Unstable ABL Dandeli



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 153

Figure 4-35 Cumulative occurrence of unstable ABL mixing height (m)

The diurnal variation of ABL mixing height (Fig.4.36) further shows highly

variable mixing height during day hours as a typical consequence of monsoon

weather conditions. The normal trend of maximum mixing height at around

noon hours (1200-1400 hours) is seen under fair weather conditions when the

ground temperature is also known to be maximum. However, the occurrence

of free thermal convection is not very significant during the observational

period. The observations are in support the prevailing meteorological

considerations.

Besides fore going analysis, elevated/ wavy layers are also seen during the

observation period. Low lying elevated capping layer limits the vertical mixing

height to its own height of occurrence and at times pose environmental

hazards for air pollution. Such observations are normally typical of winter fog

weather or typical of coastal sites. Such layers, if seen to occur frequently do

need a separate focused studies over the whole year and for several years.

Figure 4-36 Diurnal variation of ABL mixing height

0.00%

20.00%

40.00%

60.00%

80.00%

100.00%

0-200 200-400 400-600 600-800 800-1000

Cu

mu

lati

ve O

ccu

rre

nce

%

Height (m)

Unstable ABL Dandeli

-100

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Hei

ght

(m)

Time (Hrs)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 154

4.11. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted in the 10 km radius of the study

area including the plant site for a period of three months in order to assess the

concentration levels in the ambient air. Various sources of air pollutants in the

region are vehicular traffic, dust particles from unpaved roads, industrial

emissions. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to the

standards of ambient air quality standards during the plant operation. The

study area mostly represents rural and forest environment. This section

describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for

sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling.

4.11.1. Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Monitoring

4.11.1.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The selection of the ambient air quality monitoring stations was done based on

the CPCB guidelines and Environmental Impact Assessment Manual

published by MoEF & CC.

The air quality monitoring stations were selected based on a screening air

quality modelling exercise prior to commencement of the study. Long-term

meteorological data of nearest IMD station located at Belgaum for the specific

season i.e from April to July was adopted while estimating the possible impact

zone due to emissions from the proposed facilities at the Project site.

Eight (8) air quality monitoring stations were selected for a detailed monitoring

as per the CPCB guidelines. Details of the air quality monitoring stations are

presented in Table 4.15 and Figure 4.38. AAQ1 represents the station located

at the Existing Plant Site. Tatagera (AAQ2), Kerwad (AAQ3), Alur (AAQ6)

represent downwind direction w.r.t the existing facility whereas Bada

Kanshirada (AAQ4), Vitnal (AAQ5) represents Crosswind direction and

Gandhi Nagar (AAQ7) represents Upwind. Kulgi (AAQ8) represents near to

Eco sensitive Zone which is Cross Wind.

Table 4-17 AAQ monitoring stations and Noise sampling Location details

S.No Location Distance from the project site (Aerial

Distance) in km

Predominant Wind w.r.t Plant Site

Latitudes & Longitudes

1 Plant Site 0 - 15°15'2.92"N, 74°37'42.12"E

2 Tatagera 5.75 Downwind 15°15'42.81"N, 74°40'53.29"E

3 Kerwad 1.4 Downwind 15°15'14.43"N, 74°38'34.92"E

4 Bada Kanshirada

3.71 Crosswind 15°13'19.75"N, 74°38'42.03"E

5 Vitnal 5.47 Crosswind 15°17'45.59"N, 74°36'31.40"E

6 Alur 6.61 Downwind 15°16'48.51"N, 74°41'0.05"E



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 155

S.No Location Distance from the project site (Aerial

Distance) in km

Predominant Wind w.r.t Plant Site

Latitudes & Longitudes

7 Gandhi Nagar

1.10 Upwind 15°15'38.52"N, 74°35'44.61"E

8 Kulgi 9.55

Near Eco-sensitive

Zone(Cross wind)

15° 9'55.31"N, 74°38'12.63"E

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of two days per

week at each of the identical location during study period from 4th April 2017

to 3rd July 2017. The following parameters were monitored according to the

terms of reference and National Ambient Air Quality Standards: Particulate

Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen

dioxide (NO2), Carbon monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Ammonia

(NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni).

These parameters are analysed as per NAAQ standards.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 156

Figure 4-37 Map showing the air quality monitoring stations

30 years IMD Wind rose- Summer

Site Specific Wind Rose for the Study

Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 157

The photograph of the sampling location is given in Figure 4.38. The collected

data of ambient air quality monitoring is shown in Table 4.18 and test reports

are attached as Annexure 13. It indicates that all values are within the limits

of National Air Quality Standard prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board.

Figure 4-38 Site Photographs of AAQ Stations

AAQ 1 - Plant

AAQ 2- Tatagera

AAQ 6 - Alur



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 158

Table 4-18 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study Period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Code Location PM2.5

(µg/m3)

PM10 (µg/m

3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NO2

(µg/m3)

Ozone (µg/m

3)

Ammonia (µg/m

3)

AAQ1 Plant Site 28.55 59.66 9.54 18.25 16.43 21.27

AAQ2 Tatagera 17.97 39.39 4.04 6.58 6.73 7.10

AAQ3 Kerwad 22.83 49.47 6.96 13.33 11.66 15.21


19.18 41.26 4.50 7.84 6.84 9.42

AAQ5 Vitnal 23.03 45.51 5.06 11.99 8.19 14.09

AAQ6 Alur 23.60 45.77 5.29 11.93 8.53 16.99

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

24.76 49.05 4.83 17.45 13.22 20.05

AAQ8 Kulgi 26.54 52.94 6.94 18.03 14.33 19.92

NAAQ Standards 60 100 80 80 180 400

Note: Other parameters such as Pb, CO, As, Ni, C6H6 are below detectable limit at all the locations

4.11.1.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality of the Study Area

1) Particulate Matter- It is the sum of all solid and liquid particles suspended

in the air. It is generally classified into PM2.5 and PM10 based on the size.

The concentration of PM2.5 and PM10 were analysed at all the eight

locations of the study area and the summary is presented in the Table

4.19 and Table 4.20 respectively.

Table 4-19 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period

(4thApril 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code

Location Distance

from the site Direction wrt

to site

PM2.5 Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 23.1 36.2 28.5 35.9

AAQ2 Tatagera 5.75 Downwind 12.6 25.6 18.0 25.2

AAQ3 Kerwad 1.4 Downwind 13.1 34.1 22.8 33.2


3.71 Crosswind 13.5 25.9 19.2 25.2

AAQ5 Vitnal 5.47 Crosswind 13.6 29.3 23.0 28.9

AAQ6 Alur 6.61 Downwind 16.9 29.7 23.6 28.8

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar 3.73 Upwind 17.2 31.5 24.8 30.4

AAQ8 Kulgi 9.55 Cross wind 18.3 32.4 26.5 32.0

The minimum and maximum concentration of PM2.5 was observed to be 12.6

µg/m3 at Tatagera and 36.2 µg/m3 at the plant site respectively. The average

concentration in the study area ranged from 18.0 µg/m3 at Tatagera to 28.5

µg/m3 at the plant site. The observed average concentrations at all the

locations were found to be well within the permissible range of 60 µg/m3 as

per NAAQ standards prescribed by CPCB. The trends of PM2.5 concentration

is presented in the Figure 4.39.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 159

Figure 4-39 Trends of Ambient PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area

Table 4-20 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code

Location Distance from the

site

Direction wrt to site

PM10 Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 45.2 74.9 59.7 73.9




3.71 Crosswind 31.9 52.1 41.3 51.7



AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar 3.73 Upwind 36.8 60.7 49.0 59.8


The minimum and maximum concentration of PM10 was observed to be 31.2

µg/m3 at Kerwad and 74.9 µg/m3 at the plant site respectively. The average

concentration in the study area ranged from 39.4 µg/m3 to 59.7 µg/m3. The

observed average concentrations at all the locations were found to be well

within the permissible range of 100 µg/m3 as per NAAQ standards prescribed

by CPCB. The trends of PM10 concentration is presented in the Figure 4.40.

Figure 4-40 Trends of Ambient PM10 Concentration in the Study Area

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8 PM

2.5

Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µ

g/m

3

PM2.5 Concentration

Min Max Avg. 98%Percentile

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8

PM

2.5

Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

µg/

m3

PM10 Concentration Min Max



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 160

2) Sulphur Dioxide: Average, minimum and maximum reported

concentrations of SO2 in the study area at 8 locations are presented in

Table 4.21.

Table 4-21 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code


site


SO2 Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 5.3 14.7 9.5 14.6




3.71 Crosswind 3.1 6.9 4.5 6.6



AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

3.73 Upwind 3.1 7.9 4.8 7.6


The minimum and maximum concentration of SO2 was observed to be 3.1

µg/m3 and 15.2 µg/m3 at Kulgi respectively. The average values were found to

be in the range of 4.0 µg/m3to 9.5 µg/m3.The observed average SO2

concentrations at all the locations were found to be well within the permissible

range of 80 µg/m3 as per NAAQ standards prescribed by CPCB. The trends of

SO2 concentration is presented in the Figure 4.41.

Figure 4-41 Trends of Ambient SO2 Concentration in the Study Area

3) Nitrogen Dioxide: Average, minimum and maximum reported

concentrations of NOx in the study area at 8 locations are presented in

Table 4.22.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 161

Table 4-22 NOx Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4th April 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code


site


NOx Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 9.10 26.50 18.25 25.86




3.71 Crosswind 3.60 15.40 7.84 15.14



AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

3.73 Upwind 9.10 24.70 17.45 24.33


The minimum and maximum concentration of NOx was observed to be 3.60

µg/m3 and 24.90 µg/m3 at Kerwad respectively. The average NOx

concentrations in the study area were observed to be in the range of 3.60

µg/m3 at Kerwad to 27.80 µg/m3 at Kulgi. Thus the observed average NOx


range of 80 µg/m3 as per NAAQ standards prescribed the CPCB. The trends

of NOX concentration is presented in the Figure 4.42

Figure 4-42 Trends of Ambient NOx Concentration in the Study Area

4) Ammonia: Ammonia is a compound of nitrogen and hydrogen. Average,

minimum and maximum reported concentrations of ammonia in the study

area at 8 locations are presented in Table 4.23.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 162

Table 4-23 Ammonia Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code


site


Ammonia Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 6.6 32.5 21.3 32.2




3.71 Crosswind 5.1 15.6 9.4 14.9



AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

3.73 Upwind 9.4 27.5 20.1 26.9


The minimum and maximum concentration of ammonia was observed to be

5.1 µg/m3 and 27.5 µg/m3 at Kerwad respectively. The average ammonia

concentrations in the study area were observed to be in the range of 7.1 µg/m3

to 21.3 µg/m3. Thus the observed average ammonia concentrations at all the

locations were found to be well within the permissible range of 400 µg/m3 as

per NAAQ standards prescribed the CPCB. The trends of ammonia

concentration are presented in the Figure 4.43.

Figure 4-43 Trends of Ambient Ammonia Concentration in the Study Area

5) Ozone: Ozone is a gas composed of three atoms of oxygen that occurs at

earth’s upper atmosphere and at ground level. Average, minimum and

maximum reported concentrations of ozone in the study area at 8 locations

are presented in Table 4.24.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 163

Table 4-24 Ozone Concentration in the Study Area during the study period (4thApril 2017 to 3rd July 2017)

Station code


site


Ammonia Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Max Avg 98

th

percentile

AAQ1 Plant Site 0 - 7.10 27.60 16.43 25.68




3.71 Crosswind 5.20 10.50 6.84 10.19



AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

3.73 Upwind 5.80 22.10 13.22 21.58


The minimum and maximum concentration of ozone was observed to be 5.20

µg/m3 at Bada Kanshirada and 27.60 µg/m3 at Plant Site respectively. The

average ozone concentrations in the study area were observed to be in the

range of 6.73 µg/m3 to 16.43 µg/m3. Thus the observed average ozone


range as per NAAQ standards prescribed the CPCB. The trends of ozone

concentration is presented in the Figure 4.44.

Figure 4-44 Trends of Ambient Ozone Concentration in the Study Area

4.12. Odour Emission

The kraft pulping process involves the digesting of wood chips at elevated

temperature and pressure in "white liquor", which is a water solution of sodium

sulphide and sodium hydroxide. The white liquor chemically dissolves the lignin

that binds the cellulose fibres together.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 164

4.12.1. Typical Emissions and Controls for Kraft Process

Particulate emissions from the process occur largely from the recovery

furnace, the lime kiln and the smelt dissolving tank. These emissions are

mainly sodium salts, with some calcium salts from the lime kiln. They are

caused mostly by carryover of solids and sublimation and condensation of the

inorganic chemicals.

The characteristic odour of the mill is caused by the emission of reduced

sulphur compounds, the most common of which are hydrogen sulphide, methyl

mercaptan, dimethyl sulphide, and dimethyl disulphide, all with extremely low

odour thresholds. The lime kiln can also be a potential source of odour, as a

similar reaction occurs with residual sodium sulphide in the lime mud. Lesser

amounts of hydrogen sulphide are emitted with the noncondensables of

offgases from the digesters and multiple-effect evaporators.

Methyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulphide are formed in reactions with the wood

component, lignin. Dimethyl disulphide is formed through the oxidation of

mercaptan groups derived from the lignin. These compounds are emitted from

many points within a mill, but the main sources are the digester/blow tank

systems and the direct contact evaporator.

4.12.2. Odour Monitoring

In addition to the above parameters representative samples of PM10 samples

were analyzed for elemental analysis and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons as

well as odour producing components such as mercaptans, Dimethyl sulphide,

Dimethyl Disulphide and H2S, were monitored as per the terms of reference

issued for the project. The measured data was used for assessing for any

anthropogenic impacts on the existing background levels.

For carrying out the odour assessment, monitoring has been carried out from

stacks/vents, as well as ambient monitoring for some locations. The details are

given below table and the sampling photographs are given in Figure 4.45.

Stack/Vent

Monitoring

Stack/vent monitoring was conducted at blow tank, digestor

vent, chemical reaction evaporation vent, and lime kiln vent for

Hydrogen Sulphide and Methyl Mercaptan. In WCPM, there is

no venting of Non-Condensable Gases (NCG) from the facility,

and that all NCG are routed through the Rotary Lime Kiln

stacks (RLK-1, and RLK-2) after being burnt.

Stack monitoring was conducted for Hydrogen Sulphide and

Methyl Mercaptan from Stack RLK-2 on July 7, 2017. The stack

is located at 15°15'11.44'' N, and 74°37'42.03'' E. Stack

monitoring started around 15:30 and was completed around

16:30. The second stack RLK-1 is located at 15°15'12.36'' N,

and 74°37'43.25'' E. Stack monitoring started around 14:20 and



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 165

was completed around 15:20. The stack monitoring was carried

out with the help of the Vayubodhan Stack Sampler VSS 1 kit;

and the stack gas was bubbled through impingers with suitable

chemical solutions to absorb Hydrogen Sulphide or Methyl

Mercaptan.

Ambient

Monitoring

One ambient odour assessment site was set at the Guest

House facility of WCPM (15°14'54.63'' N, and 74°37'42.69'' E).

Three ambient odour assessment sites were set within the

facility area; they were located at New Fibre Line Digestion

Area (15°15'11.06'' N, and 74°37'37.96'' E), Rotary Lime Kiln

Stack Area (15°15'12.34'' N, and 74°37'41.56'' E), Falling Film

Evaporator Area (15°15'8.27'' N, and 74°37'46.07'' E). The

ambient monitoring commenced on July 7, 2017, starting at

19:30. The air was bubbled through impingers with suitable

chemical solutions to absorb Hydrogen Sulphide or Methyl

Mercaptan.

Figure 4-45 Photograph of Odour Assessment

RLK-1 monitoring. RLK-2 monitoring

Rotary Lime Kiln Stack 1 (RLK-1). Rotary Lime Kiln Stack 2 (RLK-2).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 166

Rotary Lime Kiln 2 Rooftop of New Fiber Line

Digestion Area

Ambient Odour Assessment of

Rotarty Lime Kiln Area. Ambient Odour Assessment of Falling Film Evaporator Area

Ambient Odour Assessment - New

Fibre Line Digestion Area View of RLK from rooftop of New

Fibre Line Digestion Area

The values are presented in Table 4.23 and Table 4.24. The test report is

enclosed as Annexure 13.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 167

Table 4-25 NCG Emissions from Lime kiln Stacks

S.No Parameter Protocol Unit Lime Kiln-1

Stack Lime Kiln-2

Stack

1 Dimethyl Disulphide By GC - MS ppb BDL (DL:10) BDL (DL:10)

2 Dimethyl Sulphide By GC - MS ppb BDL (DL:10) BDL (DL:10)

3 Hydrogen Sulphide as H2S

IS 11255 Part IV - 2006

ppm 1.94 0.82

4 Mercaptan By GC - MS ppb BDL

(DL:0.01) BDL (DL:0.01)

Table 4-26 Ambient Concentrations of NCG Compounds

S.No Parameter Protocol Unit Digester

area Lime Kiln

area Evaporator

Area Guest House

1 Dimethyl Disulphide

By GC - MS ppb BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10)

2 Dimethyl Sulphide

By GC - MS ppb BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10) BDL

(DL:10)

3 Hydrogen Sulphide as H2S

IS 11255 Part IV - 2006

PPM 21.8 32 7.6 BDL

(D.L - 6.0)

4 Mercaptan By GC - MS ppb BDL

(DL:5) BDL

(DL:5) BDL

(DL:5) BDL

(DL:5)

Observation- NCG compound Dimethyl Disulphide and Dimethyl Sulphide is

found at Lime kiln stack 1 and 2 are below the detectable limit of 10 ppb,

Mercaptans are observed to be below the detectable limit of 0.01 ppb at all the

vents. Hydrogen Sulphide is observed in the range of 0.82 & 1.94 ppm.

Ambient concentration of NCG compounds are below the detectable limit of 10

ppb for all the odour producing compounds except hydrogen sulphide which

was 7.6, 21.8, & 32 µg/m3 at evaporation area, lime kiln area, and digester

area and Mercarptans is below the detectable limit of 5 ppb respectively. In

the vicinity of plant at guest house area the hydrogen sulphide was found to

be below the detectable limit of 6 µg/m3.

4.13. Noise Environment

Noise levels were recorded at the Mill site and other seven locations in the

study area. The measurements were carried out using Type 1 noise level

integrated sound level meter. Monitoring was done at each location during the

study period for 24 hrs on hourly basis to obtain hourly equivalent sound

pressure level. A digital noise level meter was used to record the noise levels.

From these values, day time and night time and 24-hrs Leq values were

calculated. Day time is considered from 0600 hrs to 2200 hrs and night from

2200 hrs to 0600 hrs. Noise monitoring locations in the study area are

presented in Table 4.27 and Figure 4.46.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 168

Table 4-27 Noise Sampling Locations

Station Code

Location Direction Latitude & Longitude

Type of Area

N1 Plant Site - 15°15'02.08"N, 74°37'38.22"E

Industrial Area

N2 Tatagera East 15°15'45.23"N, 74°40'51.96"E

Rural Area

N3 Kerwad East 15°15'15.75"N, 74°38'40.57"E

Rural Area

N4 Bada Kanshirada

South-South-East

15°13'15.01"N, 74°38'42.01"E

Rural Area

N5 Vitnal North-North-West

15°17'52.21"N, 74°36'34.87"E

Rural Area

N6 Alur East-North-East

15°16'43.59"N, 74°40'56.22"E

Rural Area

N7 Gandhi Nagar West-North-West

15°15'31.95"N, 74°36'43.48"E

Rural Area

N8 Kulgi South 15°10'02.01"N, 74°38'23.61"E

Eco Sensitive Area

Figure 4-46 Noise Sampling Locations in the Study Area

The measured noise levels have been compared with the standard specified

in Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environmental Protection Rules. Based on the

recorded noise levels the average noise levels for day and night at all the six

locations are presented in the Table 4.28.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 169

Table 4-28 Recorded Noise Levels

S.No Location Location

code

Leq in dB(A)

Day Night

1 Plant Site N1 60.8 51.0

2 Tatagera N2 49.7 39.3

3 Kerwad N3 55.8 40.9

4 Bada Kanshirada

N4 51.5 40.5

5 Vitnal N5 52.6 41.8

6 Alur N6 51.8 40.1

7 Gandhi Nagar N7 52.6 41.0

8 Kulgi N8 57.2 44.3

Observations: Average day time and night time noise levels at residential

areas in the study area was found to be varying from 49.7 to 60.8 dB(A) and

39.3 dB(A) to 51.0 dB(A) respectively. At the existing plant site the average

noise level was found to be 60.8 dB (A) for day time and 51.0 dB (A) for night

time. As per NAAQS w.r.t. noise prescribed by CPCB, the day time and night

time noise levels in a residential area shall not exceed 55 and 45 dB(A) Leq

respectively whereas for industrial area shall not exceed 75 dB (A) for day

time and 70 dB (A) for night time. The observed values are complying with the

standards. The hourly noise level monitoring data is enclosed in Annexure 14.

4.14. Water Environment

Water resources constitute mainly surface and groundwater with rainfall being

the major source. The major River located near the project is River Kali which

extends to a length of 184 km. Supa Dam is built across the River Kali which

is located at upstream side and Bommanahalli reservoir is located at the

downstream side of the Plant Site.

4.14.1. Surface Water Resources in the Study Area

Uttara Kannada District is one of the biggest districts in the State with varied

perennial rivers. There are four prominent rivers flowing in the district from the

high range of mountains to the Arabian Sea, namely Kali River, Aghanasini

River, Gangavali River and Sharavati River.

Kali River is a west flowing river originating in the high peak at a place called

Diggi in Western Ghats at an elevation of about 915 meters. The total

catchment area of the river is about 4850 sq km. The origin of the river has

been shifted to a newly formed Joida Taluk. After taking South-east course of

about 64 kms it takes sharp turn to the south-west and after a course of about

66 kms till Kadra, a small village where a Power generation unit is

commissioned by KPC Ltd., it flows towards east-west and falls into Arabian



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 170

Sea at about 3 kms north of Karwar. During its course from Diggi to Karwar, 5

tributaries namely Pandri, Kaveri, Barchi, Tatthali and Vaki join Kali river6.

There are four major dam projects on this river now - the Supa reservoir near

the headwaters, the Bommanhalli reservoir near the Dandeli forests, the

Kodasalli dam near Ganeshgudi and finally, one at Kadra, which is the part of

the Kaiga nuclear project and the other two minor dams being at Kaneri and

Tattihala. The drainage network in the Kali river basin is presented in the

Figure 4.47. The location of the surface water bodies in the study area is

presented in the Figure 4.48 and the Photographs are presented in the

Figure 4.49.

Figure 4-47 Drainage Network in Kali River basin

6 http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/95312/12/12_chapter%203.pdf Chapter III- Uttara Kannada

District – A profile

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/95312/12/12_chapter%203.pdf



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 171

Figure 4-48 Location of the Surface Water Bodies in the Study Area

Figure 4-49 Photographs of the water bodies located in the Study Area

Supa Dam Kali River

Upstream Side of Kali River

4.14.2. Surface Water Quality

River Kali is a black river and is a lifeline to about 5 lakhs people in Uttara

Kannada district. West coast paper mill, Indian plywood industry, ferrous

alloys, manganese fields, backwater fisheries, brackish water aquaculture, lime

industries, timber and sand are some of the industries seen around river Kali.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 172

As per the various authenticated published secondary data it is observed that

the water temperature of the River ranges from 22.1 °C to 32.3 °C. pH of the

water body is a factor giving an idea about the amount of precipitation and

solubility of different salts dissolved in water. pH is found to be in the range of

7.2 to 8.3 during all the seasons7. The DO level of the River is high with a

minimum of 9 mg/L. The oxygen content in the surface water is well above 4.5

mg/L irrespective of the seasons. The BOD value of the River near Dandeli is

approximately 4.3 mg/L8.

Surface Water Quality in the Study Area: Water quality parameters of

surface water resources within the study area have been considered for

assessing the water environment. To assess the water quality of the study area

there surface water samples were collected from eight locations. The water

samples were collected near at Upstream and downstream of the Kali River

which is the major source of water for the project.

In order to assess the quality treated effluent, the final treated effluent sample

was collected and analyzed and for various parameters to evaluate the

compliance status with the KSPCB standards for treated effluent discharge.

The location details of the sampling are given below in Table 4.29 and the

photographs of the sampling locations are presented in the Figure 4.50. The

surface water test report is given in Annexure 15.

Table 4-29 Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Latitude & Longitude

SW1 Upstream of Kali River 15°15'02.08"N, 74°37'38.22"E

SW2 Downstream of Kali River 15°15'45.23"N, 74°40'51.96"E

TW1 Treated Effluent 15°09'53.88"N, 74°38'16.99"E

Figure 4-50 Location of Surface Water Sampling during the Study Period

SW1 – Kali River Upstream SW2- Kali River Downstream

7 “Hydrobiological Studies of Kali River Prior to the Construction of Kadra Reservoir And Commissioning of

Kaiga Atomic Power Plant”, Department of Marine Biology Karnatak university, 1997. 8 “River Stretches for restoration of water quality”, Monitoring of Indian National Aquatic Resources, Central

Pollution Control Board, Ministry Of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, 2015



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 173

Final Treated Effluent

Table 4-30 Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples

S. No. Parameters Units SW1

(Upstream) SW2

(Downstream) Permissible

Range

1 pH @ 25°C - 7.2 7.5 6.5 to 8.5

2 Colour HU 2 2 15

3 Conductivity @ 25°C ^s/cm 44 64 -

4 Turbidity NTU < 1 < 1 5

5 Total Suspended Solids

mg/l <2 6 -

6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 26 38 2000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l 12 15 600

8 Total Residual Chlorine

mg/l BDL BDL 1

9 P. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l Nil nil -

10 M. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 10 12 -

11 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 10 12 600

12 Calcium as Ca mg/l 3 4 200

13 Magnesium as Mg mg/l < 1 1 100

14 Sodium as Na mg/l 3.5 5.9

15 Potassium as K mg/l 0.42 0.62

16 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL BDL -

17 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.06 0.22 0.3

18 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 10 11 1000

19 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.18 0.24 1.5

20 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 0.24 0.18 45

21 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l < 2 2.6 400

22 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH

mg/l BDL BDL 0.002

23 Anionic detergent as MBAS

mg/l BDL BDL

24 Mineral oil mg/l Absent Absent 0.5

25 Boron as B mg/l BDL BDL 1

26 Silica as SiO2 mg/l 1.6 4.2 -

27 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 7 6.9

28 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) 3 days @ 27°C

mg/l <2 <2 -

29 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

mg/l < 4 < 4 -

30 Oil & Grease mg/l <2 <2 -

31 Arsenic as As mg/l BDL BDL 0.05



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 174

S. No. Parameters Units SW1

(Upstream) SW2

(Downstream) Permissible

Range

32 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL BDL 0.003

33 Total Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL BDL 0.05

34 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL BDL 1.5

35 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL BDL 0.01

36 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL BDL 0.001

37 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL BDL 0.02

38 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL 0.17 15

39 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.08 0.25 0.3

40 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL BDL 0.2

41 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL BDL 0.01

42 Total Coliform mg/l 4 4 -

BDL-Below Detectable Limit

Observations: As per the analysis results as shown in the Table 4.30 it can

observed that pH of Kali River, Upstream and downstream water is in the

range of 7.2 mg/l to 7.5 mg/l which is neutral to slightly alkaline. The TDS

levels in the surface water of upstream and downstream were found to vary

from 26mg/l to 38mg/l. The Total Hardness of the surface water of upstream

and downstream was found to be ranging from 12mg/l to 15mg/l. The Fluoride

concentration of Upstream and downstream was found to be varying between

0.18mg/l to 0.24mg/l. The microbiological content as total coliform ranging of

upstream and downstream was found to be 4 mg/l. Heavy metal

concentrations are well within the permissible limits as per drinking water

standards. Hence all the values observed from the analysis of upstream was

found to be within the desirable limits as per drinking water as per IS: 10500 –

2012 “Specification for drinking Water”.

4.14.3. Ground Water Resources

Uttara Kannada district consists of rock formations of Archaean complex

characterised by a system of ridges and a plateau on the west. Laterites occur

overlying the schist and granites, and alluvium along the rivers and lagoons of

the coast.

Main aquifers in the study area are the weaker, weathered and fractured zones

of metavolcanics, metasedimentaries, granites and gneisses, laterites, along

with the alluvial patches found along the major stream courses.

Since, the hard rocks in the area do not possess the primary porosity, the

secondary structures like joints, fissures and faults present in these formation

act as a porous media. It is generally constitute a 3% of volume of formation to

facilitate to house the ground water. The ground water under atmospheric

influence is the phreatic zone, which generally occurs within the depth range of

3.00 to 30.00 mbgl.

The fracture zones occur at various depth zones within the depth of

185.00mbgl are expected to be saturated with ground water. It is found that the

water bearing characteristics of schistose rocks are more or less similar to that



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 175

of gneisses and granites. But the weathered zones of schists may not yield as

granites and gneisses, because of their compact and fine-grained nature.

Alluvium occurs along the river banks in few to 14.00 metres thickness, holds

the bank storage and occurs as narrowstrip along the sea coast and the creeks

occurs up to a depth of 50m.

Ground water in the above aquifer material generally occurs under unconfined

to semi-confined and confined conditions, in the shallower zones under

phreatic condition and under semi-confined and confined condition in the

deeper zones. The ground water is being exploited from within the depth range

of 3.00 to 31.00mbgl through dugwells and 30.00 to 200.00mbgl through dug-

cum-bore wells and Bore wells. The hilly tracks have thin weathered covers

and the valley portions have thicker weathered zones9.. The hydrogeological

map depicting the hydrogeological details of the area is presented as Figure

4.51.

Figure 4-51 Hydrogeological Map of Uttara Kannada

9 “Ground Water Information Booklet Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka”, September 2012(CRWB).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 176

There are 37 dug well National Hydrograph Stations(NHS) monitored during

2011 shows water level in the range of 1.76 to 12.81 mbgl in the month of May

2011 where as in the month of November, 2011 in the range of 0.56 to 17.06

mbgl. The water levels between 10-20 mbgl are observed in northern parts of

Supa and Halyal taluks, on south eastern part of Yellapur taluk, Eastern parts

of Mundgod, Sirsi and Siddapur taluks in pre monsoon. The pre monsoon

declining water level trends in these piezometers range between 0.005 and

0.80 m/year. The post monsoon declining water level trends in these

piezometers range between 0.015 and 0.147 m/year.

Some parts of Uttara Kannada district is found to be very rich in iron ore and

manganese present in rocks, soil which contributes to increase percentage of

iron and manganese present in the water. The electrical conductivity of the

region is ranges between less than 250 and 750 micro mhos/ cm. Data

collected from the state departments shows major parts of Sirsi and Siddapur

taluks and small parts of Mundgod taluk having more fluoride content than

expectable limits(<1.5mg). A few places of Uttara Kannada district it is

observed that NO3 and SO4 are found to be increased and exceeds safe limits.

The depth of ground water level during Pre monsoon and the status of ground

water utilization in Uttara Kannada District is presented in the Figure 4.52 and

Figure 4.53.

Ground water occurs under water table condition in the weathered mantle in

the study are of 10 radius from the project boundary. The occurrence and

movement of controlled by the weathered and fractures of the hard rock

formations. The fractures and fissures are the main source of ground water in

the study area. Ground water is transmitted through fractures, fissured and

joints of hard crystalline formations. These crystalline formations are

impervious in nature and have developed secondary porosity.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 177

Figure 4-52 Depth of Ground Water Level during Pre monsoon in Uttara Kannada District10

Figure 4-53 Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Uttara Kannada District

10

“Ground Water Information Booklet of Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka”, September 2012(CGWB).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 178

Ground water level data from a CGWB located in Dandeli observation well

indicates that the deepest water level is 12.68 m BGL during May 2013 and

shallowest water level is 5.04 m BGL during November 2013.The season wise

ground water level data collected for Dandeli monitoring well is given in below.

Figure 4-54 Dandeli Observation well (CGWB) Ground Water Level (BGL)

4.14.3.1. Ground Water Resources- Block wise

Ground water generally occurs in the weaker zones of geological formations

under unconfined to semi-confined conditions. The main known source for

recharge of dynamic water resources is the annual precipitation. Percolation

from the surface water conservation structures and seepages from irrigation

canals and return flow from irrigated agricultural lands also act as recharge

components. The ground water resource estimation study for the whole state

has been carried out for the year 2004, jointly by CGWB, SWR, Bangalore

and Karnataka state ground water department (MGD) for the year 2009 using

Ground Water Estimation Methodology 1997. The ground water estimation

study indicates net annual ground water availability as 51060 ham for the

district for the year 2009. Ground Water Resources & Development Potential

of Haliyal district as per CGWB is given below in Table 4.31



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 179

Table 4-31 Ground Water Resources in Uttara Kannada District as on March-2009 (in Ham)

Taluk

Recharge from rainfall during

monsoon season

(ham)

Recharge from other

resources during

monsoon season (ham)

Recharge from rainfall during

non monsoo

n season

Recharge from other

sources during

non monsoon season

Net annual ground water

availability

(ham)

Allocation on March

2004 (%) for domestic

and industrial

use for next 25 years in

(ham)

Net ground water

availability for

future irrigation development (ham)

Stage of

Groundwater

Development

Haliyal 1021 600 1039 302 6425 181 4546 29

As per CGWB 31st March 2004, the Haliyal Taluk is categorized as an Safe

Zone and the ground water potential and the categorization of blocks is given

in Figure 4.55

Figure 4-55 Ground Water Potential and the Categorization of Blocks11

11

Ground Water Information Booklet of Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka”, September 2012(CGWB)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 180

4.14.3.2. Groundwater Table and Yield in the Study Area

The occurrence of ground water in the study area (10 km radius) has been

studied in detail by collecting the water level from 7 well (borewells). The

depth of the wells ranges from 60 m to 140 m. The ground water levels are

collected from the bore wells. At the time of the collection of ground water

level the yield of the wells have been recorded by oral enquiry. The ground

water levels vary between 8.4 to 12.4 m bgl and yield of the wells varies

between 40 to 220 liters / minutes. Ground water level contour has been

constructed

The ground water level zone clearly depicts that the water level varies

between 8.4 to 12.4 m. The ground water level zone map shows that the

water level ranging between 10.6-11.8 m occupies majority of the area. The

project site is located in 10.6-11.8 m zone. The location, ground water level

and depth collected from the 10 m radius is given in Table 4.32. The ground

water level zone map is presented in Figure 4.56

Figure 4-56 Bore well within 10 km radius

Table 4-32 Ground water level (10 m radius)

S.No Location Longitude Latitude Water level in m

1 Tatagera 74° 40' 47.02" 15° 15' 47.02" 8.6

2 Kerwad 74° 38' 47.8" 15° 14' 47.8" 12.1

3 Bada Kanshirada 74° 38' 24.49" 15° 13' 24.49" 9.2

4 Moulangi 74° 35' 38.98" 15° 15' 38.98" 11.2

5 Vitnal 74° 36' 51.08" 15° 17' 51.08" 10.6

6 Alur 74° 40' 44.27" 15° 16' 44.27" 8.4

7 Kulgi 74° 38' 53.83" 15° 9' 53.83" 12.4



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 181

Figure 4-57 Ground Water Level Zone of the Study Area (10 Km radius)

4.14.3.3. Movement of Groundwater in the Study area

The movement of ground water is controlled by the hydraulic conductivity of

the aquifer and hydraulic gradient. In study area the hydraulic conductivity is

mainly based on the secondary porosity. The homogeneity of the weathered

zone plays a vital role in the movement of the ground water. In the study area

the formations are heterogeneous in nature. Below the weathered zone the

fractures and fissures acts as ground water conduit. Granitic gneiss is the

principal aquifer in the study area apart from the other hard rock aquifers. The

hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer is mainly due to the fractures, fissures

and joints. Based on the water level data (Pre and Post monsoon) the ground

water table has been constructed for the Pre and Post monsoon periods. The

ground water table contour depicts that the flow is in the east both the

seasons. The hydraulic gradient in the project site is moderate to high and

has been observed as 6.8 m/Km in pre monsoon and 5.9 m/Km in post

monsoon. ground water trough is noticed in the project site and in the

southern side of the study area which indicates the convergent flow of ground

water. The ground water table constructed for the study area is presented in

Figure 4.58 & 4.59



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 182

Figure 4-58 Ground Water Table Pre Monsoon

Figure 4-59 Ground Water Table Post Monsoon



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 183

4.14.3.4. Evaluation of Aquifer Parameters

Pumping test is the most accurate reliable and commonly used method to

evaluate the hydraulic parameters of an aquifer, efficiency of a well / bore

well, safer operational rates of pumping and selection of suitable pump. The

methods of a pumping test are highly varying in its application. The main

objective of pumping test is to determine the aquifer parameters such as

Transmissivity (T), Storage co-efficient (S) Hydraulic Conductivity (K), well

performance and safe yield for execution of water supply. The pumping test

conducted in the same hydrogeological environment has been collected from

the government department. The results are as follows in the Table 4.33.

Table 4-33 Result of Pumping Test

Bore Well in m 120

Static Water level in m 12.5

Pump capacity 3 HP

Discharge in lpm 80 lpm

Time in min. 320 minutes Stability not attained

Drawdown in m 7 m

Specific Capacity lpm per m draw down

12

Transmissivity of the fractured aquifer m2/day

14

Rate of recovery In 260 minutes static water level was attained

The pumping test results revels that the drawdown is 7 m at the pumping rate

of 80 lpm. As the aquifer is not a potential aquifer, the drawdown is moderate

high. It is also observed that the average T Value is 14 m2/day which indicates

the aquifer is a moderately productive aquifer.

The above aquifer parameters are used to estimate the radius of influence of

the bore wells located in the project site. The estimated radius of influence is

220 m. The radius of influence confines within the project site itself and there

would not be any adverse impact in the surrounding irrigation or drinking water

wells located outside the project site

4.14.4. Ground Water Quality

Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources within the study

area have been considered for assessing the water environment. To assess

the water quality of the study area, eight (8) ground water sampling locations

were selected. These samples were collected as grab samples and were

analyzed for various parameters. More than 40 water quality parameters were

analyzed. The water sampling locations are listed below in Table 4.34 and the

The photographs of groundwater sampling is presented in the Figure 4.60 and

Topo Map of the Study Area showing the locations of the sampling locations

are presented in the Figure 4.61. Table 4.35 gives the results of ground water

analysis for the samples collected from various locations in the Study Area.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 184

Table 4-34 Ground Water Sampling Location Details

Location Code

Location Co ordinates

GW 1 Tatagera 15°15'47.02"N 74°40'47.06"E

GW 2 Kerwad 15°14'47.80"N 74°38'21.33"E

GW 3 Bada Kanshirada 15°13'24.49"N 74°38'39.93"E

GW 4 Moulangi 15°15'38.98"N 74°35'43.17"E

GW 5 Vitnal 15°17'51.08"N 74°36'35.43"E

GW 6 Alur 15°16'44.27"N 74°40'50.96"E

GW 7 Kulgi 15°09'53.83"N 74°38'16.82"E

GW 8 Gandhi Nagar 15°15'31.95"N 74°36'43.48"E

Figure 4-60 Photographs of Groundwater Sampling

Ground Water Sampling in the Study Area

Figure 4-61 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Sampling Locations in the Study Area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-4 Baseline Environmental Status

Prepared by & 185

Table 4-35 Analysed Ground Water Quality for Various parameters in the Study Area

S.No.

Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW 8 IS 10500:2012

Standard (Permissible)

1 pH @ 25°C - 7.8 8.1 7.6 7.2 8 8.2 7.3 7.4 6.5 to 8.5

2 Colour HU 2 50 5 25 2 2 2 20 15

3 Conductivity @ 25°C ^s/cm 479 634 660 562 710 910 2270 598 -

4 Turbidity NTU <1 100 22 64 <1 <1 <1 72 5

5 Total Suspended Solids

mg/l < 2 26 6 18 <2 <2 <2 24 -

6 Total Dissolved Solids

mg/l 286 380 396 338 426 546 1384 352 2000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l 192 219 246 222 246 353 1030.2 230 600

8 Total Residual Chlorine

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1

9 P. Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 18 23 nil nil 19 21 nil Nil -

10 M. Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 153 181 239 169 208 175 430 173 -

11 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 171 204 239 169 227 196 430 173 600

12 Calcium as Ca mg/l 54 60 48 55 51 55 275 61 200

13 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 14 17 30 21 29 52 86 24 100

14 Sodium as Na mg/l 30.9 56.9 85 54 62 71.5 134 48

15 Potassium as K mg/l 0.94 0.97 2 2 4 3.2 2 7

16 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

17 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.02 2.8 2.8 3.8 0.04 0.03 0.19 3.2 0.3

18 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 41 67 52 69 94 135 357 74 1000

19 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.14 0.31 0.22 0.34 0.24 0.18 0.18 0.28 1.5

20 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 9.6 4.2 BDL BDL 7.2 14.6 141 BDL 45

21 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 9.3 26.7 11 6 10.8 63.3 89 10 400

22 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-4 Baseline Environmental Status

Prepared by & 186

S.No.

Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW 8 IS 10500:2012

Standard (Permissible)

23 Anionic detergent as MBAS

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

24 Mineral oil mg/l A A A A A A A A 0.5

25 Boron as B mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1

26 Silica as SiO2 mg/l 14.5 16.6 22 21 27.6 25.4 29 18 -

27 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.9 6.2 6.3 3.9 6.7 6.9 6.9 4.2

28 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) 3 days @ 27°C

mg/l <2 4 4 8 <2 <2 <2 6 -

29 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

mg/l <4 18 16 34 <4 <4 < 4 27 -

30 Oil & Grease mg/l <2 < 2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 -

31 Arsenic as As mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

32 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003

33 Total Chromium as Cr

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

34 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL 0.03 BDL 0.12 BDL BDL BDL 0.14 1.5

35 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

36 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001

37 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.11 BDL BDL BDL 0.09 0.02

38 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL 0.31 0.17 0.88 BDL 0.29 0.19 0.74 15

39 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.35 0.42 0.14 1.1 0.02 0.12 0.21 0.91 0.3

40 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2

41 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

42 Total Coliform mg/l <2 2 6 <2 6 <2 <2 6 -

BDL- Below Detectable Limit, A- Absent



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 187

Observations: The analysis results of ground water samples indicate that the

average pH ranged in between 7.2 to 8.2 which is within the permissible range

of 6.5 to 8.5 as per the drinking water standards stipulated by CPCB. TDS

ranged from 286 mg/l to 1384 mg/l. The TDS concentration was found to be in

the permissible limit. Total hardness was found to be in the range of 192 mg/l

at Tatagera to 353 mg/l at Alur which is below the permissible limit whereas the

hardness concentration at Kulgi was found to be high about 1030.2 mg/l which

is exceeding the permissible limits. The heavy metal concentration was found

to be Below Detectable Limit and fluoride concentrations were observed to be

in the ranges of 0.14 mg/l to 0.31 mg/l which are well within permissible limits.

Chloride concentration was found in the range of 41 to 357 mg/l.

Iron content was found to be higher in the range of 2.8 to 3.8 mg/L at Kerwad,

Badakanshirada,Vitnal and Gandhinagar which is thus contributing to colour

and turbidity in the region. Iron in water may occur in true solutions in colloidal

state that may be peptized by organic matter, inorganic or organic iron

complexes or relatively coarse suspended particles. As per the ground water

quality study conducted by Karnataka Rural Water Supply and Sanitation

Agency (KRWSSA) 7.89 % of villages in Uttara Kannada District are affected

by Iron in ground water12. The possible reason for the high concentration of

iron can be due to rusting of iron piping due to improper maintenance as it was

observed in all the villages around Dandeli that ground water was not the

source of drinking water in the region. Also the concentration of manganese

was observed to be higher in Kerwad and Vitnal. It can be noted that the major

minerals available in the district are Iron and Manganese ore9 which could be

the possible reason for higher values of Iron and Manganese in the

groundwater. The analysis results were compared with the standards for

drinking water as per IS: 10500 –2012 “Specification for drinking Water” and

the analysis report is enclosed as Annexure15.

4.14.5. Mill Treated Wastewater Quality

Treated Wastewater has been analyzed for physico-chemical properties. The

results of treated wastewater were compared with General Standards for

Discharge of Environmental Pollutants of The Environment (Protection) Rules,

1986 and also the permissible range as provided in the Consent for

Establishment for the facility. The reports are attached as Annexure 15. The

analysis results of treated effluent are presented in the Table 4.36.

Table 4-36 Analysis results of Treated Effluent

S.No. Parameter Unit Results Wastewater

Discharge Standards

1 pH - 7.7 7 to 8.5

2 BOD mg/L 20 30

3 COD mg/L 84 350

4 TSS mg/L 10 50

12

Ground Water Quality Scenario in Karnataka State- An Overview, KRWSSA, 2004



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 188

S.No. Parameter Unit Results Wastewater

Discharge Standards

5 Oil and grease

mg/L <2 10

6 Chloride mg/L 202 350

7 Sulphate mg/L 177 1000

8 TDS mg/L 778 2100

The quality of treated effluent was observed to be well within the permissible

range as prescribed in the Consent for Establishment for the facility. The

analysis results indicate that the pH was found to be 7.7. The TSS and TDS

values were observed to be 10 mg/L and 778 mg/l which are below the

standard values of 50 mg/L and 2100 mg/L respectively. BOD and COD values

were observed to be 20 mg/L and 84 mg/L which are well within the standard

value of 30 mg/L and 350 mg/L respectively.

4.15. Ecological Environment

Ecology also provides information about the benefits of ecosystems and how

we can use Earth's resources in ways that leave the environment healthy for

future generations. Living things are organized in to natural communities with

mutual dependencies among their members, and they show various responses

and sensitivities to the outside influences. However, the process of rapid

development and industrialization has marked some prominent questions

about survival of the flora and fauna. Fortunately, global awareness during past

few years has been augmenting and worldwide programs for wild life

conservation have been formulated. The worldwide-accepted concept of

‘Sustainable development’ has given a vision of eco-friendly project execution.

4.15.1. Necessity of the Ecology Management Plan

Monitoring the influence of anthropogenic activities on flagship species is an

important part of conserving biodiversity, because the information gained is

crucial for the development and adaptation of conservation management plans.

Ecological monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental

impacts of a project. Monitoring results help judge the success of mitigation

measures in protecting the environment. They are also used to ensure

compliance with environmental standards, and to facilitate any needed project

design or operational changes.

Regulatory bodies worldwide are increasingly recognizing the fact that human

activities are causing environmental and ecological damage. To effectively deal

with this environmental crisis, it is important to understand its dimensions and

dynamics. What specifically are the damages, how are they changing over

time, and the best means of prevention or mitigation. To develop precise

ecology management plan, longer-term programs of monitoring and research

must be designed and implemented. Such programs are capable of detecting



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 189

environmental and ecological change over large areas, and of developing an

understanding of the causes and consequences of those changes.

4.15.2. Objectives of Ecological Monitoring

a) To evaluate the prevailing ecological status of the habitats adjacent to

the existing Paper Unit

b) To evaluate positive impacts of greenbelt developed by WCPML

c) To assess the impact of proposed expansion on flora, avifauna and

mammals

d) To recommend suitable environment management plan to minimize

any adverse impact on adjacent area due to the proposed

developments.

4.15.3. Survey Methodology

4.15.3.1. Flora Survey

All accessible sites will be identified within the study area of 10km such that the

ecosystems and land-use types are represented accordingly. The prediction of

impacts on flora and fauna depends on understanding of the proposed project

activities, its magnitude/extent, scale and ecological conditions in the

surrounding area. Collection of rapid baseline information on flora and fauna is

therefore a prerequisite for assessment of impacts of the development

activities. All the accessible and identified sites will be divided into four zones

with respect to their distance from the project site: Zone I - sites which fall in

the project site i.e. core zone, Zone II mention the boundary of core zone to

2.5KM, Zone III indicate 2.5 to 5KM, Zone IV - sites which lie on the outermost

zone extending from 5KM to 10KM. All the four Zones of lands would be

mapped for their biological diversity.

Diversity assessment for different plant species and the analysis of Rare –

Endemic – Endangered and Threatened flora was carried out. At each site, a

study of floral diversity was carried out in the following manner. A quadrant of

approximately 20 m x 20 m was marked. The species of trees, shrubs and

large climbers, as well as the number of individuals of each species, falling

within this area were noted. A quadrant of approximately 5 m x 5 m was

marked within this larger quadrate. The species of herbs, both grasses and

forbs, and the number of individuals of each species, falling within this area

were noted. Smaller quadrate of 1m x 1 m for the more prolifically-growing

larger herbs, and 10 cm x 10 cm, for prolifically-growing minute herbs, were

employed when required.

Equipment / Instruments deployed:

Quadrates/Measuring Tape

Measuring tapes

GPS

Camera

Binocular and



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 190

Plankton net

Faunal assessment

A detailed study in has been carried out to cross check the list taken from

secondary source and local villagers. In case of vertebrate species, no

sampling could be done. Depending on as and when sighted, the species will

be recorded if found within the delimited project and buffer areas, the animal

species are listed on secondary data and circumstances evidence besides

direct observations. These techniques are accepted in EIA studies as per the

EIA Notification of 2006. Observations made on direct and indirect evidences

for mammalian, avifauna and reptilian fauna within the study area. Analyses of

Scheduled species identify Habitat/microhabitat diversity in the project site and

surrounding areas within 10Km range from the site. Flora and fauna studies

were carried out during 13th June – 15th June 2017 to assess the list of

terrestrial plant and animal species that occur in the core zone and the buffer

zone up to 10 km distance from the core zone boundary. The biodiversity of

the survey area was then evaluated in terms of Species richness of the woody

flora and the avifauna, percentage frequency, abundance and density of each

floral species, and Evenness.

Floral and Faunal Observation at Core (Zone I) and Buffer (Zone II, III and IV)

The ecological survey locations were given in Figure 4.62 Terrestrial

ecological survey details in Latitude, Longitude provided in the below Table

4.37



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 191

Figure 4-62 Google Map Showing Ecology Survey Locations

Table 4-37 Terrestrial Ecology Survey Locations

Locations

Latitude Longitude

Zone – I : Core zone project area

1 15°14'59.93"N 74°38'0.93"E

2 15°14'52.73"N 74°37'51.69"E

3 15°14'50.35"N 74°37'37.52"E

4 15°14'58.87"N 74°37'31.44"E

5 15°15'12.46"N 74°37'54.51"E

6 15°15'20.28"N 74°37'50.66"E

7 15°15'12.80"N 74°37'27.96"E

8 15°15'28.13"N 74°37'28.97"E

Zone – II : Project area boundary to 2.5km radius

9 15°14'3.84"N 74°38'40.87"E

10 15°14'26.88"N 74°37'42.02"E

11 15°14'10.22"N 74°36'56.98"E

12 15°15'5.96"N 74°37'13.80"E

13 15°15'36.87"N 74°37'15.94"E

14 15°16'24.07"N 74°36'55.08"E

15 15°15'15.14"N 74°38'38.02"E

16 15°13'54.71"N 74°37'4.57"E

Zone – III : Boundary of 2.5km to 5km radius

17 15°13'18.00"N 74°38'42.38"E

18 15°13'33.38"N 74°40'11.67"E

19 15°14'7.74"N 74°40'7.25"E

20 15°15'41.04"N 74°35'45.13"E

21 15°16'37.32"N 74°36'11.73"E



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 192

Locations

Latitude Longitude

22 15°17'46.50"N 74°36'33.55"E

23 15°16'53.15"N 74°36'53.41"E

24 15°17'31.02"N 74°38'56.30"E

Zone – IV : Boundary of 5.0km to 10km radius

25 15°12'49.73"N 74°40'6.68"E

26 15°13'27.25"N 74°42'38.65"E

27 15°12'1.05"N 74°35'22.22"E

28 15°19'15.98"N 74°36'11.20"E

29 15°19'33.65"N 74°41'6.14"E

30 15°16'51.58"N 74°42'14.36"E

31 15°16'56.38"N 74°41'14.16"E

32 15°15'34.10"N 74°42'44.56"E

4.15.3.2. Quantitative analysis of the vegetation

Plot-based random quadrate sampling method was adopted to generate the

Phytosociological data viz., density, frequency, abundance and important

value index (IVI). Quadrates of 20 m x 20 m size were laid out for the

enumeration of the tree species, quadrates of 5 m x 5 m for shrubs and

saplings and quadrates of 1 m x 1 m for herbs and seedlings.

Diameter at breast height (DBH) of 130 cm was consistently used during the

present study. In no case, the thicker part near branching position was

considered. Instead diameter of the tree having a branch at about 130 cm

was measured either below 30 cm from the branch or in case of all the stems

above 30 cm from the branch and averaged.

All individuals above 10 cm of girth at breast height (GBH) were considered as

trees and all individuals below 10 cm of GBH or 2 m of height as shrubs and

saplings. In each unit, presence or absence of the species, number of

individuals of each species, GBH (only for tree species) to estimate basal area

of the tree species were recorded.

Other ecological parameters viz., abundance, density, frequency, IVI,

Shannon-Wiener diversity index, Simpson’s dominance index,

Abundance/Frequency (A/F) ratio for distribution pattern of species and

Similarity Index were derived from the above basic data.

Frequency, density, abundance and basal area were calculated following

Misra (1968).

Number of sampling units in which a species occurs Frequency: ____________________________________________________________________________X 100 Total number of sampling units studied

The frequency of individual species is the number of times the species occurs

in the sampling quadrant.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 193

Total number of individuals in all sampling units Density: ____________________________________________________________

Total number of sampling units studied

Density is the measure of dense in the distribution of an individual species

within a given area.

Total number of individuals in all sampling units Abundance: ______________________________________________________________

Total number of sampling units of occurrence

Total basal area or crown Dominance = ----------------------------------- X 100 Total area sampled

It reflects the species basal area covered by a species within the sampling

area.

4.15.3.3. Relative Density and Dominance

The relative density and dominance values of different species found in the

study are shows that the dominant plants of various sites have a high

percentage value of density and dominance. These values are incorporated in

calculating the Importance value Index.

Number of individuals of a species

Relative density:__________________________________________________________________ X 100 Total number of individuals of all species Number of occurrences of a species Relative frequency: ______ X 100 Total number of occurrences of all species Total basal area of individual species

Relative basal area: ________________________________________________________ X 100

Total basal areas of all species

Aquatic Environment- The phytoplankton and zooplankton reflect the

productivity of a water column at the primary and secondary levels,

respectively.

Plankton- The plankton samples were collected

from Kali River with a Hand net (having 0.10 m2

mouth area and 300 µm mesh size). All the

samples were preserved in 5% neutralized

formaldehyde solution. Different plankton taxa

were sorted, identified and enumerated under

stereoscopic zoom binocular microscope. The

number were calculated for the whole samples

and given for 100m3 of water.

Plankton sampling at Kali

River



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 194

4.15.4. Results

The published literature studies and previous reports are used for finalize the

list of core and buffer zone species. Secondary data compared with the

existing sighted species in the study areas. The flora and fauna lists also cross

checked with the local communities. An effort has been made to identify the

impacts of the proposed expansion of paper and board mill at different stages.

Floral and faunal resources used by local communities such as timber,

medicinal and fishing etc are also collected. The mitigation measures were

suggested and conservation of Scheduled species (if any) has been given.

4.15.4.1. General Characteristics of Floral Diversity

The flora of study area was represented by Azadirachta indica, Cocus

nucifera, Ficus sp. Albizia lebeckk, Albizia amara, Borassus flabelifer,

Tamarindus indica over large area. There were number of agriculture fields

around project site. In general, flora in south and south west part of study area

was observed to be rich due to Kali River. Overall 48 tree and 14 shrub

species were recorded during present survey.

Project Site – Greenbelt : A massive greenbelt has been developed in an

area of 103 acres in the existing facility. Apart from the industrial green belt,

the mill has developed plantation in an area of 45,000 acres in the region. The

mill has planted approximately 27,000,000 trees planted as on date in the

region in association with local farmers and plantation agriculture land holders.

Figure 4-63 Greenbelt Development inside WCPM



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 195

4.15.4.2. Avi-Fauna observed inside the Core Zone area

This thick green cover has provided suitable nesting and roosting sites for

variety of bird species. Dominant avifauna observed was Common Myna,

White browed wagtail, White chest Kingfisher and Black billed Ibis.

Figure 4-64 Avi fauna observed inside Existing WCPM Mill (Zone I)

Core Zone study: Within the core area, 8 Locations were selected to quantify

the data of flora. Floral density at core zone of project site was observed to be

very rich due to greenbelt development. However, diversity was moderate as

only 24 species were recorded in greenbelt and surrounding area. Azadirachta

indica, Casuarina equisetifolia, Eucalyptus leptophylla, Ficus religiosa, F.

bengalensis, Guazoma tomentosa, Leucana leucophila, Mangifera indica, were

observed commonly Tectona grandis wheras Melia azardirachta, Plumeria



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 196

alba, Roystonia regia, Terminalia arjuna and Thespesia populnea were

observed with less frequency, However, natural species also occur

gregariously. Shannon index value 2.596 proved that diversity is moderate.

Table 4-38 Density, abundance and frequency of occurrence of flora in the Core zone

S.No Species Name Family Core (Zone I)

Frequency Abundance Density

1 Acacia auriculiformis Euphorbiaceae 25.00 1.500 37.5

2 Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae 25.00 1.000 25.0

3 Artocarpus heterophyllus

Moraceae 12.50 1.000 25.0

4 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 50.00 1.250 31.3

5 Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae 25.00 3.000 75.0

6 Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae 25.00 2.500 62.5

7 Butea monosperma Fabaceae 12.50 2.000 50.0

8 Callistemon citrinus Myrtaceae 25.00 1.500 37.5

9 Cassia pistula Fabaceae 12.50 1.000 25.0

10 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae 37.50 4.333 108.3

11 Eucalyptus leptophylla Myrtaceae 37.50 3.667 91.7

12 Ficus bengalensis Moraceae 25.00 1.000 25.0

13 Ficus religiosa Moraceae 37.50 1.333 33.3

14 Guazuma tomentosa Malvaceae 25.00 3.500 87.5

15 Leucana leucophila Fabaceae 12.50 4.000 100.0

16 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae 50.00 1.750 43.8

17 Plumeria alba Apocyanaceae 25.00 1.500 37.5

18 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae 37.50 1.333 33.3

19 Psidium guajava Myrtales 25.00 1.000 25.0

20 Roystonia regia (Royal palm)

Arecaceae 37.50 1.667 41.7

21 Samanea saman Fabaceae 25.00 1.000 25.0

22 Tectona grandis Lamiaceae 37.50 1.333 33.3

23 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae 37.50 1.667 41.7

24 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae 25.00 2.500 62.5

Buffer zone study: From Project site boundary to 10 Km radius is treated as

buffer zone and 24 samples of 20m2 each were chosen by taking the following

parameters into consideration.

Grasses

River and Aquatic Vegetation

Reserve Forests

Wild life

Aquatic Vegetation

Villages Human settlements

Cultivation

Villages and Human settlements - Number of small villages like Kerwad,

Kogliban, Nand Gokul and Kumbarkob in the 2.5 KM radius from the core

zone Moulangi, Kondapa, Bedara Shiragur and Bada kanshirada are situated

in the 5KM radius whereas villages like Kulgi, Phansoli, Haregalli and



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 197

Royapattan are present in the study area. Dandeli is major town located at

North-West direction of the WCPM. The vegetation around villages was

observed to be in healthy and in natural state. Species like Cocus nucifera,

Ficus benghalensis, Ficus religiosa, Azadiracta indica, Tamarindus indica,

Ziziphus jujuba, Ricinus communis Tectona grandis and Terminalia arjuna etc

were commonly observed near villages.

Figure 4-65 Human settlement and Road side trees in the buffer zone

River and Aquatic Vegetation- The Agricultural activity in this area is well

supported by Perennial River viz. Kali is the main river of this district. The river

Kali (extensively benefits agriculture in and around Dandeli.

In ponds and small streams patches of Spirodela Sp. and Lemna Sp., Hydrilla

Sp., and Ceratophyllum sp. were observed. Aquatic and semi aquatic plants

macrophytes were found in the ponds, small streams, wetlands and paddy

fields and drains. Mainly Ipomia aquatica, and Colacasia were abundant in

water bodies.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 198

Figure 4-66 Different flow of River Kali Crocodiles (Crocodylus palustris) in the River

The study area located near Dandeli town of Uttar Kannada District is also a

part of Game Sanctuary of Dandeli. Observation was made on crocodile

population in Kali river these areas habitat and habitat conditions of muggers.

These areas are dominated by grasses, sedges and deciduous tree species.

The scattered patchy vegetation consists of Terminalia arjuna, Tectona

grandis, Anogissus, Pterocarpus and Bamboo plant species. The right and left

river bank and the periphery of the island comprises of stones, pebbles,

grains, sand and silt as floral composite. The river depth is about 1 to 1.5 m.

Thus the area provided an ideal natural habitat condition to muggers. Here

more number of muggers was recorded. At the intermediate downstream of

this site, the river receives effluents from the WCPM. The continuous disposal

of effluent from WCPM has increased the siltation towards left bank of the

river.

4.15.4.3. Plankton

4.15.4.3.1. Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

About 16 algal species were recorded from the sampling locations out which

are mainly belong to Bacillariophycea followed by Chlorophyceae members.

Diatoms comprised of Fragillaria sp, Navicula sp, Pinnularia sp, and

Pleurosigma sp and etc. are dominant and followed by Chlorophyceae during

study period About 5 zooplankton species were recorded from all the sampling

locations.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 199

Table 4-39 List of Plankton Observed from Study Area

S.No. Phytoplankton Zooplankton

1 Anabaena Arcella sp

2 Chlorella sp. Brachionus

3 Chlorococcum sp Daphnia sp.

4 Cymbella sp Filinia

5 Euglena Keratella sp

6 Fragillaria sp.

7 Gomphonema

8 Melosira sp

9 Mycrocystis

10 Navicula

11 Nitzschia sp

12 Oscillatoria sp

13 Pediastrum duplex

14 Rivularia

15 Spirogyra sp

16 Spirulina sp

Agriculture Area- Study area has fertile soils in most of the regions. The

network of the irrigation canals from Kali River overcomes deficiency of water.

The cropping pattern of the study area is characterized by diversified cropping

patterns exist and no single crop claims a large share of the gross cropped

area. In canal fed areas Paddy occupies the largest area of cultivation

followed by Wheat, Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Bengalgram, Groundnut, Sunflower,

Soyabean, Cotton Sugarcane and Banana. Other crops grown in the region

are ragi, pulses, groundnut, coconut and vegetables like brinjal, bitter gourd

and chilies.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 200

Agriculture practices include cultivation of Flowering plants, Banana, Vegetables, Paddy, Sugarcane etc. in the study area

Reserve Forest areas in Study area- The details of forest blocks in study

area are presented in table. The nearest forest block is Dandeli Reserved

forest which is 0.5 Km from project on east direction.

Table 4-40 Details of Forest Blocks in study area (10 km radius)

S.No. Name of Forest block Distance form project site in

KM

Direction from Project site

1 Dandeli Reserved forest near Halmaddi Village (Blocks 6)

0.5 East

2 Dandeli Reserved forest near Kerwad Village (Blocks 9)

1.1 South East

3 Dandeli Reserved forest near Kogilban Village (Blocks 2)

1.1 South

4 Dandeli Reserved forest near Kumbarkopp Village (Blocks 6)

2.7 West

5 Dandeli Reserved forest near Karyampalli Village (Blocks 10)

3.5 South East

6 Dandeli Reserved forest near Karyampalli Village (Blocks 4)

6.3 South East

7 Dandeli Reserved forest near Bada Kanshirada (Blocks 4)

3.9 South east

8 Dandeli Reserved forest near Vitnal - Village (Blocks 26)

4.9 North

9 Dandeli Reserved forest near Village Virampalli (Blocks 10)

6.6 South west

10 Dandeli Reserved forest near Tatgera Village (Blocks 13)

5.5 East



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 201

S.No. Name of Forest block Distance form project site in

KM

Direction from Project site

11 Kulgi reserved forest near Village Kulgi

9.0 South

12 Dandeli Reserved forest near Maulangi (Block 6&&)

4.0 North West

Different appearance of Dandeli Reserve forest in the study area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 202

Table 4-41 Density, abundance and frequency of occurrence of flora in the Buffer zone

S.No Species Name Family Buffer (Zone II, III and IV)


1 Acacia auriculiformis Euphorbiaceae 8.33 2.500 62.5

2 Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae 12.50 1.667 41.7

3 Albizzia lebback Mimosaceae 8.33 1.500 37.5

4 Alstonia scholaris Apocyanaceae 25.00 1.333 33.3

5 Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae 8.33 1.500 37.5

6 Areca catechu Arecaceae 8.33 2.500 62.5

7 Artocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae 41.67 2.100 52.5

8 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 12.50 1.667 41.7

9 Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae 8.33 2.500 62.5

10 Butea monosperma Fabaceae 20.83 1.400 35.0

11 Caryota urens Arecaceae 12.50 1.333 33.3

12 Cassia siamea Fabaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

13 Ceiba pentandra Malvaceae 12.50 1.667 41.7

14 Citrus limen Rutaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

15 Cocus nucifera Arecaceae 54.17 1.615 40.4

16 Delonix regia Caesalpinaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

17 Erythrina indica Fabaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

18 Eucalyptus leptophylla Myrtaceae 16.67 1.250 31.3

19 Ficus bengalensis Moraceae 25.00 1.000 25.0

20 Ficus religiosa Moraceae 54.17 1.154 28.8

21 Gliricidia sepium Fabaceae 16.67 1.000 25.0

22 Gmelina arborea Lamiaceae 29.17 1.857 46.4

23 Leucana leucophila Fabaceae 16.67 1.500 37.5

24 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae 58.33 1.143 28.6

25 Manilkara sapota Sapotaceae 20.83 1.200 30.0

26 Michalia champaca Magnoliaceae 12.50 3.000 25.0

27 Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

28 Murraya koenigii Rutaceae 16.67 1.250 31.3

29 Neolamarckia cadamba Rubiaceae 16.67 1.250 31.3

30 Peltophorum pterocarpum

Fabaceae 25.00 1.500 37.5

31 Phoenix sylvestre Arecaceae 8.33 2.500 62.5

32 Phyllanthus acidus Phyllanthaceae 33.33 1.500 37.5

33 Phyllanthus emblica Phyllanthaceae 16.67 1.750 43.8

34 Pithocelopium dulce Fabaceae 8.33 1.000 25.0

35 Plumeria alba Apocyanaceae 25.00 1.167 29.2

36 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae 12.50 1.000 25.0

37 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae 8.33 1.500 37.5

38 Psidium guajava Myrtales 8.33 1.500 37.5

39 Pterocarpus marsupium Fabaceae 20.83 1.600 40.0

40 Roystonia regia (Royal palm)

Arecaceae 12.50 1.333 33.3

41 Samanea saman Fabaceae 33.33 1.000 25.0

42 Spathodea campanulata

Bignoniaceae 4.17 1.000 25.0

43 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae 12.50 1.667 41.7



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 203

S.No Species Name Family Buffer (Zone II, III and IV)


44 Tamarindus indica Fabaceae 37.50 1.333 33.3

45 Tectona grandis Lamiaceae 70.83 3.706 92.6

46 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae 33.33 1.625 40.6

47 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae 25.00 1.167 29.2

48 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae 20.83 1.600 40.0

Figure 4-67 Avi-fauna observed and recorded during study visit

Egret Cattle egret

Brahminy kite Crow phaesant

Spotted Munia and Swifts Browed white lapwing



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 204

Young and Pair of Pied Malabar Horn bill, Anthracoceros coronatus

in the study area

Table 4-42 Avifauna observed in study area during survey period

S. No Scientific name Common Name

1 Accipiter badius Shikra

2 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna

3 Acrocephalus dumetorum Blyth's Reed Wabler

4 Alauda gulgula Oriental Skylark

5 Alcedo attbis Small Blue Kingfisher

6 Amaurornis phoenicurus White Breasted Waterhen

7 Anastomus oscitans Asian Open Billed Stork

8 Anthracoceros coronatus Pied Malabar Horn bill

9 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron

10 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret

11 Casmerodius albus Great Egret

12 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal

13 Columba livia Rock Pigeon

14 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin

15 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller

16 Corvus splendens Common House Crow

17 Cuculus canorus Common Hawk Cuckoo

18 Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufus Treepie

19 Dicrirus macrocercus Black Drongo

20 Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo

21 Dinopium benghalense Lesser Goldenback

22 Egretta garzetta Little Egret

23 Elanus caeruleus Black Winged Kite

24 Eremopterix griseus Ashy Crowed Sparrow Lark

25 Ficedula albicilla Red Throated Flycatcher

26 Galerida cristata Crested Lark

27 Halcyon pileata White Throated Kingfisher

28 Laniaus schach Long Tailed Shrike

29 Copsychus saularis Magpie robin

30 Megalaima haemacephala Copper Smith Barbet

31 Megalaima zeylanica Brown headed Barbet

32 Meropes leschenaaulti Chestnut - headed bee eater

33 Meropus orientalis Green Bee-eater



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 205

S. No Scientific name Common Name

34 Metopidius indicus Bronze Wing Jacana

35 Milvus migrans Pariah Kite

36 Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail

37 Mycteria leucocephala Painted Stork

38 Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole

39 Passsel domesticus House Sparrow

40 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl

41 Perdicula asiatica Bush Quail

42 Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant

43 Phylloscopus humei Humes Wabler

44 Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Wabler

45 Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis

46 Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis

47 Psittakula krameri Indian Rose ring Parakit

48 Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul

49 Rhipidura auriola White Browed Fantail

50 Sterna aurantia River Tern

51 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove

52 Streptopelia decaocto Euarasian Collared Dove

53 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove

54 Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe

55 Tephrodornis gularis Large Wood shrike

56 Terdoides striatus Jungle Babbler

57 Threskiornis melanocephalus Black Headed Ibis

Figure 4-68 Mammals in the Study Area

Indian Red Squerrel, Ratuba indica, Macaca radiata and Semnopithecus entellus

recorded in study area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 206

4.15.5. Vegetation Status of Uttar Kannada13

The Western Ghats of Uttara Kannada district is known for their dense forests

which cover about 80% of the area of the district. The total forest of Uttara

Kannada is about 8,29,151 ha., and the per capita forest is about 0.77 ha.

The forests of Uttara Kannada can be classified into 3 categories based on

density (Akbar Sha, 1988) as Partially open forest ( 20-40% density),Medium

density forest (40-80% density) and Closed forest (above 80% density).Based

on this classification Uttara Kannada district has about 1388.89 km2 of

partially open forest, 1646.16 km2 of medium density forest and 714.55 km2 of

closed forest. Depending on phenological conditions and other ecological

factors, the forests of Uttara Kannada are broadly divided into two types

namely Moist and Dry types. The moist type may be sub-divided into

evergreen, semi-evergreen and moist deciduous. The dry type can be divided

into dry deciduous and thorny forest.

The central part of Uttara Kannada is of the evergreen type as shown in

Figure 4.69 They are composed of very tall trees, forming a very dense

canopy and are many storied and impenetrable. The rainfall in this forest is

as high as 4000-5000 mm. The semi-evergreen forests are seen in pockets

and often merges with the evergreen and the moist deciduous type. Therefore

distinguishing them is rather difficult.

In the moist deciduous forest, tree species remain deciduous only for a short

time. These forests have semi-evergreen species in the upper canopy and

evergreen in the lower storey. In these forests, some moist places have

predominance of bamboo and on red soil Xylia is present. They have a rainfall

of about 1000-2000 mm.

Evergreen Species: Dipterocarpus indicus, Diospyros candolleana,

Artocarpus hirsutum, Vateria indica, Hoppea intergrifolia, Memecylon

umbellatum, Mangifera indica, Actinodaphne agustifolia, Holigarna

grahmie, Calamus rotang

Semi-Evergreen Species: Cinnamomum malabaricum, Holigarna

arnottiana, Dalbergia latifolia, Ficus spp., Pterocarpus marsupium,

Aglaia roxbhurgiana.

Moist Deciduous Species: Terminalia paniculata, Terminalia

tomentosa, Xylia xylocarpa Careya arborea, Spondias spp., Tectona

grandis, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Dillenia pentagyna, Strychnos

nuxvomica, Bambusa arundinaceae.

Dry Deciduous Species: Acacia catechu, Sepium insigne, Anoegissus

spp, Bauhinia racemosa, Bombax ceiba.

13

Vegetation Status of Uttar Kannada, Dr. T.V. Ramachandra, Energy & Wetlands Research Group, Centre

for Ecological Sciences Indian Institute of Science ,Bangalore



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 207

Plantations: Tectona grandis, Areca catechu, Cocos nucifera, Casuarina

equisetifolia, Acacia auriculiformis, Acacia nilotica, Eucalyptus spp.

Figure 4-69 Vegetation Distribution for Uttara Kannada District

4.15.6. Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary: Dandeli National Park

The calm and peaceful Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary is reputed as the largest

wildlife sanctuary in Karnataka. Nestling some very rare animal and birds is an

unspoilt, untouched and unexplored treasure of wildlife that is sure to leave you

spellbound. Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary abounds with a richness of Flora and

Fauna. Its richness and diversity offers ample opportunities to nature lovers to

enjoy the captivating landscape. The sanctuary is generally undulating with

steep slopes with picturesque deep river valleys and rich hilly forest terrain.

The breathtaking valleys, regal looking meandering rivers and the splendid

scenic beauty of the syntheri rock make it an awe inspiring experience. The

forest in Dandeli is typical moist deciduous and semi evergreen types, with

pockets of every green.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 208

Spread over 834.16 sq.km the Dandeli wildlife sanctuary is the second largest

in Karnataka and is contiguous with the Mahaveer sanctuary in Goa. The

undulating streams, swaying bamboos, abundance of wildlife, sylvan

surroundings and trekking tracts make Dandeli sanctuary a unique holiday

destination. River /kali and its tributaries, Kaneri and Nagajhari, meander

through the forest.

Sighting animals is difficult and always involves an element of luck. The

sanctuary is home o the barking, spotted and mouse deer, sloth bear, panther,

tiger, gaur, elephant, wild dog, civet cat, bison, jackal, langur and giant flying

squirrel, besides a variety of colourful birds and reptiles. The reptilian and

amphibian fauna of the region include a variety of ruffles and frogs. 35 km from

Dandeli National Park are Syntheri rocks, awesome monolithic granite

structure amidst thich forest, with the perennial river Kaneri flowing by its side.

There are innumerable trekking trails and fishing spots at Dandeli.

In the Dandeli National Park, it has well furnished tents, dormitories, a

herbarium, well stocked library, video film screening etc. Jungle safaris are

arranged for tourists both during morning and evening hours.

The main wildlife species include elephant, tiger, leopard, gaur, flying squirrel,

mouse deer etc., and main bird species include magpie robin, golden backed

woodpecker, crested serpent eagle and a large variety of other birds. Prime

Wildlife Attractions (Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary): Sloth Bear, Bush Grail, Deer,

Elephant, Sambar, Tiger, Gaur, Panther and Partridge are some of the many

inhabitants of the sanctuary.

4.16. Socio-economic Environment

Socioeconomic Environment depicts Socioeconomic Profile of District,

Socioeconomic profile of the study area based on the findings of the Primary

Survey, Secondary Data analysis & the outcome of the primary survey and

Socioeconomic Impact.

4.16.1. Geography of the Study Area

The project site is located in the Dandeli Town, Haliyal Taluk, Uttar Kannada

district of Karnataka State. The proposed project is to be developed within the

existing factory premises and does not require any additional land for the said

project and thus does not attract any Rehabilitation and Resettlement activity

under “Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”. However to map the

socioeconomic conditions of the local people the villages falling within the

10km radius of the project site is considered. Based on Directorate of Census

Directorate, there are about 36 revenue villages and 1 Town (Dandeli). Among

the study area villages/Towns 2 revenue village and 1 town (Kerwad, Dandeli

and Ambewadi) falling within 2.5 km from the project site is considered for



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 209

primary survey. Table 4.43 shows the administrative structure of the study

area. The location of villages in the Study Area is presented in the Figure 4.70

Table 4-43 Administrative Status of Study Area Villages/Towns

S.No State District Taluk Village/ Town Nos.

1 Karnataka Uttar Kannada Haliyal

Revenue Villages 23

Town 1

Supa Revenue Villages 13

Figure 4-70 Image Showing the villages in the Study Area

Source: Bhuvan – Indian Geo-Platform of ISRO.

4.16.2. Socioeconomic Indicators Considered in the Study Area

For the purpose of this study, socioeconomic indicators such as demography,

literacy, health, livelihood, amenities and cultural aspects were collected.

Secondary Published data such as population and amenities obtained from

Directorate of Census Operations, Health indicators such as immunization

levels, institutional births from District Level Household survey-3, Households

under Poverty line and Households availing safe sanitation details are

collected from Baseline Survey-2012, published by Ministry of Drinking Water

and Sanitation, Socioeconomic and Caste Census 2011 published by Ministry

of Rural Development.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 210

4.16.2.1. Primary Survey

Primary Survey was undertaken from 13th June 2017 to 15th June 2017. During

this survey, primary data in relation to geographical features, settlements, roads

and amenities in the respective villages were observed. In addition to the site

observations, informal focused group discussion was conducted in the villages

falling within 2.5km of the project site. The discussion was mainly focused on

mapping the existing amenities in the respective villages, felt basic needs,

Problems if any due to the existing project operation. The discussion was carried

out with the village representatives, farmers, etc who have good knowledge

about the village and happenings.

Figure 4-71 Reconnaissance and Primary Survey

Discussion with Ambewadi Ward Councilor Discussion with the Panchayat Member -

Kerwad

Data Collection from Dandeli Municipality Reconnaissance Survey in the Study Area

Villages

4.16.3. Socioeconomic Profile of the Study Area

4.16.3.1. Demography and Culture

Dandeli is the town of Uttar Kannada District of Karnataka State. Uttar

Kannda District is the biggest district of the Karnataka state. District head

quarter is Karwar which is at the distance of 110 km from the project site. A

significant part of the Dandeli town population was migrants from the different

part of the country and mostly from the states of Andhra Pradesh, Tamil

Nadu, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and other districts of the Karnataka State. The

Cumulative population in the study area is 64,178 with 32,350 males and

31,828 females, which is only about 4.46% of the District’s population. The

children population below 6 years old was found to be 7,506 which are of

about 11.7% of the total population. District’s Population density is 140 per

square kilometer as compared to State 319. The population growth rate in the



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 211

Dandeli city had declined to about 0.23%, however the Supa and Haliyal

taluks have seen the population growth rate of 6.33% and 12.76%

respectively. The Sex Ratio was found at 984 females per thousand males,

with that of District’s ratio of 979. The Vulnerable populations such as

Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes population were 11.3% and 4.5%

respectively.

Dandeli is culturally rich city with people from various parts of the country with

different culture and communities. Kannada & Konkani is the major Regional

Language spoken in the Uttar Kannada District. Some of the important

festivals in the region are Dussehra, Ganesh Chaturthi, Diwali and

Ramleela14. Some of the famous temples in the region are the Madhukeshwar

Temple at Banavasi, Ulavi Channabasaveshwar Temple at Ulavi,

Siddivinayaka Temple at Idagunji, Mahabaleshwar Temple at Gokarna,

Mathobara Temple at Murdeshwar, Marikamba Temple in Sirsi, Dandelliappa

Temple at Dandeli, etc.Jain Basti and Swarnawalli Math, Sonda Fort, Mirjan

Fort etc. are famous for ancient monuments. Folk Arts like Suggikunitha, Holi

Dance, Hulivesha, Siddi Dance are famous and traditional. Yakshagana is

also famous in the District.

4.16.3.2. Scheduled Tribes

Bhil, Bhil Garasia, Dholi Bhil, Dungri Bhil, Dungri Garasia, Mewasi Bhil, Rawal

Bhil, Tadvi Bhil, Bhagalia, Bhilala, Pawra, Kunbi, Vasava, Vasave, Chodhara,

Gond, Naikpod, Rajgond, Siddi (Primitive Tribal Group). The Siddis tribe is an

ethnic group mostly found the in the states Gujarat, Maharashtra, Andhra

Pradesh and Karnataka descended from Africa. There are about 10,477 Siddi

population are located around Yellapur, Haliyal, Ankola, Joida, Mundgod and

Sirsi taluks of Uttara Kannada district and in Khanapur of Belgaum district and

Kalghatgi of Dharwad district15. Though few of them have assimilated

themselves in the Indian society most of them continue to maintain their

indigenous customs, traditions, identity and the way of life. The tribes in the

region traditionally practice shifting cultivation and depend on the immediate

forest resources for their livelihood. These include NTFP species such as

Soapnut (Sapindus trifoliatus), Dal Cheeni, Wild nutmeg, Pepper and honey.

Major income comes from Agriculture, Wages labour and NTFP collection16.

The tribal population within the Dandeli Town and study area are mostly

influenced by the urban culture. The communities around the Dandeli town

are mostly dependent on the Dandeli town for basic needs and amenities. The

West Coast Paper Mill played an important role in the development of their

livelihood directly or indirectly through various socioeconomic development

14

Ramlila is any dramatic folk re-enactment of the life of Rama according to the ancient Hindu epic Ramayana or secondary literature based on it such as the Ramcharitmanas.

15 Tribes in Karnataka: Status of health research, Regional Medical Research Centre (ICMR),

Belgaum, India 16

Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) & Social Assessment- Involving local ethnic communities in monitoring key biodiversity information and important forest resources they depend on in the Dandeli and Anamalai part of Western Ghats, India.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 212

programs such as employment and livelihood opportunities, basic

infrastructure projects including drinking water, access to medical facility and

education promotion programs, etc.

4.16.3.3. BPL Households and Income Level

Below Poverty Line (BPL) is an economic benchmark of any particular area.

Higher the rate of BPL family, lower is the prosperity of the area. Baseline survey

report of Ministry of Drinking water and Sanitation indicated that an average of

80.4% households in the study area falls under BPL category. With respect to

the household members with the highest monthly income level, 82.87% of the

households are having monthly income of less than 5000.

Table 4-44 BPL Population and Income Level

S.No. Sub-Dist /

District BPL

Households

Monthly Income

Less than Rs. 5,000

5,000 and Rs 10,000

10,000 or more

1 Haliyal 82.8% 84.35% 9.03% 6.62%

2 Supa 77.9% 81.38% 9.77% 8.84%

3 Uttar Kannada

70.2% 71.90% 19.24% 8.85%

Source: BPL Households: Baseline Survey 2012, Monthly Income: Socioeconomic and Caste Census 2011.

4.16.3.4. Livelihood and Economic Activity

The most important economic activity of people living in Dandeli city is industry.

Around 25% of the population work in WCPM, 7% is government employees,

around 3% works in Shreyas Paper Mill, 2% in tourism and 63% in service

businesses as taxis, auto rickshaws or shops17. The people from various parts of

the country migrated to the region in seek of employment and for better

livelihood. Based on the findings of the primary survey it was also reported that

90% of the Dandeli population are migrant population from the neighboring

districts and states. The size of land-holdings owned by the household

determines its economic and social position in the society (Sadhu and Singh,

199618). Based on the Land Use study report, about 83% of the study area is of

forest land and only about 1.5% of the land in the study area is used for

agriculture purpose when compared to the District only about 10% of the district

land is cultivable, as the forest dominates the total district area19. This shows that

majority of the population in the study area involved in other works such as

industrial workers, labors, private employed, etc. The rich biodiversity in the

region attracted number of tourist attraction to the place which makes the

Dandeli a popular tourist attraction. The place is famous for various adventures

sports and one of the white water river rafting destinations in South India. Other

17

Local Perception in Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary, The Institute of Environmental Science and Technology, University of Barcelona

18 Sadhu, A.N. and Singh, Amarjit (1996), Fundamentals of Agricultural Economics, Himalayan

Publishing Company, Bombay 19

http://uttarakannada.nic.in/aboutus.html



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 213

tourist attractions in the region are temples, Wild life Sanctuary, boating, bird

watching, etc20.

According to Census 2011, the percentage of working population in the study

area was 34.4% and as against the state’s level percentage was 45.62%.

82.95% of the working populations are main workers, shows the improved

employment activity as they are employed for more than 6 months in the year.

About 12% of the total working population in the study area was engaged in

agricultural activity. The agricultural workers were sub-grouped into Cultivators

and Agricultural Labors. In which 6% were cultivators and 6% were Agricultural

Labors. The percentage of Household and Other workers group were 2.1% and

85.8% respectively.

Figure 4-72 Workers Group Distribution

4.16.3.5. Health Indicators

The study area is mostly the forest land and the villages are less frequently

connected with public transportation facilities and most of the medical facilities

are available in the Dandeli town. The WCPM is providing medical facilities to

some the villages in the study area through the mobile health care units under

CSR programs. The Public Health facilities in the district are about 94

allopathic hospital with 1879 bed facility, 3 Ayurvedic hospital, 1 Community

Health centre, 78 Primary Health Center, 114 dispensaries, 81 private

hospitals21. With respect the study area there are about 8 Anganwadi, 2

Primary Health Centre, 30 Private Clinics, 8 Private Hospitals and 1

Veterinary Hospital located in Dandeli Town. Based on the ‘District level

Household survey – 4’ published by Ministry of Health & Family Welfare,

Institutional Birth Rate in the district was about 95.6% and the same is

compared with the state rate of 89.1%. The childhood immunization was to be

only 81.2% which is more than that of state rate of 77.6%. The rate of Infant

mortality rate in Haliyal Taluk and Supa Taluk were 24 and 20 per 1000

20

Dandeli City Municpal Council - dandelicity.mrc.gov.in 21

Brief Industrial Profile of Uttar Kannada District, Karnataka State, 2010-11



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 214

infants born22. The percentage of people having access to safe drinking water

facility is 61.3% and when compared to the state rate 92.3%.

Women and Children Hospital , Dandeli WCPM – Health Checkup Point

4.16.3.6. Drinking Water and Sanitation Facilities

The main source of Drinking water facility in Dandeli Town is through piped

drinking water supplied by the Dandeli Municipality and the villages surrounding

the project site is supplied by West Coast Paper mill, where as the other parts of

the villages are supplied by the respective Panchayat. Based on the District level

household survey-4 about only 61.3% of the people in Uttar Kannada district is

accessed to safe drinking water facility. And based on the Baseline survey 2012,

only 49.5% of the households are accessed with safe sanitation facilities.

RO Drinking Water Facility – Kerwad Village

OHT at Kerwad Village

4.16.3.7. Education Indicators

In the study area about 84.7% of the total populations are literates, where

national literacy rate is of 64.8% and state’s literacy rate of 75.36%. In district

84.1% of the children aged 7plus are literates23. The rate of male literacy rate

(90.4%) is more when compared with the female literacy rate (78.9%). Within the

study area there are about 72 schools where 34 schools are only up to primary

classes, 26 schools are primary along with upper primary classes, 8 secondary

22

District Human Development report 2014 23

District Level Household Survey (DLHS -4)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 215

and 4 Secondary with Hr. Secondary schools. In the entire study area only 4 Hr.

Secondary schools are at Dandeli Town. Most of the students have to travel a

long distance to reach the Hr. Sec. schools.

Girls High School at Dandeli Town Junior College – Dandeli Town

Hr. Sec. Bangurnagar, Dandeli Arts and Science College - Dandeli

Figure 4-73 Schools in the Study Area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 216

Source: SchoolGIS, School Location Mapping – Department of School Education & Literacy

4.16.4. Summary Socio Economic Indicators

Table 4-45 Summary Socioeconomic Indicators

S.No Particulars Study Area State

1 Study Area – Districts / State Haliyal &

Suppa Taluks of Uttar Kannada District

Karnataka

2 Number of Settlements in the Study Area

23 Revenue Villages and 1 Town

-

3 Total Households 14,417 1,33,57,027

4 Total Population 64,178 6,10,95,297

5 Sex Ratio 984 973

6 Children Population (<6 Years Old)

7,506 (11.7%) 7161033 (11.7%)

7 Children Sex Ratio 952 948

8 Urban Rural Ratio 81:19 39:61

9 SC Population 11.3% 17.1%

10 ST Population 4.5% 6.9%

11 BPL Households 80.4% 63.1%

12 Major Source of Economic Activity

Industries Agriculture

13 Percentage of HH with Monthly Income less than 5000

82.87% 69.0%

14 Total Working Population 34.4% 45.6%

15 Main Workers 82.9% 83.9%

16 Agricultural Workers 12% 49.2%

17 Household Industries 2.1% 3.3%

18 Other Workers 85.8% 47.43%

19 Institutional Birth Rate 95.6% 89.1%

20 Childhood Immunization 81.2% 77.6%

21 Drinking Water Facilities 61.3% 92.3%

22 Sanitation Facilities 49.5% 35.4%

23 Literates 84.7% 75.4%



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-5 Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Prepared by & 217

5. Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

5.1. General

This chapter presents magnitude of emissions and discharges from the

proposed MDP facilities and also the various control measures proposed to be

adopted as per the applicable environmental regulations and guidelines. An

attempt has been made to associate environmental impacts due to release of

uncontrolled emissions and controlled wastewater discharges. Hence the

possible environmental impacts due to the proposed Mill Development Plan

are identified for a detailed study of all the related environmental aspects and

corresponding mitigation measures are proposed. The environmental impacts

for a project can be broadly categorized based on the phase during which it

occurs. Since the proposed MDP program will be developed within the existing

facility, unlike green field project, construction activities will be limited to

developing few additional units for paper machines and captive power plant.

During the construction phase the environmental effects will be strictly

concentrated within the working area and for a shorter period of time whereas

during the operation phase more effects on the environment can be expected

that are of greater concern. The detailed effects on environment and its

mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of the proposed

project are presented in this chapter.

5.2. Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase

Unlike Greenfield projects, the proposed project will be limited to minor

construction activities such as earth work, foundations and flooring etc.

Construction related environmental impacts will be limited to plant site which

are reversible in nature. An outline of the various construction phase impacts

and mitigation plans are depicted in this sub section.

The facility will comply with the Construction and Demolition Waste

Management Rules, 2016 as notified by the Ministry of Environment, Forests

and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) which states that every waste generator

shall segregate construction and demolition waste and deposit at collection

centre or handover it to the authorized processing facilities and shall ensure

that there is no littering or deposition so as to prevent obstruction to the traffic

or the public or drains. There could be a possibility of generation of asbestos

based wastes such as insulating material from the dismantling of existing boiler

as a part of the current proposal. A comprehensive asbestos survey program

shall be undertaken prior to dismantling the boiler and robust asbestos material

handling and disposal program shall be adopted during the construction phase

of the facility.

5.2.1. Land Use

Area required for the MDP facilities is available as vacant land within the mill

premises and no impact is envisaged on the topography during construction.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 218

Alternation or diversion of any natural water bodies or streams is not

applicable in this scenario. As the construction activities of new installation will

not necessitate any land acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R)

issues are not envisaged.

5.2.2. Air Quality

The sources of emission during the construction period are mainly from the

movement of equipment at the construction site and dust emitted during

erection of plant related activities for a shorter period. Water sprinkling of

construction site will be adopted. Closed type temporary concrete batch

mixing units will be used to ensure dust free construction material preparation.

Construction material will be sourced from the local market within 100 Km

from the site and thereby the greenhouse gas emissions due to transportation

will be reduced. As far as possible and wherever applicable, Pozzolana

cement will be utilized to encourage the utilization of fly ash based material.

Due to the short duration of the planned action, any impacts on ambient air

quality during construction activities are expected to be short term.

5.2.3. Noise levels

The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic

and construction activities. The operation of these equipment will generate

noise ranging between 85-100 dB (A) near source. These noises will be

generated mostly within the existing plant boundary and will be transient in

nature. Due to existing green cover all around the periphery of the plant

boundary, these noise levels will be attenuated to a large extent and are not

likely to have any significant impact on the nearby villages. Overall, the impact

of noise due to construction on the environment is likely to be insignificant,

reversible, localised in nature and mainly confined to the day hours. As per

best practice all the noise generating activities shall be undertaken during day

hours and enclosure shall be provided wherever applicable to further minimize

noise pollution.

5.2.4. Water Quality

Water for construction operations will be supplied from the existing water

resources. As far as possible, treated wastewater will be utilized for

construction activities to conserve fresh water. Construction workers will be

made available from the nearby areas and no labour camps will be

established. Existing sanitation arrangement and rest rooms are adequate. It

is estimated that about 500 workers will be employed during the peak

construction period. About 50 m3/day of additional sewage could be generated

during the construction phase and the same will be treated in the existing

wastewater treatment plant. Since the ground water table in the study area

varies between 5 to 10m, the possibility of interaction of foundation and sub-

surface civil works with the ground water table is not envisaged. Therefore,

withdrawal of ground water during construction phase is not envisaged.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 219

5.2.5. Terrestrial Ecology

The construction activities of new installations will be carried out in the

existing plant premises. Cutting of trees and plants is not envisaged in the

existing facility during construction phase. This phase does not involve major

changes in the terrain. WCPM has developed greenbelt along the periphery of

the facility to restrict pollution within the facility and hence no impact on

terrestrial ecology is envisaged during this phase.

5.2.6. Socio-Economics

There is no rehabilitation and resettlement for the proposed project site since

the Mill Development Plan will be in the existing plant premises. During

construction phase of the project, this project will provide indirect employment

to about 500 people.

5.3. Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase

Management of WCPM has been adhering to the applicable environmental

regulations and guidelines and based on the project feasibility report

submitted for the Mill Development Project, it is noted that WCPM is

committed to adopt all applicable regulations and standards for the safe

disposal of emissions and discharge. These sub-sections depict various

pollution control systems that will be adopted under the proposed Mill

Development Plan and environmental impacts due to release of residual

emissions and discharge after implementing various environmental control

and management programs.

The following environmental aspects have been addressed under this section:

Release of emissions and discharges from proposed coal fired boiler,

additional NCG emissions from pulp mill area and additional emissions

from coal handling areas.

Noise emissions from the proposed steam turbine in the cogeneration

power plant

Additional fresh water demand and impact on the water resources, if

any

Additional wastewater generation, treatment and impacts from

disposal of treated wastewater

Additional vehicular traffic volumes on the road and adequacy of the

public roads

Additional solid and hazardous waste generation and impacts due to

safe disposal

Residual ecological and biological environment, if any



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 220

Socioeconomic aspects

5.3.1. Impact on Land Use during Operational Phase

The proposed MDP is within the plant premises; hence, there will not be any

change in the land use pattern in the study area. Since the overall project

footprint remains unchanged, the existing green belt and plantation area will

be unchanged. The existing green cover in the plant will be maintained 27%

of the total area without any change in the landscape and environmental and

ecological setting. Since WCPM is not sourcing any wood for the expansion

project from the local forest areas and also protected wildlife region, the

impacts on the regional green cover due to expansion program is not

envisaged. WCPM will be sourcing the wood through sustainable means such

as per forest stewardship program. The conventional raw material i.e. wood

required in the production process of the company is around One Million Tons

per year, which consists of farm grown material such as Eucalyptus, Acacia

and Casuarina. The procurement is done from the states of Karnataka, Tamil

Nadu, Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra. WCPM24 has controlled wood

sourcing policy. The research wing of WCPM has been working pro-actively

towards the promotion of technology-based plantations. WCPM have

successfully made use of captive plantation techniques to increase the

productivity and sustainability of our plantations. WCPM has been adopting

captive plantation in about 45,000 acres of land in the region. Due to adoption

of various plantation activities, significant quantity of carbon dioxide is

sequestered through natural process.

5.3.2. Sources of Emissions and Associated Environmental Impacts

The major source of emissions are Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur dioxide

(SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) from the proposed coal fired boiler, small

quantities of additional Non Condensable Gases (NCG) such as H2S and

Mercaptans from pulp mill operations.

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out by employing

mathematical model based on a steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion

Model designed for multiple point sources for short term. In the present case,

ISCST3 dispersion model, designed for multiple point sources for short term

and developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA]

has been used for simulations from point sources. The model simulations deal

with dispersion of three major pollutants viz., Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOX) and Particulate Matter (PM) emitted from the proposed stack.

Boiler stack emissions are modeled as point source buoyant type emissions

and fugitive dust emissions from coal handling areas are modeled as area

sources. Hourly meteorological data collected from the site for the period 4th

April 2017 to 3rd July 2017 has been adopted for modeling the 24-hours

Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs). The site-specific mixing height data are

comparable with that of the IMD mixing heights Atlas and site-specific

24

http://www.westcoastpaper.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Controlled-Wood-Policy.pdf

http://www.westcoastpaper.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Controlled-Wood-Policy.pdf



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 221

mixing height measured during the study period were considered in this

modeling study.

5.3.3. Point Source (135 TPH FBC boiler)

In order to meet the additional steam and electrical power demand for the

MDP, it is proposed to install a new 35 MW TG along with 135 TPH capacity

FBC coal fired boiler. The additional coal consumption to the tune of 1,27,000

TPA of mixed coals (imported and Indian coal) will be utilized for generating

135 TPH steam form the proposed FBC boiler.

As per the coal analysis reports, the sulphur content of the Indian coal and

imported coal is reported to be in the order of 0.28 % and 0.35% respectively.

The peak SO2 emissions for Indian coal and imported coal were estimated as

163 kg/hr and 145 kg/hr respectively (Table 5.1). Therefore, considering the

worst case emission release scenario, prediction of air quality impacts due to

the additional emissions from the proposed FBC boilers, a peak SO2 emission

level of 163 Kg/hr has been considered. Based on the peak SO2 emission

release scenario, the minimum stack height required for the proposed boiler is

estimated as 64 m, however stack height of 85 m is proposed for effective

dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

According to the new power plant emission regulations, the concentration of

SO2, NOx and PM from the proposed power plants shall meet 100 mg/Nm3,

100 mg/Nm3 and 30 mg/Nm3 respectively. By adopting these new power plant

emission regulations, SO2 emissions from the proposed 135 TPH boiler will be

reduced from 162 Kg/hr to as low as 5 Kg/hr. Limestone powder can be

blended with coal to capture the SO2 emissions in the combustion chamber.

About three mole of CaCO3 would be required for removing one mole of sulfur

to be removed from the system. It has been estimated that about 15 Tons of

limestone (80% quality) would be required. Limestone and spent lime mud

(80% purity) form the chemical recovery plant will be utilized in the proposed

FBC boiler to meet the emission norms.

Based on the long term continuous online emission test data provided by

WCPM, it is observed that the NOx concentration in the existing boiler stack

was reported to be less than 50 mg/Nm3 and hence, existing control

measures are adequate for controlling NOx emissions from the proposed 135

TPH boiler. Due to lower combustion temperatures (800 to 900OC), when

compared with conventional pulverized boilers, generation of NOx emissions

from FBC boilers will be far below that of the suggested emission factors by

USEPA.

Table 5-1 Estimations from the Proposed 135 TPH FBC Boiler

S.No Parameter Units 135 TPH (proposed)

1 Steam generation capacity of the proposed boiler

TPH 135

2 Type of fuel used - Mix of Imported and



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 222

S.No Parameter Units 135 TPH (proposed)

Indian Coals

3 Calorific value of coal considered

3.1 Calorific value of the imported coal

Kcal/Kg 5490

3.2 Calorific value of the Local Coal Kcal/Kg 4200

4 Coal consumption

4.1 Coal consumption when operated on 100% Indian Coal

T/day 694

4.2 Coal consumption when operated on 100% Imported coal

T/day 498

5 Uncontrolled emissions

5.1 Sulphur content in Indian Coal % 0.28

5.2 Sulphur content in Imported Coal % 0.35

5.3 SO2 emission based on Indian coal

Kg/hr 162

5.4 SO2 emission based on Imported coal

Kg/hr 145

5.5 NOx emission rate as per AP42 emission factor of 2.2 grams/T of coal

Kg/hr 64

6 Controlled emissions

6.1 SO2 emissions based on new power plant regulations of 100 mg/Nm

3

Kg/hr 21

6.2 NOx emissions based on new power plant regulations of 100 mg/Nm

3

Kg/hr 21

6.3 PM emissions based on 50 mg/Nm

3

Kg/hr 8

6.4 PM emissions based on 30 mg/Nm

3

Kg/hr 5

7 Stack flue gas parameters

7.1 Stack gas temperature OC

125

7.2 Combustion gas volume Nm3/hr 1,55,000

7.3 Flue gas at operating temperature

Am3/hr 2,10,000

7.4 Stack top diameter m 3

7.5 Stack gas velocity from each boiler

m/sec 8.1

7.6 Minimum Stack height required M 64

7.7 Proposed stack height M 85

5.3.4. Area Source (Coal Handling)

The envisaged coal dust emissions due to the increase in the quantity of coal

handling are estimated for worst case scenario considering the Indian Coal.

There is an increase in the coal consumption for the proposed project and the

estimated increment of indigenous coal requirement for the proposed project is

about 1,27,000 TPA. The fugitive dust emissions will be controlled by providing

dust collectors at material transfer points and the existing water spraying

system at the existing storage facility will be augmented if required. Hence

estimated controlled dust emissions based on the AP 42 emission factors will



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 223

be 0.00006 g/sec/m2. The Ground level Concentration (GLC) for particulate

matter emissions are thus predicted considering point source as well as area

source emissions. The estimated emission details used for air modeling are


Table 5-2 Emission rate details for air modeling with Indigenous Coal

Source Stack Height

Proposed

Emission rate (g/sec) – Uncontrolled

SO2 NOx PM

Point source emissions (135 tph boiler)

85 45 17.7 2.1

Fugitive dust emissions (Coal handling)

- - - 0.00006

5.3.5. Prediction of Ground Level Concentrations of Criteria Pollutants

The site-specific meteorological information indicated that predominantly winds

were found to blow from west direction and hence the impact zone in the down

wind direction is located in the east direction. Predicted ground level

concentrations in the form of Isopleths are presented through Figures 5.1,

Figure 5.2 and Figure 5.3. The input and output files of the ISCST3 modeling

system for the above mentioned parameters are presented in Annexure 16.

5.3.5.1. Prediction of Air Quality Impacts- Particulate Matter

High efficiency ESP will be installed to reduce the particulate matter. Hence the

emission rate of 2.1 g/s was estimated by considering 50 mg/Nm3 as outlet

dust concentration from ESP. However as per the new standards for thermal

power plants the outlet concentration of ESP shall be limited to 30 mg/Nm3 and

hence the emission rate of PM further reduces to 1.3 g/s. In the present study,

predicted GLC of PM is projected based on 2.1 g/s emission rate in order to

model for the worst-case scenario.

The isopleths illustrating the dispersion phenomenon of particulate matter is

shown in Figure 5.1. The 2nd highest predicted 24 hrs GLC of particulate

matter will be in the order of 0.94 μg/m3 at the nearest village of Kerwad in the

downwind direction and such concentrations may occur for a very minimal

period of time i.e. 5 to 6% of the total time considered for modeling. The

predicted GLCs would get diluted rapidly within 1km from the plant boundary

and diminished to insignificant range beyond 3km from the emission source.

The envisaged resulting concentrations during post project in the downwind

settlements will be in the range of 39.68 μg/m3 to 52.94 μg/m3 in the nearby

areas of within 2Km radius. Thus the envisaged pollutant concentrations are

below the prescribed NAAQ standards of 100 µg/m3 which are presented in

Table 5.2. Referring to the predicted GLC it can be observed that GLC levels

are concentrated towards Eastern side of the project site as the predominant

wind blows from West to East. Hence the impact on core zone of the eco

sensitive region of the Dandeli is insignificant which is located on Southern and

Western side of the project site at about 8 to 10Km, whereas on the buffer



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 224

zone no impacts are envisaged as the concentration in the Southern and

Western side is found to be nil.

Table 5-2 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Particulate Matter

Code Station Direction* Distance*

(in km)

Particulate Matter (PM) (µg/m3)

GLCs Average Baseline

concentration

Post project concentratio

n

AAQ1 Plant Site - 0 10.29 59.66 69.95

AAQ2 Tatagera E 5.75 0.29 39.39 39.68

AAQ3 Kerwad E 1.4 0.94 49.47 50.41


SE 3.71 0.005 41.26 41.264

AAQ5 Vitnal N 5.47 0.07 45.51 45.58 AAQ6 Alur NE 6.61 0.24 45.77 46.01

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar

NW 1.10 0.095 49.05 49.14

AAQ8 Kulgi S 9.55 0 52.94 52.94 National Ambient Air Quality standards- 100 µg/m3

*With respect to the plant site

Figure 5-1 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Particulate Matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

5.3.5.2. Sulphur Dioxide

The uncontrolled emission rate of 45 g/s has been considered in the present

study for predicting GLC of SO2 in order to model for the worst case scenario.

The concentration of SO2 was estimated as 1049 mg/Nm3. However due to

the implementation of control measures to limit the concentration to 100



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 225

mg/Nm3 as per the new standards of thermal power plant, the emission rate

reduces to a level of 5.7 g/s. However, for the purpose of the modeling peak

predicted GLCs, uncontrolled emission rate of 45 g/sec has been considered.

The isopleths of the predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius

of the Study Area is presented in the Figure 5.2. The 2nd highest predicted 24

hrs Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of sulphur dioxide in the nearby

villages will be in the order of 9.76 µg/m3 at Kerwada and such concentrations

would occur for minimal period of time. The predicted concentrations were

found to get diluted rapidly and the GLC will reach less than 5 µg/m3 within a

distance of 3 Km from the stack towards Eastern direction.

The envisaged resultant post project concentrations (Table 5.3) in the down-

wind villages will be in the range of 4.5 µg/m3 to 16.72 µg/m3 during the post

project scenario, which will be below the prescribed NAAQ standard of 80

µg/m3.

Referring to the predicted GLC it can be observed that GLC levels of SO2 are


blows from West to East. The concentration in the Southern direction was

found to be nil and minimum towards Western direction within 2 km radius.

Hence the impact on core zone of the eco sensitive region of the Dandeli is

insignificant.

Table 5-3 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Sulphur Dioxide

Code Station Direction* Distance*

(in km)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) (µg/m3)


concentration

Post project concentration

AAQ1 Plant Site - 0 0.13 9.54 9.67

AAQ2 Tatagera E 5.75 5.51 4.04 9.55

AAQ3 Kerwad E 1.4 9.76 6.96 16.72


SE 3.71 0.003 4.50 4.50

AAQ5 Vitnal N 5.47 1.11 5.06 6.17

AAQ6 Alur NE 6.61 1.77 5.29 7.06

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar NW 1.00 5.13 4.83 9.96

AAQ8 Kulgi S 9.55 0 6.94 6.94

National Ambient Air Quality standards- 80 µg/m3




PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 226

Figure 5-2 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Sulphur Dioxide within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

5.3.5.3. Oxides of Nitrogen

As stated earlier, NOx emissions from the FBC boilers will be far below that of

the conventional pulverized coal fired boilers due to several advantages on

combustion temperature and air supply system etc. Although the online

continuous emission monitoring systems on the existing FBC boilers indicated

relative lower NOx concentrations of 50 to 100 mg/Nm3, for the purpose of this

study, the worst-case scenario of NOX emissions as per AP42 emission

factors guidelines suggested by USEPA for AFBC boilers are considered. The

uncontrolled emission rate of 17.7 g/s has been considered in the present

study for predicting GLC of NOx in order to model for the worst-case scenario.

However, the real time NOX emissions from the proposed boiler will be in the

order of 100 mg/Nm3, which can meet the new power plant emission

standards. The corresponding real time NOx emissions from the proposed

boiler will be in the order of 5.7 g/s as against the estimated value of 17.7

g/sec. The 2nd highest predicted 24 hrs GLC of NOx at the nearby village will

be in the order of 4.5 µg/m3 in the downwind direction. The predicted GLCs

would found get diluted rapidly to a level of 3.5 µg/m3 within a distance of 3

km from the proposed project site. The envisaged resultant concentrations in

the down-wind villages (Table 5.4) will be in the range of 7.84 µg/m3 to 18.28

µg/m3 during the post project scenario, which will be below the prescribed

NAAQ standards. From the Figure 5.3 it can be observed that the GLC of

NOx near the eco sensitive zone is less than 2 µg/m3 and thus the impact is



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 227

insignificant. Referring to the predicted GLC it can be observed that GLC

levels of NOx are concentrated towards Eastern side of the project site as the

predominant wind blows from West to East. The concentration in the Southern

direction was found to be nil and minimum towards Western direction within 1

km radius. Hence the impact on core zone of the eco sensitive region of the

Dandeli is insignificant.

Table 5-4 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen

Code Station Direction

* Distance* (in km)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) (µg/m3)


concentration

Post project concentration

AAQ1 Plant Site - 0 0.028 18.25 18.28

AAQ2 Tatagera E 5.75 2.16 6.58 8.74

AAQ3 Kerwad E 1.4 4.5 13.33 17.83


SE 3.71 0.0012 7.84 7.84

AAQ5 Vitnal N 5.47 0.24 11.99 12.24

AAQ6 Alur NE 6.61 1.02 11.93 12.95

AAQ7 Gandhi Nagar NW 1.10 0.76 17.45 18.21

AAQ8 Kulgi S 9.55 0 18.03 18.03

National Ambient Air Quality standards- 80 µg/m3


Figure 5-3 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen within 10 km Radius of the Study Area



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 228

5.3.5.4. Summary of Air Quality Modelling Results

Based on the findings of the detailed air quality modelling exercise, it has

been inferred that the resultant cumulative concentration for uncontrolled

emissions at around 10 Kms radius distance from proposed project will

comply with the NAAQ Standards. There are no valleys in the nearby area

and hence the fumigations and other impacts are not envisaged. The

summary of the predicted GLC’s is predicted in Table 5.5.

Table 5-5 Summary of the Predicted GLCs in the Nearby Areas

Parameter

Peak Average Baseline

concentration (µg/m3)

Peak Predicted GLCs (µg/m3)

Envisaged Peak Resultant concentration

(µg/m3)

PM10 59.66 0.94 60.60

SO2 9.54 9.6 19.14

NOX 18.25 4.5 22.75

It can also be noted that as per the new standards stipulated by Central

Pollution Control Board for the thermal power plants to be installed from 1st

January 2017, the emissions for particulate matter, SO2 and NOx should not

exceed 30 mg/Nm3, 100 mg/Nm3 and 100 mg/Nm3 respectively.

Correspondingly, the emission rate estimated due to the MDP after control

measures SO2 and NOx will be reduced by 40%, 85% and 65% respectively

from the estimated worst case emission scenario. Therefore with the adoption

of control measures the resultant GLC concentration reduces considerably

due to decrease in the emission rate and the values are presented in the

Table 5.6.

Table 5-6 Estimated Emission Rates of Pollutants with Adoption of Control Measures

Parameter

Without Control Measures With Control Measures

Reduction by Folds Concentration

(mg/Nm3)

Emission Rate

(g/sec)

Concentration (mg/Nm

3)

Emission Rate

(g/sec)

PM 50 2.1 30 1.3 1.6 times

SO2 1049 45 100 5.7 8 times

NOx 412 17.7 100 5.7 3 times

5.3.6. Control Measures for Air Emissions

Due to utilization of the high calorific and low ash content coals, coal

consumption will be reduced which in turn results in reduction of overall SO2

emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler.

Although the minimum stack height required for the proposed boiler based on

the uncontrolled SO2 emissions, will be in the order of 64 m, WCPM has

proposed to install 85 m height stack for wider dispersion of pollutants in the

atmosphere.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 229



peak uncontrolled emissions from the boiler when operated with 100% Indian

coal will be about 160 Kg/hr, which will be further reduced to 6 Kg/hr through

dry lime addition process. About 3 Kg limestone (80% quality) would be

required to remove every kilogram of SO2 emissions in the combustion

chamber. This means about 15 TPD of limestone would be required for the

control emissions to the desired levels. Limestone and spent lime mud (80%

purity) from the chemical recovery plant will be utilized in the proposed FBC

boiler to meet the emission norms. NOx emissions will be maintained below

100 mg/Nm3 as per FBC technology to meet the emission norms. The lower

combustion temperature in the Fluidized bed type boilers results in minimal

NOx formation. Dedicated Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) will be installed for

control of Particulate Matter (PM) emissions from the proposed boilers in the

captive power plant to meet the new power plant emission norms of 30

mg/Nm3.

About 95% of the total Hg emissions from power plant will be in the particulate

form. Emission factors for Hg suggested by USEPA (US Coals)25, CPCB

(Indian Coals) and UNEDP (worldwide coals)26 are reported to be in the range

of 0.1 to 0.38 g/T, 0.003 to 0.34 g/T and 0.05 to 0.5 g/T of coal. With an

average emission level of 0.22 g/T of coal, the peak Hg concentration at

proposed power plant will be in the order of 0.01 mg/Nm3 as against the

standard of 0.03 mg/Nm3. Since 95% of the Hg emissions are associated with

particulate matter emissions, these emissions will be further captured in the

lime injection in the boiler. Hence no additional Hg control technologies are

envisaged at this juncture.

Additional coal to be utilized for the proposed boiler will be handled in closed

conveyer system and bag filters will be provided for the additional coal crusher

units. Water sprinklers are already in place at coal handling area for dust

suppression. Any dust emissions from the proposed duplex board machine will

be collected and reused for board making process.

5.3.7. Non-Condensable Gas (NCG) Emissions and Impacts

Air emissions of hydrogen sulfide, methyl mercaptan, dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl

disulfide, and other volatile sulfur compounds are the cause of the odor

characteristic of pulp mills utilizing the kraft process. The primary source of

such emissions are digester vents, pulp blow-tanks, Brown stock Washer and

vents from Multiple effect Evaporator. Typical estimation of the possible NCG

and H2S emissions from the facility are presented in Table 5.7. WCPM has

been adopting a basic odour control program at their facility by adopting

extraction of the NCG gases from the above-mentioned sources and fired in

25 https://www3.epa.gov/ttnchie1/ap42/ch01/final/c01s01.pdf 26

https://www3.epa.gov/ttnchie1/ap42/ch01/final/c01s01.pdf



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 230

the limekiln within the main plant. Typical view of the NCG gas extraction

systems is presented in Figure 5.4.

In order to avoid release of odour gas emissions during the limekiln shut down

and non-operational period, a standby alkali scrubber will be installed to treat

the NCG gases from the plant.

Table 5-7 Estimated NCG and H2S Emissions from the Pulp Mill during the Post Project Scenario

Emission Sources

NCG H2S

Factor (Kg/T of dry pulp)

27

Post Project Scenario of 844 TPD of pulp

production (Kg/day)

Factor (Kg/T of dry pulp)

Post Project Scenario of 844

TPD of pulp production (Kg/day)

Digester relief and blow tank

0.6 506 0.02 17

Brown stock Washer 0.2 169 0.01 8

Multiple effect Evaporator

0.05 42 0.55 464

Total - 717 - 489

In order to assess the overall NCG gas destruction efficiency in the limekiln,

the SO2 and NCG gas concentrations were measured in the kiln flue gas.

Based on the stack emission results obtained during the baseline study it was

observed that 1.94 mg/Nm3 of H2S was detected from the rotary lime kiln -1

and 0.82 mg/Nm3 of H2S was detected from the rotary lime kiln-2. Dimethyl

Disulphide, Dimethyl Sulphide, Mercaptans were observed to be below the

detectable limit of 10 ppb & 0.01 ppb. Summary of test reports are presented in

Annexure 13.

Considering the stack gas volume of 20,000 Nm3/hr, the NCG gas emission

rate from the limekiln is in the order of 0.9312 Kg/day. Based on this

information, it can be inferred that the overall destruction efficiency of NCG

compounds is in the order of 99 %.

Ambient concentration of NCG compounds in the vicinity of the plant was

found to be below the detectable limit of 10 & 5 ppb for all the odour producing

compounds except hydrogen sulphide which was 7.6, 21.8, & 32 µg/m3 at

evaporation area, digester area and lime kiln area respectively. In the vicinity of

plant near guest house area, the hydrogen sulphide was found to be below the

detectable limit of 6 µg/m3.

It can be observed that the ambient H2S concentration is limited near the

source and inside the plant premises and in the downwind direction, the

concentration reduced to below the detectable limit. Hence no impacts are

envisaged outside the plant premises due to the odour emissions during post

project scenario.

27 AP42 Emission Factors



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 231

5.3.8. Traffic Impact Study

Dandeli is well connected through State Highway 93 (Haliyal –Bangalore road)

and State Highway 28 (Dharwad – Haliyal road). The existing state highways

are with two lane roads that can accommodate about 2400 Passenger

Vehicles Units (PCUs) per hour.

At WCPM the raw materials to the facility are transported through Gate No 1

through two roads namely Haliyal Dandeli Road and Barchi Road. The view of

the roads through which the raw material are transported and the location of

gate is presented in the Figure 5.4.

Figure 5-4 Existing Roads for Transportation of Raw Materials into the Facility and the Location of Main Gate

View of Material Gate No.1



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 232

In order to assess the present traffic scenario in the study area traffic volume

study was conducted at two locations in Dandeli. Based on the movement of

trucks into the existing facility, the location for the traffic volume survey was

selected. It was identified that the trucks utilize two routes (Haliyal- Dandeli

Road -State Highway, Barchi Road- District Road) for the conveyance of raw

materials to and from the existing facility and the same will be utilized during

the post project scenario. Figure 5.5 shows the location of the traffic count

conducted near the project site. The variations of traffic densities depend upon

the working days and time and also vary in day and night times. In order to

assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the roads, the survey was conducted

during normal working days of the week by avoiding local holidays or abnormal

situations to reflect the true picture of the traffic densities. The traffic study was

conducted at two locations for 48 hours.

The vehicles passing through sampling point was counted manually for a

period of 48 hours. The vehicles were counted for every hour and recorded

under the respective category. The vehicles were categorized into two

wheelers, tractors, auto rickshaws, Light Motor Vehicles (LMV) including car,

jeep etc., Medium Motor Vehicles (MMV) including bus, mini truck, mini bus etc

and Heavy Motor Vehicles (HMV) including lorry, tankers and all vehicles with

more than 2 axles. As per the plant records about 225 trucks enter the facility

daily which is falling under HMV. Thus out of the total HMV counts obtained

during the traffic count study (24 hours), about 225 trucks are for WCPM.

The Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factors considered for this study was referred

from the Journal of Indian Roads Congress (IRC), 65(1), September 200428

The PCU factors considered for LMV, MMV and HMV is presented in the Table

5.8 and the average traffic count for the two locations are shown in the Table

5.9. As per the Indian Road Congress (IRC) Standard the design service

volumes for both rural and urban roads are presented in Table 5.10.

Table 5-8 PCU Equivalent Factor

Type of vehicle PCU Conversion Factor

LMV 1 and 0.5

MMV 3.1

HMV 3.1

Table 5-9 Average Traffic Count for the Location

Location Total Average Traffic Count

Total PCU LMV PCU MMV PCU HMV PCU

Barchi Road 1766 1766 480 1488 521 1615 4869

Haliyal Dandeli Road

1853 1853 821 2545 594 1841 6239

28

Satish Chandra, “Capacity Estimation Procedure for two-lane roads under mixed traffic conditions”, Journal of Indian Roads Congress, 65(1), September 2004, pp. 139 – 171.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 233

Table 5-10 Recommended Design Service Volume for Different Types of Roads

Type of Road IRC

standard Terrain

Design service volume in PCUs/hr

Four lane road and an arterial urban highway

IRC 106/1990

Plain 3600

Single lane road in rural area IRC 64/1990 Plain 2000

Intermediate lane road in rural area

IRC 64/1990 Plain 6000

Two lane road in rural area IRC 64/1990 Plain 15000

Figure 5-5 Location of Traffic Count Study Conducted

As stated in chapter 3 of this report, raw-materials, finished products and coal

will be transported by road in trucks. In order to assess the impact of

additional traffic requirements due to the proposed MDP was estimated based

on the inventory as per the raw material requirement. Hence the additional

number of trucks required for the movement of raw materials during the post

project scenario is presented in the Table 5.11.

Table 5-11 Estimated Traffic Volume during Post Project Scenario

S.No Description Quantity, TPD Truck Capacity, (T)

Number of truck trip (per-day)

Existing After MDP Existing After MDP Existing After MDP

1 Wood 2800 3330 20 20 140 167

2 Chemicals and others

170 180 10 10 17 18

3 Coal 929 1301 12 12 77 108

4 Total ash 375 600 8 8 47 75

5 WWTP Sludge

50 76 8 8 6 9.5

6 Lime Sludge

375 400 8 8 47 50

7 Finished product

930 1300 20 20 46.5 65

Total Trucks per day 381 492



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 234

Hence the additional trucks required per day during the post project scenario

are 111. The envisaged PCU/day is estimated as 345 by considering 3.1 as

the PCU factor. The incremental rise due to proposed vehicular movement is

insignificant. From the Table 5.9 it can be noted that the total PCU value at

location 1 and 2 is 4869 and 6239 respectively which is within the design limit

of 15000 for two lane roads for rural area as specified in the Table 5.10. The

additional PCU can be easily accommodated in the existing two roads

mentioned in the study that is currently being utilized for the transportation of

raw materials and hence it can be concluded that the impact of traffic volume

due to the proposed Mill Development Plan is insignificant.

5.3.9. Noise Emissions and Compliance Status

The major noise emitting sources at the proposed project site are power steam

turbine and the proposed board machine. Enclosures will be provided to noise

sources in order to attenuate noise emissions from the source. Hence the

noise levels of 75 dB (A) can be expected from the source after reduction and

the same noise power levels are used to predict the propagation of noise levels

due to the proposed power house (boiler and turbo generator) and Multi-Layer

Coated Board machine.

According to the environmental regulations, industrial facilities should adopt

sound noise abatement and control program to meet the following criteria.

Sound pressure levels at the property boundary should be less than 75 dB (A)

during daytime hours and 70 dB (A) during night time hours. Noise levels near

the work-zone areas should comply with a maximum permissible level of 85 dB

(A). As a part of this EIA study, a noise propagation modeling was undertaken

to establish the abated noise levels at the facility boundary. Noise propagation

from proposed power house (boiler and turbo generator) and Board machine

have been modeled based on the international outdoor noise propagation

standards.

ISO 9613-1:1996 Acoustics- attenuation of sound during propagation

outdoors- Part 1: Calculation of the absorption of sound by the

atmosphere

ISO 9613-2:1996 Acoustics- attenuation of sound during propagation

outdoors- Part 2: General method of calculation

Noise propagation software model, Noise Sim Version 2.1 has been used for

estimating the sound pressure levels due to cumulative dispersion of noise

emissions from the designated sources. Predicted sound pressure levels in

around the proposed plant due to operation of the facility are presented in

Figure 5.6 It can be inferred from the modeled data that the increment in

sound pressure levels at the facility boundary will be below 40 dB (A), which is

well within the stipulated threshold noise level of 75 dB (A) for industrial areas.

Noise levels outside the facility boundary will be further attenuated due to the

proposed green belt all along the plant boundary. Based on this noise

modelling analysis, it has been concluded that the additional noise emissions



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 235

from the proposed project is insignificant and well within the standards

prescribed by the CPCB.

Figure 5-6 Predicted Noise Levels

5.3.10. Impact on Water Environment

West Coast Paper Mills is situated near the banks of the River Kali. The plant

currently consumes about 60,800 m3/day of water from Kali River. Based on

the published data, the peak and average water flow in the Kali River was

reported to be in the order of 25 Lakhs m3/day during peak monsoon period

and 4 Lakh m3/day during normal period respectively. Hence adequate quantity

of water is available in the river. Constant flow of water is being discharged

from the SUPA dam power project to meet the hydroelectric power generation.

SUPA dam is located about 10Km form the Dandeli village. Location of the

Intake point and also typical view of the Kali River are presented in Figure 5.7.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 236

Figure 5-7 Typical View of the River Kali

River Near the Plant River Intake Point

River in the downstream of WCPM

The specific fresh water demand in the plant will be reduced from current level

of 65 m3/t of paper production to 56 m3/t during the post project scenario. The

following major measures will be adopted to achieve the specific fresh water

demand in the plant during the post project scenario:

Except bleach plant wastewater, entire wastewater from the pulp mill

and multiple effective evaporator systems will be recycled in the main

plant. This will help to reduce the fresh water demand and also COD

and BOD load on the main wastewater treatment plant.

Entire wastewater from the proposed multi-layer coated board machine

unit will be reused and recycling by installing a dedicated dissolved air-

flotation/disc filter unit at the duplex board machine.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 237

Recycling of wastewater will be increased from 11,200 m3/day to

20,700 m3/day in the paper mill.

Due to increased recycling of water in the system, wastewater quantity to the

ETP will increase slightly from 54,800 m3/day to 64,300 m3/day during the post

project scenario. Wastewater generated from the facility, is being treated in a

full-fledged ETP of capacity 85,885 m3/day. The existing ETP consists of two

treatment systems. Wastewater from pulp mill and utilities are combined and

treated in primary clarifier followed by biological treatment system. Wastewater

from paper machine and associated facilities is subjected to clarification in a

primary clarifier. The treated wastewater from both the streams of ETP is

combined and subjected to further disposal to recycling in the main plant,

horticulture applications and the excess unutilized treated wastewater is

discharged into Kali River. The treated wastewater after treatment is

discharged into the River conforming to the standards prescribed by the

Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB). The quantity of the treated

wastewater discharged into the river during the post project scenario will be

63,000 m3/day. The overall water balance for the post project scenario is


Table 5-12 Water Balance during Post Project Scenario

Description

Fresh water

make-up, m3/day

Treated wastewater

reused, m3/day

Evaporation /losses m3/day

Wastewater to ETP, m3/day

Power Plant, Cooling etc

11,700 - 4,700 7000

Pulp Mill and Recovery Unit

29,400 - 500 25,900

Paper Machines 28,300 - 900 30,400

Misc. consumption 1,200 1,000 1,200 1,000

Total Plant (A) 70,600 1,000 7,300 64,300

Colony water 2,200 - - -

Villages/ community supply/ CSR

3,000 - - -

Total 75,800 1000 7300 64,300

Total Paper Production-TPD (B)

1300


56 49

5.3.10.1. Adequacy of Existing ETP for Future Scenarios of MDP

The existing ETP is designed for a capacity to handle 85,885 m3/day of

effluent from the mill as against the peak wastewater generation of 64,300

m3/day during the post project scenario. The wastewater from the mill is

divided mainly into two separate streams namely pulp mill wastewater stream

and paper machine wastewater stream. Due to the adoption of various

modifications in the pulp mill stream including OPT-C technology for



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 238

optimizing wood cooking in the digester there will be reduction in the COD

load into the wastewater to the tune of 12 kg per ton of dry pulp

manufactured. The Diagram depicting the characteristics of waste streams for

the post project scenario is presented in the Figure 5.8.

The wastewater overflow of sedimentation tank from Power House, Cooling

and Chemical Recovery Plant is also combined with Pulp Mill Stream prior to

screening after undergoing settling. Hence in order to assess the performance

of the existing ETP, two streams are considered.

Figure 5-8 Characteristics of Waste Streams into ETP (Post Project Scenario)

The design features and the overview of the ETP layout considered for the

adequacy assessment for Paper machine waste stream and Pulp Mill waste

stream are presented in the Figure 5.9.

Figure 5-9 Design features of ETP



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 239

The load and adequacy details for the present and post project scenario for

the existing ETP is presented in the Table 5.13. The photographs of the

existing tanks of the ETP are presented in the Figure 5.10.

Figure 5-10 Photographs of the Existing Tanks of ETP

Primary Clarifier of Pulp Mill Stream

Aeration Tank of Pulp Mill Stream

Secondary Clarifier for Pulp Mill Stream Primary Clarifier for Paper Machine

Stream

Table 5-13 ETP Adequacy Assessment for the Additional Load

S.No Design Parameter Unit Existing Scenario

Post Project

Scenario Comment

Primary Clarifier – Pulp Mill, Power Plant and Other Stream

1 Inlet Flow m3/day 34,700 33,900

Marginal increase in wastewater quantities due



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 240


Post Project

Scenario Comment

to increase in pulp mill production in the plant.

2 Dia of the Tank m 39.5 39.5 No change

3 Surface Area m2 1225 1225 No change

4 Volume m3 3675 3675 No change

5 Retention Time hr 2.5 2.6 Hydraulic retention Time is within the desired range of 2 to 4 hrs

6 Hydraulic Loading Rate

m3/m

2/day 28 30

Surface Overflow Rate is within the acceptable range of 25 to 35 m

3/m

2/day

7 Inlet TSS mg/L 159 160

Marginal increase in TSS is expected due to increase in pulp mill production capacity

8 Solids Loading Rate

Kg/m2/day 4.5 4.1

Within the design limit of 75 Kg/m

2/day

Aeration Tank – Pulp Mill, Power Plant and Other Stream

1 Peak Inflow m3/day 34,700 33,900

Specific wastewater discharge will be reduced.

2 Peak Influent COD mg/L 1050 800

The specific COD load contribution during the post project scenario reduces however there is increase in absolute COD mass load due to increase in pulp production capacity

3 Peak outlet COD mg/L 250 250

4 Volume of Aeration tank (Design capacity)

m3 15000 15000

2 Nos of 60×25×5 m3

are provided

5 Hydraulic Retention Time

hrs 8.5 8.4 No significant change

6 MLVSS assumed mg/L 2500 2500 Optimal range of operation

7 MLSS assumed mg/L 3500 3500 Optimal range of operation.

8 F/M ratio 0.81 0.8 Optimal range of operation for paper and pulp mill effluents.

9 Estimated oxygen demand based on COD removal

Kg/day 25,000 24,000 Decrease in oxygen demand

10

Total Air to be supplied @70 degree C-calculated

Am3/hr 20,700 19,300

3 nos of blowers are provided with a cumulative capacity of 12,500 m

3/hr each.

Secondary Clarifier- Pulp Mill, Power Plant and Other Stream


Considering 30% sludge recycle along with the influent wastewater.

2 Dia of the tank m 41 41 No change





PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 241


Post Project

Scenario Comment

5 Retention Time hr 3 3

Secondary clarifiers are designed based on solids movement flux in the clarifier. The estimated solids flux velocity is in the order of 1.2 m/hr which is well above the minimum desired level of 0.5 m/hr. Hence settling issues are not envisaged.

6 Hydraulic Loading rate

m3/m

2/day 26 26

Within the acceptable range of 15 to 35 m

3/m

2/day for activated

sludge systems.

7 Inlet TSS mg/L 3500 3500


Kg/m2/day 96 90

Well within the design limit of 100 Kg/m

2/day for

a typical secondary clarifier.

Primary Clarifier- Paper Machine


Specific wastewater discharge will be reduced.

2 Dia of the Tank m 42.5 42.5 No change



5 Retention Time hr 3.5 4 Detention Time is within 2 to 4 hrs and within the design limit

6 Hydraulic Loading rate

m3/m

2/day 15 27

Within the design range of 25 to 35 m

3/m

2/day for

activated sludge

7 Inlet TSS mg/L 929 1097 Marginal increase in TSS loads are envisaged.


Kg/m2/day 15 30

Within the design range of 75 Kg/m

2/day

The combined effluent from the pulp and paper stream is further undergoing

aeration in the polishing pond where 3 nos of surface aerators of capacity 425

HP each are provided. As the COD load on the pulp mill ETP reduces, the

F/M ratio of the aeration tank will be in the order of 1, which is high and hence

the biological treatment plant shall be destabilized. Hence it is recommended

to partition the existing large aeration tank and operate each of the aeration

tanks alternatively in batch process (12 hours each)

The characteristics of the treated effluent from the pulp stream, paper stream

and combined flow are projected in the Table 5.14.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 242

Table 5-14 Existing (Test Reports) and Post Project (Estimated) Treated Wastewater Streams and Characteristics

Waste Streams

Flow (m3/day) BOD (mg/L) COD (mg/L)

Existing Post

Project Existing

Post Project

Existing Post

Project

Pulp and other Stream

34,700 33,900 31 30 225 219

Paper Stream 20,000 30,400 16 24 110 167

Combined Treated Effluent from ETP

54,800 64,300 24 27 185 194

Limits - - 30 30 250 250

As per the Table 5.13 and Table 5.14 it can be observed that the existing

ETP is adequate to treat the additional 700 m3/day of effluent and as per the

hydraulic, BOD and COD load for the post project scenario, the estimated

treated effluent characteristics including BOD and COD will be 27 mg/L and

194 mg/L respectively which is well within the permissible range of 30 mg/L

and 250 mg/L.

5.3.10.2. Reverse Osmosis and Multiple Effect Evaporator

The possibilities for reducing water consumption further by adopting RO

(Reverse Osmosis) and MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator) treatment

technologies was worked out. However, recycling of treated wastewater by

installing RO and MEE was not found to be feasible/ economical viable due to

the higher TDS loads.

The cost of RO and MEE treatment will be about 1000 Rs/m3 of water

considering the TDS of the treated wastewater. For the specific water

consumption of about 56 m3/T of product during the post project scenario,

about 50,000 Rs/T of product will be incurred which is very high considering

the pulp cost of about 40,000 Rs/T. Also, the disposal of salts from the MEE

becomes a major problem due to the non-availability of TSDF facilities around

the facility. Thus, the overall cost including the cost for disposal of salts will be

very high.

In addition to this, additional operating cost of MEE in terms of steam

production will be incurred considering steam production @ 0.5 kg/ m3 of

water. Also, considering 60 % efficiency of RO plant, the RO reject to MEE will

be to the tune of 25,360 m3/day with an estimated TDS of 2025 mg/l and TDS

mass load of 51,354 kg/day. For the operation of MEE with such a high TDS

mass loads, the MEE of large surface area will be required for which huge

operating and maintenance cost will be incurred. Due to the above reasons of

higher operating, maintenance costs and higher TDS mass loads, adopting

RO and MEE for further reduction in the water consumption was not found to

be feasible.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 243

In addition, the utilization of treated wastewater for plantation is considered as

circular economy wherein the treated wastewater is utilized for plantation,

through which wood is procured for paper making in a sustainable way.

5.3.10.3. River Water Quality Modeling

Although there is no increase in the load on the recipient river, as a part of the

EIA study the impact of the discharge of wastewater into the River is

evaluated to understand the self-purification system of the River using

Streeter Phelps Model.

Water quality modeling involves the prediction of water quality (Dissolved

oxygen and BOD) in the river due to discharge of treated wastewater into the

river. The main objective of river water quality modeling is to describe and to

predict the observed effects of a change in the river system. The water quality

models are the key tools to evaluate the impact of various activities on the

quality of water bodies. There are two types of water quality models;

stochastic and deterministic models. Deterministic models attempt to simulate

the natural processes of self-purification in a river system with each process

modeled mathematically using derived parameters and rate constants.

Whereas stochastic models attempt to randomize error29, Streeter Phelps

model develops a balance between the dissolved oxygen (DO) supply rate

and dissolved oxygen consumption rate due to the stabilization of organic

pollutants in which BOD deoxygenation rate is expressed as first order

reaction producing DO sag model.

5.3.10.4. Objectives of the Study

As per the specific ToR issued by the MoEF & CC, the study was undertaken

with an objective of understanding the mechanism of self-purification of Kali

River using a mathematical model thereby evaluating the effect of pollutant

discharge onto the river and also aquatic life in the downstream of the river.

The modeled values were compared with the real time measured values of

DO and BOD in order to understand the mechanism of dilution and

degradation of the pollutants for achieving self-purification.

5.3.10.5. Description of the Study Area

The Kali River basin extends over an area of 4943.43 sq. km. The width of the

river is about 160 m and depth of the river is about 2m near the study area of

the River i.e. from the point of discharge of the effluent to the downstream.

Supa Reservoir is located at upstream side of the facility. The samples were

collected from the point of discharge, upstream (2 samples at 2.5 km interval)

and downstream (5 samples at 2 km interval) and the various physico-

chemical parameters were analysed. The Google Earth Imagery of the

location of the outfall and sampling points are presented in the Figure 5.11.

The analysis results of upstream and downstream river water samples are

29 Benedini M., Tsakiris G., (2013) “Water Quality Modelling for Rivers and Streams”, ISBN 978-94-007-

5509-3, Springer.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 244

presented in the Table 5.15 Currently treated effluent of 54,600 m3/day of

effluent is discharged into Kali River. The characteristic of the treated effluent

is presented in the Table 5.16.

Figure 5-11 Location of Sampling Points and Discharge Point

Table 5-15 Upstream and Downstream River Water Quality

SI No. Sampling Location DO (mg/L) BOD (mg/L)

1 Upstream WU1 7 <2

3

Downstream

W1 7.1 <2

4 W2 7 <2

5 W3 7.1 <2

6 W4 7 <2

Table 5-16 Characteristics of the Treated Effluent

S.No. Parameter Unit Value

1 pH - 7.32

2 TSS mg/L 30

3 TDS mg/L 876

4 BOD 3 days mg/L 24

5 COD mg/L 185

* Test Report by NABET Accredited Laboratory dated 30.07.2018



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 245

Treated wastewater outfall sampling

joining the River Upstream Water Sampling Point on

the River Kali

Down Stream Water Sampling Point at W1

5.3.10.6. Methodology

The main parameters influencing the re-aeration and solubility of DO in the

river are river water flow, BOD, temperature, DO of the river and treated

effluent discharge parameters. As per the field sampling data, the DO of the

upstream river is 7 mg/L as against the treated wastewater DO level of 5.4

mg/L. BOD of the upstream river water is 2 mg/L and the peak BOD of treated

effluent considered for modeling is 30 mg/L as against the current levels of 20

to 25 mg/l. Ambient temperature of river and effluent temperature was

considered as 25OC and 30OC respectively.

It is assumed that after discharge of treated wastewater into the river, the

entire wastewater will get mixed with the background river water and will attain

resultant BOD, DO and temperature. The following formula was adopted to

estimated the resultant concentrations.

.

Where,

C1 =Concentration river water (BOD or DO or temperature of river water)

Q1=Discharge of river

C2= Concentration of effluent (BOD or DO or temperature of effluent)

Q2=Discharge of Effluent



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 246

In order to model the fate and transportation of DO and BOD in the

background river water due to disposal of treated water is, two scenarios are

considered such as Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 depending on the flow of river.

Scenario # 1 represents the normal flow of the river. The total capacity of the

Supa reservoir located at the upstream is 4178 MCM30. As per the published

data the total impounding of the surface water in Kali River is 4461 MCM31.

Hence the excess annual water runoff from the Supa Dam is estimated as

283 MCM. Considering 90 days of monsoon period, the water discharge from

the Supa dam in to the downstream river will be in the order of 30 m3/s.

Scenario # 2 represents lean flow of the river i.e. during the summer season.

This scenario represents the worst-case scenario due to lower river water flow

leading to less dilution of treated wastewater and also reduced oxygen uptake

rates due to lower oxygen saturation levels in water during higher ambient

temperatures. Only the regulated flow from the dam is considered as lowest

flow (4.7 m3/s)32

The resultant BOD, DO and temperature of the mix was calculated for both

the scenarios. Based on the temperature of the mix the saturation DO was

considered and initial DO deficit was estimated. The velocity of the river which

is another major influential parameter was estimated for both the scenarios

considering the flow and dimensions of the river.

5.3.10.7. Numerical Modeling

The oxygen sag or oxygen deficit in the stream at any point of time during self

purification process is the difference between the saturation DO content and

actual DO content at that time.

Oxygen deficit, D = Saturation DO – Actual DO

The analysis of oxygen sag curve was done by superimposing the rates of

deoxygenation and reoxygenation as suggested by the Streeter – Phelps

analysis. The Streeter Phelps oxygen sag equation is represented as

following;

Where, Dt = DO deficit at any time t

K’ = BOD reaction rate constant or deoxygenation constant (to the base e)

R’ = Reoxygenation constant (to the base e)

Do = Initial oxygen deficit at the point of waste discharge at time t = 0

t = time of travel in the stream from the point of discharge = x/u

30

“State wise Details of large dams”,National Register of Large Dams- 2009 31

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/8418/9/09_chapter%203.pdf 32

Workshop on “Renovation, Modernization, , Uprating and Life Extension of Hydro Poswer Plant –Diverse issues and Handling Strategies”2016, http://www.cea.nic.in/reports/others/hydro/herm/technical3/ts33.pdf

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/8418/9/09_chapter%203.pdf



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 247

x = distance along the stream

u = stream velocity

The ultimate BOD is calculated as the following

Where Lt= amount of first stage BOD remaining at time t days

L0 = BOD remaining at time t =0

The rate constants are calculated using the following formulae

1. Deoxygenation constant (K’)

where varies with the temperature and K is

obtained from Laboratory test

2. Reoxygenation Constant (R’)

where R value varies with the type of the

stream and velocity.

The ratio of R’/K’ is called the self-purification constant and it is equal to 0.50

to 5.0.

Based on the above equations, the model is developed and the variations in

the parameters such as DO and BOD are simulated. The typical oxygen sag

is presented in the Figure 5.12.

Figure 5-12 Typical Oxygen Sag Curve

5.3.10.8. Results and Discussions

Scenario 1 (peak river water flow scenario of 30 m3/sec)

The resultant BOD, DO and temperature of the mix was estimated as 2.7

mg/L, 7 mg/L and 25OC respectively. At 25OC, the saturation DO of river water

will be 8.4 mg/L and hence the initial DO deficit is 1.4 mg/L. The

deoxygenation and reoxygenation rate constants are considered as 0.81 per



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 248

day and 1.39 per day respectively. The ultimate BOD is estimated as 3.14

mg/L.

The Figure 5.13 shows the oxygen curve obtained during normal flow of Kali

River. For a flow of 30 m3/s, the initial DO deficit was found to be 1.4 mg/L

and the critical DO deficit (Dc) of 1.5 mg/L was observed at 3 km distance.

Therefore the DO level increases after 3 km from the point of discharge and

reaches the background concentration of 7 mg/L at a distance of 5 km.

Figure 5-13 Oxygen sag curve during the Peak Flow of River

The BOD of the river decreases as DO increases and the variation of the

ultimate BOD left in the river w.r.t distance is presented in the Figure 5.14.

The gradual decrease in the BOD can be observed due to the lower substrate

rate.

Figure 5-14 Variation in BODu of the River wrt distance

Scenario 2 (lean river water flow during summer conditions)

The resultant BOD, DO and temperature of the mix for the lean flow was

estimated as 5.8 mg/L, 6.7 mg/L and 26OC respectively. At 26OC the

saturation DO will be 8.2 mg/L and hence the initial DO deficit was found to be

1.5 mg/L. The deoxygenation and reoxygenation rate constants were

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36

BO

Du

left

in m

g/L

Distance in km

Backgorund BOD

BODu left



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 249

estimated as 0.81 per day and 1.39 per day respectively. The ultimate BOD

was found to be 6.7 mg/L.

The Figure 5.15 shows the oxygen curve obtained during lean flow of Kali

River. The ciritical DO deficit was found to be 2.5 mg/L at a distance of 1 km

from the point of discharge. It can be observed that the background DO level

is achieved at a distance of 4 km from the point of discharge showing greater

rate of degradation due to increased substrate rate and hence better self-

purification of the river.

Figure 5-15 Oxygen sag curve during the lean flow of River

Similarly the ultimate BOD level in the river decreases from the point of

discharge gradually until it reaches 0 mg/L at 10 km distance downstream.

The Figure 5.16 explains the curve of variation in the BODu left and the rate

of degradation. It can be observed from the figure that the rate of degradation

is higher in lean flow due to the greater oxygen demand and wider

concentration gradient.

Figure 5-16 Variation in BODu of the River wrt distance

The summary of the model results and measured values are presented in the

Table 5.17.

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

BO

Du

left

in m

g/L

Distance in km

Background BOD

BODu left



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 250

Table 5-17 Comparison of Modeling Results with Measured Values

Sample No

Distance of the point from

the point of pollution(m)

DO modeled value- study

period (mg/L)

DO measured value- study period (mg/L)

BOD modeled

value - study period (mg/L)

BOD measured

value- study period (mg/L)

1 5 km 6.9 7.1 2.3 <2

2 7 km 6.9 7 1.9 <2

3 9 km 7 7.1 1.6 <2

4 11 km 7.2 7 1.4 <2

5.3.10.9. Conclusions

It can be observed from the plots that at any point of time DO level does not

decrease below 5 mg/L and hence no impact on aquatic life of the river is

envisaged. The model results indicate that the DO value reaches the

background concentration within 7 km from the point of discharge for both peak

flow and lean flow. The modeled values were found to be similar to the

measured values of DO and BOD at four locations in the downstream and

hence the overall impact due to the discharge is insignificant.

5.3.11. Soil and Groundwater Quality Related Impacts

The total treated wastewater generation as per the existing scenario is 63, 450

m3/day out of which 1000 m3/day of treated effluent is utilized for greenbelt

area in the facility. The total dissolved solids from the treated effluent is in the

range of 630 mg/L as per the recent test reports of KSPCB which is equal to 43

kg/t of current paper production.

Considering the same specific dissolved solids generation of 43 kg/t of paper

production, the dissolved solids generation was estimated for post project

scenario as per the increase in the paper production from 930 tpd to 1300 tpd.

Hence it was estimated that 900 mg/L of TDS can be observed in the treated

effluent during the post project scenario which is well within the consented limit

of 2100 mg/L.

There will not be any change in the quantity of treated wastewater utilization for

the greenbelt during the post project scenario which is in the order of 1000

m3/day. However, there is a change in TDS concentration in the treated

effluent from 630 mg/L to 900 mg/L due the proposed project. The additional

load of TDS on the land due to irrigation was estimated to be 6 kg/acres/day,

which is insignificant. Hence it can be observed that additional load of the

dissolved solids on the land is minimal and hence impact is insignificant.

As per the baseline study conducted during the study period the TDS values

observed in eight locations were found to be in the range of 250 mg/L to 1400

mg/L which is well within the permissible range of 2000 mg/L as per the

drinking water standards specification.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 251

5.3.12. Impact of Solid Waste


in nature. The solid waste generation will be ash from the proposed FBC boiler.

In addition to this, there will be fibre sludge generation from the effluent

treatment plant. The details of solid waste generation and quantities with

disposal methods are mentioned in the Table 3.10 of Chapter 3 in the EIA

report.

The additional fly ash generated from the boiler ash will be sold to brick and

cement manufacturing industries. The remaining solid waste generated from

the proposed MDP will be treated/ disposed as per the existing practices.

De-Inking Plant Sludge

De-Inking Sludge will be generated as a result of recycled fibre production from

recycled paper in the proposed De-Inking Plant. This residue contains mainly

short fibres or fines, coatings, fillers, ink particles (a potential source of heavy

metals), extractive substances and deinking additives. It is normally reused in

other industries (e.g. cement, ceramics), or is incinerated, even though it has a

poor heating value.

In the proposed project, sludge from De-Inking Plant will be disposed off to

authorized dealers for reuse in other industries or will be fired in the boilers.

5.3.13. Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment

Since there is no increase in the discharge of treated effluent due to the

proposed MDP into the surface waters and due to their dilution caused by the

dynamic flow of water in Kali River no impacts on aquatic flora are envisaged.

Besides the existing and the proposed greenbelt development within the facility

will enhance the floral diversity and density which will have positive impact on

ecology by providing suitable habitats for avifauna reptiles and small arboreal

mammals.

The air quality modeling result indicates that the estimated ground level

concentration of the criteria pollutants envisaged from the proposed MDP gets

rapidly diluted within 3 km radius. It was also observed that GLC levels are


blows from West to East. Hence the impact on core zone of the eco sensitive

region of the Dandeli is insignificant which is located at Southern and Western

side of the project site, whereas on the buffer zone no impacts are envisaged

as the concentration for PM, SO2 and NOX in the Southern and Western side is

found to be nil after 2 km radius from the project site. Therefore impact on the

flora and faunal diversity would be negligible.

Also from the water quality modeling results it was inferred that the Dissolved

Oxygen level in the downstream from the point of discharge of the treated



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 252

effluent does not drop below 5 mg/L. Hence there is no impact on the aquatic

life is foreseen.

5.3.14. Socioeconomic Impact

The proposed expansion project is of expansion of the existing production

capacity by installation of new board machine and by augmenting the existing

facilities by de-bottle necking to increase the production along with the

increase in the production of electricity. Due to the proposed project there is

no additional land required and the project is to be developed within the

existing site premises. Therefore Rehabilitation and Resettlement process will

not be applicable under “The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in

Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”.

Due to the proposed project, there will be considerable amounts of beneficial

impact in the region by way of employment and business opportunities both

during the construction phase and operation phase. WCPM is the oldest and

largest producers of paper for printing, writing and packaging in India which

was established in the year 1955. Since the time of inception the people of

Dandeli and the nearby villagers have been dependent on the facility for

various aspects such as employment, CSR benefits etc. due to which the

improved standard of living has been observed in the area and nearby

villages. During the socioeconomic survey conducted during the study period it

was observed that the people of Dandeli and nearby villagers in the study area

are directly or indirectly dependent on the facility which is creating positive

impacts.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-6 Analysis of Alternatives

Prepared by & 253

6. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

6.1. Introduction


capacity to 450,000 tpa (increase by 130,000 tpa) comprising of new facilities

and expansion of printing and writing papers and packaging boards, along

with increase in Bleached wood pulp production and upgradation of captive

power plant. A comparative analysis of various alternatives was considered to

avoid or minimize the impacts that would be inevitable in the process. The

process of analysis involves identifying the constraints, avoiding activities

causing adverse impact and maintaining the economic feasibility.

The range of alternatives selected for the purpose of analysis includes:

Site alternative

Technology alternative

6.2. Site Alternative

The mill site has adequate space for project facilities and has well developed

infrastructure like water intake, approach roads, internal roads, offices etc.

Hence, no alternate site is considered. No additional land is required for the

proposed project.

6.3. Technology Alternative

As per EIA notification dated 14th Sep, 2006, as amended from time to time,

the Chapter on “Analysis and Alternatives (Technology and Site)” is applicable

only, if the same is recommended at the scoping stage.

The ToR and ToR Amendment issued by MOEF has specifically not included

the alternative site and alternative technology.

The technology selected in the proposed expansion, up-gradation, and

modernization project in the existing paper and pulp plant are the improved

version of existing technologies currently being used by WCPM and are of the

best and proven technologies for manufacturing of paper and pulp.

The technology selected in the expansion of power plant are the improved

operating pressure of the boiler and TG with FBC boiler, which is improved

technology compared to the existing technology. Hence no alternative

technology is analyzed.

Further, WCPM is going in for a Multi-Layer Coated Board Machine, which is

new variety considered as diversification of their product mix. WCPM is going

in for a new paper machine with a Best Available Technology (BAT).



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-6 Analysis of Alternatives

Prepared by & 254

This Mill Development Plan has been drawn up in a comprehensive manner to

meet the requirement of the Ministry of Environment and Forests climate

change (MoEF&CC). MoEF&CC has released the Charter on Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) as applicable to pulp and

paper industries. The CREP enlists time-bound action plans in respect of

highly polluting industries, including pulp and paper, for progressive up-

gradation of technologies and in plant practices for reduction of pollutants as

well as improvement in waste management systems. Already mill has

complied with CREP guidelines.

The capacity build-up shall also help to consolidate and further improve on the

operational and financial performance, meet the emerging demands of paper

and paperboards, and develop into a more environmentally friendly technology

to meet the guidelines and to achieve economy of scale of operation. Through

the proposed MDP, adopting Best Available Technologies (BAT), the mill will

enhance its reputation as a reliable, high quality, environmentally conscious

supplier of printing and writing grades and coated paperboards and also enter

in to market in specialty tissue paper.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-7 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Prepared by & 255

7. ENVIROMNETAL MONITORING PLAN

7.1. Introduction

An Environmental Monitoring Plan provides feedback about the difference

between actual environmental scenario and the impacts of the project on the

environment and helps to judge the adequacy of the mitigation measures in

protecting the environment. The purpose of environmental monitoring is to

evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of Environmental Management

Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important environmental

parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse effects are detected

and timely action can be taken.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge

of baseline conditions, the monitoring program will serve as an indicator for

any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project,

to enable taking up suitable mitigative steps in time to safeguard the

environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the

efficiency of control measures can be determined only by monitoring.

7.2. Objectives of Environmental Monitoring Plan

The key issues associated with the life cycle of a project are the monitoring of

environmental parameters. Following three types of Environmental Monitoring

are associated with the project, which includes

a) Baseline Monitoring

b) Effects / Impacts Monitoring and

c) Compliance Monitoring

a) Baseline Monitoring- Baseline monitoring deals with the measurement of

environmental variables during pre-project period to determine existing

conditions, ranges of variation and process of change.

Regional laboratory of KSPCB monitors the quality of environmental

parameters on regular basis. Besides, WCPM has already installed four

AAQ station and meteorology station at site for continuous monitoring.

Selection of monitoring stations for Environmental Monitoring- Under

the Environment Monitoring Plan of WCPM, the sampling stations for

Ambient Air Quality is selected based on the wind direction at the time of

sampling.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 256

b) Effects/Impact Monitoring- It involves measurement of environmental

variables during construction and operation phase of the project to assess

the impact that may have been caused by the project.

c) Compliance Monitoring- It takes the form of periodic sampling and

continuous measurement of level of pollutant emissions in the air, waste

discharge on land or water, level of noise to ensure that standards are met.

The basic objective of Environment Monitoring Program is:

To ensure implementation of mitigation measures during project

implementation

To provide feedback to the decision makers about the effectiveness

of their actions

To determine the project’s actual environmental impacts so that

modifications can be made to mitigate the impacts

To identify the need for enforcement action before irreversible

environmental damage occurs

To provide scientific information about the response of an ecosystem

to a given set of human activities and mitigation measures

7.3. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Monitoring shall ensure that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct

measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and

concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate

or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of

ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical

and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local

liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.

7.4. Environmental Monitoring Program

WCPM is committed for environmental protection and thus the facility has implemented

robust environmental monitoring programs to achieve the regulatory compliance and

beyond in the existing facility. The same monitoring program shall be adopted for the

proposed MDP. The existing monitoring programs implemented in the facility are as

follows;

Monitoring of Stacks for various air pollutants generated during

various manufacturing activities which are being monitored by

Continuous Emission monitoring Systems in the Boiler stack,

Chemical Recovery & Lime Kilns stacks by WCPM and the stack



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 257

monitoring are being done by KSPCB and MoEF approved labs

periodically .

Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations at four locations

inside the plant premises are installed and the ambient air quality

monitoring are being monitored periodically by KSPCB & MoEF&CC

approved labs

Monitoring of fugitive emissions near coal storage & raw material

storage & truck parking area by KSPCB.

Daily readings of on-line meter of DO, Temperature & flow at single

point discharge

Monitoring of continuous Online treated effluent for pH, TSS, TDS ,

COD, BOD and being connected to CPCB & KSPCB server for

monitoring of treated effluent

Ambient Noise Monitoring at different locations in the existing facility

are monitored by KSPCB.

The following monitoring program will be implemented for the proposed

expansion project as against the existing monitoring programs based on

baseline data compliances.

Table 7-1 Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Component

Monitoring Type Monitoring Location

Monitoring/ recording Frequency

Monitoring Program for Proposed

Project

Air Environment

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx)

4 locations inside the Project site

Continuous by CAAQMS

Existing practices will be continued including the monitoring of the proposed stacks

Stack Monitoring (SO2, NOx, PM, and H2S, Temperature, Flow Rate & Exit velocity of the gas

Boiler Stacks (4) CR (2) and Lime Kiln (2) Stacks

Continuous by Online

continuous Monitoring

system. Quarterly by KSPCB &

External Lab

Fugitive Emissions Monitoring

At 3 locations in plant premises

Once in three a months

Noise Environment

Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring (Existing ambient noise level in Leq)

3 locations in the plant premises at high noise generation area

Quarterly by External Lab

Existing practices will be continued

Water Environment

Surface Water Quality Monitoring of Kali River (Parameters specified under IS:10500, 1993]

Upstream (1 location) and downstream (2 locations)

Monthly by KSPCB




PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 258

Environmental Component

Monitoring Type Monitoring Location

Monitoring/ recording Frequency

Monitoring Program for Proposed

Project

(including heavy metals)

Treated Effluent Quality (pH, Color, Odor, BOD, COD, Total Suspended Solids, Oil & Grease)

ETP Inlet & Treated effluent single discharge point

Continuous Existing practices will

be continued

Sewage Quality (pH, BOD, COD, Total Suspended Solids, Oil & Grease)

STP Inlet and treated sewage

Daily Existing practices will

be continued

Bio assay test Treated wastewater samples

Hourly monitoring


Soil Environment

Soil Quality Monitoring (pH, Texture, Electrical Conductivity, Organic Matter, Nitrogen, Phosphate, Sodium, Calcium, Potassium and Magnesium

Green Belt Area Annually Existing practices will

be continued

7.5. Data Analysis

The monitored data will be analyzed and compared with the baseline levels as

established in the EIA study and the regulatory standards specified by different

government agencies. The standards against which the different environment

components will be compared are as per Table 7.2.

Table 7-2 Recommended Environmental Monitoring Plan

S.No Component Applicable Standards

1 Ambient Air Quality National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), Central Pollution Control Board, Karnataka Pollution Control Board (KSPCB)

2 Noise Quality Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise, CPCB

3 Surface Water Quality IS:2296: Class ‘C’ Water, CPCB

4 Groundwater Quality IS: 10500 Standards, BIS

5 Soil Quality --

6 Treated wastewater IS 3306(1974) – Discharge on land, IS 3307(1974) - Discharge for river, nallah Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB)

7.6. Reporting Schedule

The monitoring results of the different environmental components will be

analyzed and compiled report will be sent to Regional office MoEF &



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 259

concerned authorities on monthly basis. PM10, PM2.5, Sox, NOx BOD, COD,

TSS will be online and logged on to KSPCB / CPCB web portals. The report

will also list the project activities along with the environmental mitigation

measures and will evaluate the efficacy of the Environmental Management

Plan.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-7 Additional Studies

Prepared by & 260

8. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

8.1. Overview

This chapter describes the public consultation, risk assessment and disaster

management plan, Fire Safety Systems and Flood Risk Assessment.

This section of the EIA report also presents the residual safety and

environmental risks, if any that are associated with operation of the proposed

facility at the site and proposed risk mitigation measures as per the applicable

regulations and guidelines. Safety related aspects are grouped into three aspects

such as fire safety, road safety and occupational safety.

Fire risk aspects are related to the possible hazards due to storage and handling

of flammable and combustible material at the site. Road safety addresses the

plant layout, exit routes and parking lots etc. Occupational health aspects are

addressed in terms of exposure to noise, thermal radiation, indoor air pollutants

and toxic chemicals.

The following aspects of the Terms of Reference issued by MoEF&CC have

been addressed in this section.

Specific ToR (Amendment) No. iii - PH for the project should be conducted by

KSPCB

Specific ToR (Amendment) No.iv- Issues raised during PH & Commitment of

Project proponent along with time bound action plan to implement the

commitment and financial allocation shall be provided

General ToR No. Xiii- Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District

Disaster Management Plan.

There will be slight increase in the furnace oil quantity for the proposed MDP and

storage tank of the existing facility is adequate for the proposed project.

The quantity of the coal consumption and the raw material quantity and chemical

requirement will be increased due to the proposed project. Existing coal storage

yard and the raw material storage and handling facilities are adequate for the

proposed project.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 261

8.2. Public Hearing

The proposed MDP involves manufacturing of additional product including pulp,

and hence the proposed project falls under category “A” under sector 5(i) of the EIA

notification 2006. In addition, it is proposed to increase the existing captive power

plant capacity from 74.8 MW to 109.8 MW which falls under category “B” under

sector 1(d) of the EIA Notification 2006. Since the mill site does not fall under any

notified industrial area, public consultation was conducted as per the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 by KSPCB after the

submission of Draft EIA report to KSPCB.

M/s West Coast Paper Mills Ltd., filed an application in the office of Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, New

Delhi for getting Environmental Clearance under EIA notification no. 1533 (E)

dated 14.09.2006 for the proposed modernization and expansion of the existing

paper/board manufacturing plant by increasing the mill’s paper/board capacity to

4,50,000 TPA (increase by 1,30,000 TPA).

The draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report along with Executive

Summary, both in English and vernacular language (Kannada) was submitted to

Karnataka State Pollution Control Board requesting for conduct of Public Hearing

for the proposed MDP.

In compliance to provision of the EIA notification dated 14.09.2006, the board

issued public notice of 30 days in two daily newspapers on 29th June 2019 namely,

‘The Times of India’ (English Daily), “Udayavani”(Kannada Daily) for getting

responses from public and intimating time, date and venue of the public hearing.

The advertisement is presented in the Figure 8.1. In addition, wide publicity

regarding the public hearing was also published in the local news papers namely

“Karavalli Munjavu”, Kannada Janantharanga” and in “Loka Dvani” daily on 30th

June 2019 and announcements were made in FM radio during the period of 26th to

29th July 2019.

Figure 8-1 Advertisements of Public Hearing issued in newspapers



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 262

“Udayavani” – Kannda Daily on 29th “The Times of India”- English Daily on



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 263

June 2019 29th June 2019

Public hearing for the proposed MDP was conducted at Dr. B.R.Ambedkar Bhavan,

Township Dandeli, Dandeli Taluk., Uttar Kannada District, Karnataka State dated

29/07/2019 at 11.00 am.

Public hearing meeting was chaired by Shri. Nagaraj Singrer, K.A.S, Chairman of

the public hearing and Add. Deputy Commissioner, Uttara Kannada District,

Karwar.. Shri. Keerti Kumar, Environmental Officer (Additional Charge), Regional

Office, Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, Karwar welcomed Shri Rajashekar

Puranik Senior Environmental Office (Incharge) Zonal Office Mangalore and

requested him to assist the chairman during the course of public Hearing and also

welcomed officials, project proponents, public, media, NGO representatives, etc. for

the public hearing and requested to share their views about the proposed project.

Shri. K.G. Giriraj, Sr. Deputy General Manager - PRO, M/s. West Coast Paper Mills

Pvt. Ltd. welcomed the public and gave a brief introduction about the company

and made Power Point presentation on the proposed expansion project and

associated environmental impacts and mitigation measures proposed.

About 1216 persons attended the Public Hearing meeting and 101 persons

expressed their views and concerns on the proposed project. Some of the

photographs of the Public Hearing are presented in the Figure 8-1.

Figure 8-2 Photographs of the Public hearing meeting



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 264

8.2.1. Perception and Issues raised by the public during the public hearing and the

replies by WCPM

Participants from various groups including Government officers, Elected

representatives, office bearers of various organizations and institutions, member of

NGOs, Environmental experts, Agriculturalists, public around Dandeli and people

from surrounding villages, representatives from the project proponent were present

in the public hearing. Among the 101 people expressed their views, 99 people

supported the proposed project and only few of them expressed their apprehension

on pollution issues, health status, CSR activities implemented, etc. Some of the

major concerns raised by the participants in the public hearing and the responses

from project proponent is presented in the Table 8-1.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 265

Table 8-1 The issues raised during Public Hearing held by West Coast Paper Mills Ltd, Dandeli and commitment of Project

Proponent (PP) along with time bound action plan and financial allocation

S. No Issue Raised Proponent Commitment Action Plan Time frame and

budget

1

Discharge of Treated Wastewater: Some of the attendees of the public hearing have expressed their concern on environmental impacts due to discharge of treated wastewater into river, waste water is discharged without treatment, etc

Implementation of water conservation and recycling systems.

Reduction in specific water consumption to 56 m3/t.

Existing ETP of capacity of 85,885 m3/day will take care of post MDP wastewater quantity of 64,300 m3/day. However, some balancing equipment's will be added based on need.

Some quantity of treated wastewater will be utilized for plantation in Mills.

Dedicated Dissolved Air Floatation/Disc Filter unit will be installed at New Duplex Board Machine to filter the wastewater and filtrate will be used to the possible extent at various points in the machine.

The remaining treated wastewater will be discharged into Halmaddi Nallah as per existing practices after meeting the discharge standards.

Mill has permission to discharge 85,885 m3/day and shall be maintained well within the consented limit post MDP.

Effective implementation of EMP

Regular Monitoring water quality of Kali River both in upstream and downstream

Continuous monitoring of Treated Effluent Quality

Budget: About Rs. 3.5 crores is allocated towards online monitoring systems including ETP up gradation etc.

Time frame: After the commencement of project

2

Air and Odour Emissions: One of the attendees of the public hearing expressed

High efficiency ESP will be installed for the control of PM from the proposed boiler.

Effective Implementation of EMP

Budget: About Rs. 10 crores is allocated



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 266


budget

his concern on air and odour emissions.

Stack of adequate height (85 m) will be installed for wider dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere

As per the existing practice, NCGs from the pulp mill will be collected in

NCG collection system and burnt in lime kiln. In addition, a stand by Alkali scrubber will be installed to treat NCG gases from the plant during lime kiln shut down, if required.

Dust collectors and water spraying system will be installed for the control of fugitive emissions

Installation of air pollution control equipment such as Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP)

Continuous monitoring of stack emissions and ambient air

towards pollution control and monitoring system which includes installation of ESPs, NCG gas collection system etc.

Time frame: After the commencement of project

3

Employment opportunities to the locals: Some of the participants raised concern that the local people should be given preference for employment opportunities

WCPM is provided permanent employment 100% to C & D Categories workers for local and neighboring villages as per Sarojini Mahishi report.

Of the total temporary workers (2300 workers) 100% belongs to local and surrounding villages.

Due to the proposed MDP, additional

175 direct and 125 indirect employments will be generated within the factory and in addition about 375 employments will be generated through transportation, maintenance, civil contract and farmers.

Priority will be given to the local people for employment on merit basis based on the skills and qualifications.

NA

4 Implementation of CSR Programs:

WCPM had spent about Rs. 149 Lakhs. on various CSR activities in the

In addition to the existing CSR budget,

CER Budget: ₹375 Lakhs (0.5% of the



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 267


budget

Some of the participants

expressed the CSR focus

areas and activities such as

Health care programs,

Housing schemes, Training

programs, education

programs, restoration of

water bodies, etc to be taken

up under CER/CSR

program.

financial year 2017-2018 and Rs.177 Lakhs in the Year 2018-19.

The Dandeli Education Society is the education wing of WCPM through which Junior college for pre-university Science, Arts & commerce course are running & about 825 students are studying. In Degree College BA ,B.Sc & B.com, courses and post-graduation MSc chemistry, MCom courses, BASc(Applied Science) in paper & pulp technology 4years professional course is operated &. about 850 Students are studying in degree college.

Various existing CSR programs implemented by WCPM includes o Health care o Education o Environmental Sustainability and

Ecological Balance o Rural Development Projects o Protection of Heritage, Arts and

Culture o Safe Drinking Water o Promotion of Rural Sports and

Nationally Recognized Sports o Benefit to Martyr's dependents

about ₹375 lakhs

(0.5% of the project cost) have been embarked for the local community development under CER.

The CER budget includes programs under

Safe Drinking

Sanitation Facility

Veterinary Clinic Services

Access to Health Facilities

Skill Development Programs

project cost)for a period of 5 years

The EIA report has been updated based on the public suggestions, by incorporating comments of public and replies on the same.

The Public hearing proceedings are given in Annexure 17.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 268

8.3. Fire Safety

Based on the detailed review of the process, materials and chemicals

proposed to be handled at the site, it has been inferred that no major

hazardous chemicals and flammable materials will be stored and handled at

the facility except for small quantities of diesel/furnace oil for the lighting of the

boiler and operation of the standby generators.

Other combustible chemicals such as paper plant additives will be stored in

sealed drums and stored in secured warehouse so that the possibility of

exposure to fire hazards will be minimal.

However there exists some remote possibility of fires in the raw material

handling operations. WCPM has full-fledged fire safety systems at the existing

facility as per the National Building Codes and other good engineering

practices. Photographs showing the fire hydrant systems in the existing

facilities are given in Chapter 2 of this report and some photographs are given

below in Figure 8.1. WCPM has the two dedicated fire water reservoir with the

total capacity of 6754.3 m3 (capacity of 3954 m3 near the filter house area and

2800 m3 near the raw material yard)

Figure 8-3 Existing Fire Safety Systems

Fire Monitoring systems in the Raw

Material Storage Yard WCPM Fire Vehicle

Fire Hydrant Pumps Fire Hydrant Point near chipper



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 269

Fire Water Reservoir Fire Water Storage Tank

Fire Hydrant Point near chipper Fire Hydrant Point near chipper

silo

Fire Hydrant Point near digester Fire Extinguisher in mill

premises

The details of the fire vehicles & fire pumps of the WCPM is given below in

Table 8.1

Table 8-2 Details of fire vehicles & fire pumps

S.No Description No.

1 Fire tender (4500 ltrs water capacity) 01

2 Fire Trailer Pumps 02

3 Firefly Portable Pumps (270 Ltrs/min) 04

4 Contract Fire Tender Kolhapur (7000 Ltrs) 01

5 Contract Fire Tender Kolhapur (5000 Ltrs) 01

For the proposed MDP, the Fire monitoring systems will be augmented and

required fire hydrant systems will be installed.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 270

Combustible chemicals- The facility is handling only “C” type combustible

chemicals such as additives and lube oils, whose flash point will be greater

than 200OC as per the National Fires Safety Code, USA and these chemicals

will not fall under any of the hazard chemical category under the Schedule 1 of

the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, issued by

Govt. of India. These chemicals are stored in drums and placed in secured

areas in the warehouse. The warehouse is provided with adequately designed

ventilation system to achieve minimum air changes of three as per good

engineering practices. Required number of fire hydrant systems and

extinguishers are placed in the warehouse.

8.3.1. Fire Protection and Fire Fighting Systems

The mill has adequate firefighting facilities. Fire watch is done continuously, by

a crew of persons who keep vigil of fire situations. The existing firefighting

arrangements will be suitable augmented during the MDP program of the

existing plant

As a part of the MDP program, Firefighting systems shall be designed for the

proposed installation of the boiler based on the National Building Codes, 2016.

Since the project falls under low-hazard category, the firefighting system shall

be designed according to chapter 4 in the National Building Codes, 2016. It is

proposed to install jockey pump, diesel pump and electrically operated

centrifugal pump for fire water net-work arrangements. Ring-main pipeline

systems will be provided to cater to the fire hydrant requirements across the

Mill site. Fire hose reels, fire buckets and fire extinguishers will be provided as

per the National Building Code requirements.

8.4. Risk Control measures for Furnace Oil Storage

Mitigation measures should also aim at minimizing the quantity of release

during major releases, detection of such leaks and minimizing the

consequences due to such incidents.

There is no addition of furnace oil storage tank for the proposed MDP; existing

tank is adequate to handle the additional increase in the furnace oil quantity.

Extension of the existing plant hydrant network (with augmentation of

pumps, if required) for power plant area from terminal point (TP) will be

done.

Further, it already consists of fire alarm systems for control room, MCC

room and cable alleys.

In addition to the existing, Portable extinguishers at strategic locations in

the plant will be provided wherever required



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 271

8.5. Risks due to Storage and Handling of Coal and Risk Control Measures

Although coal fires are infrequent, there is a possibility of coal fires at the coal

stock yards during the summer conditions due to burning of volatile

compounds. Existing Coal stock yard fires are avoided by providing proper

stacking design to prevent air movement inside the coal lumps, minimising the

duration of coal storage at the site and water sprinkling operations to maintain

adequate moisture.

Captive co-generation power plants store, transfer, and use coal; therefore,

careful handling is necessary to mitigate fire and explosion risks.

Recommended measures to prevent minimise, and control fire hazards at

proposed captive co-generation power plants include:

Use of automated combustion and safety controls

Proper maintenance of boiler safety controls

Implementation of startup and shutdown procedures to minimise the risk

of suspending hot coal particles (e.g., in the crusher) during startup

Regular cleaning of the facility to prevent accumulation of coal dust

(e.g., on floors, ledges, beams, and equipment)

Removal of hot spots from the coal stockpile (caused by spontaneous

combustion) and spread until cooled, avoid loading of hot coal into the

pulverised fuel system

Use of automated systems such as temperature gauges or carbon

monoxide sensors to survey solid fuel storage areas to detect fires

caused by self-ignition and to identify risk points

For planned outages, operators should take every precaution to ensure

that all idle bunkers and silos are completely empty and also verify by

visual checks. Bunkers and silos should be thoroughly leaned by

washing down their interior walls and any interior structural members but

not their horizontal surfaces. Idle bunkers and silos that contain coal

should be monitored frequently for signs of spontaneous combustion by

using CO monitors, infrared scanning, or temperature scanning.

Fire fighting systems and fire hydrant systems shall be installed at all

hazard prone areas such as coal stock yards, bunkers and silos as per

the applicable fire safety standards..



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 272

8.6. Electrical Hazards and Safety Measures

Energized equipment and power lines can pose electrical hazards for workers.

Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and control electrical hazards

include

Consider installation of hazard warning lights inside electrical equipment

enclosures to warn inadvertent energisation

Use of voltage sensors prior to and during personnel's entrance into

enclosures containing electrical components

Deactivation and proper grounding of live power equipment and

distribution lines according to applicable legislation and guidelines

whenever possible before work is performed on, or proximal to them

Provision of specialised electrical safety training to those personnel

working with or around exposed components of electric circuits. This

training should include, but not be limited to, training in basic electrical

theory, proper safe work procedures, hazard awareness and

identification, proper use of PPE, proper lockout/tag out procedures, first

aid and proper rescue procedures

The existing mill has a well laid Disaster Management Plan and the same will

be adopted for the proposed MDP.

8.7. Occupational Health and Noise Management Plan

As discussed in Chapter 2, WCPM has full-fledged “West Coast Paper Mills

hospital located in Bengurnagar Colony, adjacent to the mill premises, caters

to the needs of all eligible employees and their dependents in the form of Out

Patient treatment, In Patient treatment, Maternity Services, attending to on duty

& off duty accidents and emergencies. The facilities available at WCPM

Hospital are given below.

Inpatient Treatment to 30 patients

The hospital has a 100mA X-Ray unit and routine X rays

Clinical Laboratory, Routine blood and urine test facility

Well equipped Operation Theatre

Ultra –Sound Scanning Machine

Well Socked Pharmacy

Physiotherapy Equipments



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 273

The hospital has a factory-built ambulance which is equipped with oxygen

cylinder and other emergency items and manned by trained drivers as per the

Karnataka Factories Rules, Rule 88N.

The Hospital complies with the Government of Karnataka stipulations with

respect to Factories Act and The Karnataka Factories Rules 1969, Bio-medical

Waste Management and registration as per KPME Act, 2007

WCPM Mill Hospital which is also Occupational Health Centre of the mill

follows, The Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India has a

nodal organization, viz. Directorate General Factory Advice Service and

Labour Institutes (DGFASLI), in dealing with Occupational Safety and Health

issues in Industries. The DGFASLI is the technical arm of the Ministry on

matters connected with Occupational Health in the manufacturing sectors.

The Factories Act, 1948, provides for appointment of qualified Medical

Practitioners and Certified Surgeons to examine young persons engaged in

dangerous manufacturing processes and to ensure medical supervision in

case of illness due to the nature of manufacturing processes. The Factories

Act, 1948, also provides for notification of certain occupational diseases as

listed in the Third Schedule of the Act. As per Section 90 of the Factories Act,

1948, the State Government is vested with the powers to appoint a Competent

Person to conduct inquiry into the causes of any accident or notifiable

diseases.

Health Awareness Programme by a qualified Doctor from outside on various

diseases is conducted every month for the benefit of employees. The details of

the recent Occupational Health Monitoring as shown in Table 8.2

Table 8-3 Health Monitoring Data at WCPM

S.No Health Monitoring No of Persons

Examined Date of

Examination

1 Periodic Health Checkup (As on 17-11-2018)

2136 Jan to Nov 2018

2 Lung Function Test 279

31 May, 01 & 02 Jun 2018

3 Audiometry 226 April 2015

4 Eye Examination 48 Jun to Aug 2018

5 Spectacles Provided 30

April 2014 & March 2015

6 Examination of Food Handlers 58 2018

Based on the noise mapping data presented in Chapter 5 of this report, the

major noise generating sources are Power boiler and cooling tower. WCPM will

be procuring the equipment with guaranteed noise levels less than 85 dBA at

one (1) m distance from the respective machines/equipment. Noise levels

outside the facility boundary will be further attenuated due to the existing green

belt all along the plant boundary. In addition to the noise control programme



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 274

proposed to be adopted by WCPM as stated in Chapter 10 of this report, the

following occupational noise management plan shall be adopted

The following measures will be implemented in the work places during MDP to

enhance occupational health:

Identify and involve personnel in assessing workplace risks

Assess and consider employees' needs when planning and

organising work

Provide advice, information and training to employees, as well as

mechanisms for employee feedback such as a suggestion scheme

Occupational health surveillance and Occupational health audit

To develop a system of creating up to date data base on mortality,

and morbidity due to occupational diseases and use it for

performance monitoring of the same

Extending support to the state government for effective enforcement of the

health provisions stipulated under section 41F of the Factory Act by equipping

them with work environment monitoring technologies

The occupational health safety system is headed by a competent and qualified

safety office that will be supported by a team of safety volunteers from each

plant and department within the Mill site. The safety team will take up a

detailed task based risk assessment studies and will develop task based safety

procedures and work permit systems. The safety team should record the near

misses in the Mill and take necessary corrective action to minimise the

occupational risks.

The existing hospital facilities should be made available round the clock for

attending to emergency arising out of accidents, if any. All working personnel

should be medically examined at least once every year and at the end of the

term of their employment. This is in addition to the pre-employment medical

examination.

As a part of the surveillance programme, the following minimum medical

examination may be undertaken during the pre-employment phase:

General physical examination and blood pressure, X-Ray of chest &

ECG

Sputum examination, Detailed routine blood & urine examination

Audiometry

Spirometry



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 275

Eye tests for the workers and drivers

Various health awareness camps and programs are organized every

year for the workers

All worker are covered under ESI and also all employees are reimbursed

the medical expenses as per the company policy

As part of the routine and annual medical examinations on the persons working

in the high noise generating areas, stress areas and dust exposure areas, a

comprehensive surveillance programme may be adopted. Some of the good

management practices are suggested in Tables 8.3 and 8.4.

Table 8-4 Suggested Frequency of Medical Examination under Occupational Health Surveillance Programme

Age (yrs)

Periodicity Duration of exposure

Periodicity

< 30 yrs Once in five years < 10 yrs Once in five years

31-40 Once in four years 10 to 20 Once in four years

41-50 Once in three years 21-30 Once in three years

> 51 Once a year > 31 Once a year

Table 8-5 Suggested Medical Tests under Occupational Health

Surveillance Programme

S.No. Disorder Tests to be conducted

1 Heart Diseases ECG, Blood for Lipid Profile, Stress Test, 2D-Echo and other required Tests

2 Anemia Hb%, TC,DC, ESR & Stool for Occult Blood, Ova and Cyst

3 Lung Diseases Sputum, X-Ray Chest, Spirometery

4 Diabetes Random Blood sugar, Urine sugar, if positive, BSL-Fasting/PPBS diabetic profile

5 Hypertension Blood pressure reading; If required, renal profile + ECG and stress test.

6 Urine Examination

Routine and Microscopic

7 Hearing loss Audiometric test, Audiological Interpretation

S.No. Disorder Tests to be conducted

1 Heart Diseases ECG, Blood for Lipid Profile, Stress Test, 2D-Echo and other required Tests

2 Anemia Hb%, TC,DC, ESR & Stool for Occult Blood, Ova and Cyst

3 Lung Diseases Sputum, X-Ray Chest, Spirometery

4 Diabetes Random Blood sugar, Urine sugar, if positive, BSL-Fasting/PPBS diabetic profile

5 Hypertension Blood pressure reading; If required, renal profile + ECG and stress test.

6 Urine Examination

Routine and Microscopic

7 Hearing loss Audiometric test, Audiological Interpretation

Medical records - A record-keeping system for holding the results of medical

examinations and reports of symptoms is maintained as part of the health

surveillance scheme. These are confidential medical records relating to



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 276

individuals. As part of the health surveillance programme, employees should

be informed of the confidential results of each assessment and of any

implications of the findings, such as the likely effects of their continuing to

work.

Photographs of the Various Occupational Health Camps conducted for the

employees of WCPM is given in Figure 8.2

Figure 8-4 Employee Health Check up

General Medical Check-up by Throcare

Heart Check-Up Camp

Heart Check-Up Camp

Occupational Health Report is enclosed as Annexure 18

Apart from the employees, OHC has been catering to the basic healthcare

needs of the local people. WCPM is conducting weekly rural free health-check

up at four villages around Dandeli, Kerwad providing blood donation, Cancer

Detection and Cataract operation etc, about 4 villages are covered under this.

Mobile medical vans are organized at all the four villages on weekly basis;

also the patients attending the OHC are also treated for basic aliments. Llarge

number of medical camps such as eye operation, health checkups etc are

being undertaken in the villages and about 5 to 6 programs are organized



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 277

every year, a dedicated male and female doctors are available at the WCPM

OHC and in addition, doctor from the local ESI hospital also visits the hospital

regularly.

Photographs of the various rural Health check points, Medical Camps and

mobile health chek-up which are conducted for the nearby villagers is given in

Figure 8.3.

Figure 8-5 Villagers Medical Check up

Rural Health Mobile Unit

Rural Health Check up Centre- Dandeli

Rural Health Check up

Rural Health Check up Centre-

Kerwad Rural Health Check up Centre-

Kariyampali



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 278

Free Dental Check-up & Tretament Camp

Free Dental Treatment



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-9 Project Benefits

Prepared by & 279

9. PROJECT BENEFITS

It would be somewhat difficult to quantify all the benefits of a project of this

type and nature to state and national economy because there are too many

“spin-off” indirect benefits in addition to direct benefits.

Some of the specific benefits are presented below:

9.1. Improvement in the infrastructure

This being a mill modernisation project, most of the infrastructure like water

intake system, power intake system, roads, drains, hospitals, schools, etc are

already available in the vicinity of the plant location. However, the above

infrastructure / amenities available near the plant will be assessed based on

the need-based survey and will be taken up under CER/CSR scheme for

development.

9.2. Improvement in the social infrastructure

Some of the specific benefits from the improvement of the social infrastructure

due to project implementation are as under;

9.2.1. Employment

The project will create direct employment to about 175 persons. In addition it

would generate indirect employment to about 500 persons in the industries

and service organizations and material handling, etc., which will be supported

by the operations of the mill.

9.2.2. Contribution to state Exchequer

The project is likely to generate additional income to the state by way of GST

to the tune of Rs 50 Crores per annum.

9.2.3. Non-dependence on grid power

The unit will be generating additional power requirement using its captive

power plant and thus becoming self-reliant in power front and will not be

dependent on the state grid for the supply.

9.2.4. Development of ancillary industries

The implementation of the project will undoubtedly provide stimulation for

added growth to a number of other industries some of which are given below

Trucking industry which will load and haul waste paper, raw materials,

coal, and other supplies to the mill and also mill outputs. The haulage

requirement for the project would be around 0.5 million tonnes per

annum comprising both inputs and outputs.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-9 Project Benefits

Prepared by & 280

Indigenous machinery suppliers / manufacturers.

Construction industry during erection and construction period.

9.2.5. Corporate Environment Responsibility

The capital CER budget has been embarked for the local community

development within the vicinity of the study area which is arrived by

considering 0.5 % of the total project cost as per the office memorandum of

Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) issued by MoEF&CC dated 1st

May 2018.


project to the State of Karnataka and National Economy would be significant,

to say the least.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-10 Environmental Management Plan

Prepared by & 281

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. General

Based on detailed analysis on the possible residual environmental risks

associated with the project, a comprehensive environmental management

plan has been developed and presented in this section.

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable

development in the area of the Mill site. EMP also ensures that the project

implementation is carried out in accordance with the design and the mitigative

measures as recommended in the Environment Impact Assessment study to

reduce the adverse impacts during the project’s life cycle. The plan outlines

existing and potential issues that may impact the environment and

recommends corrective measures where required. The identification and

quantification of impacts based on scientific and mathematical modelling have

been presented in Chapter 4.

Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall EMP for the study area

are planned for implementation, to improve the supportive capacity of the

study area and also to preserve the assimilative capacity of the receiving

bodies.

10.2. Administrative Aspects

The key benefits of EMP are that it provides the organization with means of

managing and improving its environmental performance thereby allowing it to

contribute to better environmental quality. The other benefits include cost

control and improved relations with the stakeholders. EMP includes four major

elements;

Commitment & Policy

Planning

Implementation

Measurement & Evaluation

10.2.1. Commitment & Policy

Based on the documents and records review and the compliance letter from

received from the MoEF&CC regional office on the existing environmental

compliance status in the facility, is comprehended that the WCPM is

committed towards green production, resource conservation, and responsible

waste management. This commitment from WCPM has reflected in its

minimum impact-best process technology that involves green production,

resource conservation, responsible waste management and a reduced



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 282

pollution load as its core dimensions. Evident record in each of these areas

makes the company an environmentally compliant paper industry.

WCPM has adopted a structured approach for managing environmental and

regulatory responsibilities to improve overall environmental performance,

including areas that are not subjected to regulation such as unregulated risk,

resource conservation, energy efficiency etc. The paper mill has been

awarded with totally five prestigious certifications namely ISO 9001:2008, ISO

14001:2004, ISO 18001: 2007 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 Certification.

Figure 10-1 Certification of WCPM

http://www.westcoastpaper.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/ISO-18001-2007-certificate-.pdf



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 283



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 284



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 285

WCPM strives to provide and implement the Environmental Management Plan

that incorporates all issues related to environmental and social components

and comply with the suggestions given by the Ministry of Environment and

Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and Karnataka State Pollution

Control Board (KSPCB). In this regard, WCPM has a well laid down

Environment Policy which was approved by their Board of Directors and

presented in Chapter 2.

10.2.2. Planning

This includes identification of environmental impacts, and setting

environmental objectives. WCPM is committed to follow the said plan for

pollution control arrangements/ mitigation measures for different types/

sources of pollution in letter and in spirit. As a part of the environmental

management systems (ISO 14001) of the facility, WCPM has identified and

captured all possible significant environmental aspects and also adopted



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 286

environmental risk mitigation plans as per the applicable standards and

environmental clearance issued for the facility. A core environmental

management committee is formed headed by the plant manager and various

section heads are overseeing the overall environmental management systems

programs.

10.2.3. Implementation

The WCPM believes in preservation of the Environment and ensures efficient

operation of its pollution control equipment/systems. WCPM has been

ensuring that trained manpower is available for operating, maintaining and

documenting the effective environmental operations.

10.3. EHS Management System

For the effective implementation of the mitigation measures and consistent

functioning of the project, an Environment Health and Safety (EHS)

Management System has been adopted by WCPM. The EMS includes the

following:

EHS Management Group

Environmental Monitoring Program

Environment, Safety, Health & Affairs Guidelines

Personnel Training

Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan

Documentation – Standard operating procedures of EHS

Plans and other records

10.3.1. Environmental Management Records

WCPM has been maintaining a system of records to demonstrate compliance

with the environmental performance management system and the extent of

achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. In addition to the

other records (legislative, audit and review reports), management records also

address the following:

Details of failure in compliance and corrective action

Details of incidents and corrective action

Details of complaints and follow-up action

Appropriate contractor and supplier information

Inspection and maintenance reports

Product identification and composition data

Monitoring data

Environmental training records

Housekeeping

10.3.2. Environmental Management Plan Structure

This EMP is designed as an overriding document in a hierarchy of control

plans, and sets out the overarching framework of environmental management

principles that will be applied to the project during preconstruction,



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 287

construction and operation phase of the project. Since the proposed project is

an MDP activity, the existing environmental management teams will actively

participate in implementing the designed environmental management plan

during the construction and operational phase.

The EMP contains guiding environmental principles and procedures for

communication, reporting, training, monitoring and plan review to which all

staff, contractors and subcontractors are required to comply with throughout

the preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed MDP.

WCPM has already implemented a sound Environmental Management

Program. A robust environmental monitoring and compliance adherence

process has been established by WCPM. The Environmental Management

activities are being implemented by the support staff of dedicated

environmental management cell headed by a Manager. The environmental

management procedures and standard operating procedures that are

currently being implemented in the existing facilities will be adopted during the

design, construction and operational phases of the proposed MDP project.

Details of the existing Environmental Management Cell are presented in

Chapter 2 of this EIA report.

10.3.3. Measurement & Evaluation

This includes monitoring and implementation of the identified mitigation

measures, corrective actions and record keeping. Wherever required,

appropriate mitigation measures have been recommended to minimize the

impact on the environmental and social parameters.

10.3.4. Record Keeping and Reporting

Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management

tool for ensuring sustainable operation of the mill. Records are maintained for

regulatory, monitoring and for operation. The existing facility has been

adopting various environmental monitoring programs as per the consent to

establish and consent to operate issued by state pollution control board and

the environmental monitoring data is submitted to state pollution control board

regularly. Online emission monitoring and wastewater quality monitoring are

being adopted on designated and mandated emissions and discharges as per

the state pollution control board guidelines.

10.4. Environmental Management during Construction Phase

During construction phase, the construction activities like excavation, leveling,

grading and transportation of the construction material may cause impacts on

the surroundings for a shorter period within a limited time. However, the

constructional phase impacts are temporary and localised phenomena except

the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern of the project

site.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 288

10.4.1. Site Preparation

Since the project site is fully developed and an existing fully-fledged plant is

already existing, leveling and other site preparation activities are not

envisaged. Cutting of trees for the construction of the proposed facilities within

the plant are not envisaged. The existing old boiler (Boiler 1 No-60 tph) will be

dismantled to accommodate new structures. The applicable Construction and

Demolition waste Rules 2016 will be adopted during the construction phase of

the project.

During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like

excavation and transportation through unmetalled roads. The dust will be

suppressed using water sprinkling and may continue after completion of

construction. The mill shall make provision for water sprinklers at the

construction areas. Demolition waste consists of concrete works, sanitary

utilities, wooden and roofing materials, metals and removal of all the electrical

fittings and associated cables. Proper handling of the demolished materials

will be done through the authorized and guided transportation and will be

disposed away from the site area.

WCPM and contractor will adopt manual demolition methods to minimize

noise levels. This has an added advantage of enabling the recovery of as

much scrap as possible.

WCPM will also follow the MoEF&CC notification on Construction and

Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016 dated March 29, 2016 for proper

collection, transportation & disposal/recycling of the construction and

demolition waste and same will be adopted. As per these regulations, the

following management plan has been recommended:

Segregating construction and demolition waste and dispose to the

authorised processing facilities and landfill sites.

Waste will be collected and stored in confined areas within the project

area before disposing to authorized vendors without disposing onto

open public areas in the vicinity of the plant.

A site specific waste management plan shall be adopted to establish

the possible type of waste that can be generated from the activity

during the construction phase and recycling vendors will be identified

for reuse, recycling or safe disposal.

Construction waste shall be segregated into four streams such as

concrete, soil, steel, wood and plastics, bricks and mortar, In addition

waste material associated asbestoes will be collected separately and

will be disposed to authorized waste disposal centres.

10.4.2. Air quality Management during Construction Phase

The activities like site development, grading and vehicular traffic contribute to

marginal increase in PM, SO2 and NOx concentrations. The following

management measures will be recommended to minimize the impacts are:



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 289

Most of the places of the existing facility are already paved and hence the

possibility of generation of dust emissions from the plant during the

construction phase will be less significant. However, sprinkling of water on

roads and construction site will be adopted during the construction phase of

the MDP project.

Implementing proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, Pollution under

Control (PUC) certified vehicles will be used for transporting machinery and

materials.

Power required for the construction activities will be sourced from the

existing captive power plant, hence no additional diesel engine generators

will be installed or used at project sites for power requirements.

10.4.3. Noise Level Management During Construction Phase

Noise emissions from the construction activities will be limited to movement of

trucks and material transfer operations. Construction activities will be limited

to day time (8am – 5pm) to avoid any possible noise related impacts on the

nearby areas during the night time conditions. In case of any necessity to

carry out works in night, only limiting measurements and markings will be

done. High noise generating systems such as generators will not be operated

as the power plant will be sourced from captive power plant for construction

activities. High noise and vibration causing construction activities such as

blasting and drilling etc are not envisaged under the current scenario.

Earmuffs will be provided to the workers.

In the event construction noise levels at the facility boundary exceed the

industrial limit of 75 dB(A), temporary noise barriers shall be installed to

minimize the overall noise related impacts on the nearby areas.

10.4.4. Water Quality Management during Construction Phase

The proposed MDP activities will be developed within the existing facility and

hence diversion of natural streams and canals are not envisaged. Water for

construction will be supplied from existing mill water supply systems. The

chemicals (paints, oils etc) shall be stored in designated areas. There is no

likelihood of groundwater contamination as there will not be any process

wastewaters discharge on to the ground during construction. As far as

possible, the work-force will be sourced from the local areas and hence onsite

construction workers camps are not envisaged. Existing toilets, rest rooms

and drinking water facilities will be made available to all contract workers

during the construction phase. No sewage will be discharged outside the mill

facilities.

Onsite construction vehicle maintenance and washing activities are not

envisaged at site. Hence discharges from construction vehicle maintenance

activities are not envisaged.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 290

10.4.5. Solid & Hazardous Waste Management during Construction Phase

The hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol,

diesel, welding gas and paints. Construction sites handle small quantities of

lube oils and diesel for running the construction equipment. In order to avoid

soil contamination due to accidental spills, it has been recommended to

provide spill absorbing material at the construction site and the contaminated

soil should be excavated and these materials shall be stored, and disposed

off to hazardous waste disposal sites according to the guidelines specified.

10.4.6. Ecological Management during the Construction Phase

As the new equipments for MDP is proposed to be located within the existing

mill premises, no effect on vegetation is anticipated. Greenbelt is already in

place in the existing facility which acts as barrier for any noise emissions and

construction dust emissions

10.4.7. Socio-Economic Aspects during the Construction Phase

The proposed MDP project will be developed within the existing facility and no

additional land will be acquired for the same. Hence Resettlement and

Rehabilitation (R&R) aspects are not applicable. Thus, there will not be any

adverse socio economic implications due to the proposed MDP project. The

existing facility is already providing employment to more than 3750 and

indirect employment to more than 1000 people. The economic activities in the

area have been improved after commencement of WCPM operations.

10.5. Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase

Based on the detailed prediction of impacts of the proposed facilities, the

possible environmental aspects due to the proposed MDP activities are

limited to emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler, additional wastewater

generation into the ETP and treated wastewater recycling operations,

additional solid and hazardous waste generation from the new facility. Apart

from these aspects, no major environmental aspects that can pose

considerable degree of impacts on the neighbouring environment are

envisaged. Management of WCPM is committed to implement all applicable

environmental and safety guidelines and the same were already incorporated

in the technical feasibility study of the report and further will be adopted in

basic and detailed engineering phases of the project.

10.5.1. Air Quality Management Plan for Operations Phase

The main sources of air pollution from the proposed project have been

discussed in Chapter 5 and existing pollution control measures implemented

are discussed in Chapter 2. The most likely possible residual impacts on air

environment due to the operation of the plant have been discussed in

Chapter 5.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 291

It may be seen that the prevailing ambient air quality in the study area is

within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQs). It may also be

noted that the predicted ground level concentrations due to emissions from

proposed coal fired boiler, represent the worst-case scenario and actual

concentrations will be much lower than that of the predicted levels due to

utilization of lower ash content and sulphur content fuels. The estimated

emissions and GLCs represent the Indian coal scenario with relatively higher

level of SO2 and NOx emissions when compared with imported coal scenario.

It is, therefore, expected that the actual GLCs will be much lower than those

predicted in the worst-case scenario. The following management plan will be

adopted in the plant during the operational phase of the facility.

10.5.1.1. Reduction of Emission at Source

Due to utilization of the high calorific value and low ash content coal, specific

coal consumption will be reduced, which in turn results in reduction of overall

SO2 emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler.

Dedicated Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) will be installed for control of

Particulate Matter (PM) emissions from the proposed boiler in the captive

power plant. ESP will be designed to achieve emission norms of 30 mg/Nm3

as per MoEF&CC January 2017 regulations.



uncontrolled emissions from the boiler when operated with 100% Indian coal

will be in the order of 160 Kg/hr, which will be further reduced to 6 Kg/hr

through dry lime addition process. About 3 Kg limestone (80% quality) would

be required for removing every kilogram of SO2 emissions in the combustion

chamber. This means about 15 TPD of limestone would be required for the

control emissions to the desired levels. Limestone and spent lime mud (80%

purity) from the chemical recovery plant will be utilized in the proposed FBC

boiler to meet the emission norms.

Based on the continuous emission data, NOx levels in the existing boiler is

reported less than 50 mg/Nm3, hence the NOx emissions will be maintained

below 100 mg/Nm3 as per FBC technology to meet the emission norms. The

low combustion temperature in the Fluidized bed type boiler results in minimal

NOx formation.

Based on the worst case coal consumption, peak SO2 emissions from the

proposed coal boiler will be in the order of 160 Kg/hr. This would prompt to

provide a minimum stack height of 64 m, whereas it has been proposed to

install 85 m height to achieve better dispersion of pollutants into the

atmosphere.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 292

About 95% of the total Hg emissions from power plant will be in the particulate

form. Emission factors for Hg suggested by USEPA (US Coals), CPCB (Indian

Coals) and UNEDP (worldwide coals) are reported to be in the range of 0.1 to

0.38 g/T, 0.003 to 0.34 g/T and 0.05 to 0.5 g/T of coal. With an average

emission level of 0.22 g/T of coal, the peak Hg concentration at proposed

power plant will be in the order of 0.01 mg/Nm3 as against the standard of

0.03 mg/Nm3. Since 95% of the Hg emissions are associated with particulate

matter emissions, these emissions will be further captured in the lime injection

in the boiler. Hence no additional Hg control technologies are envisaged at

this juncture.

10.5.1.2. Fugitive Emissions Control Management

WCPM has already implemented

various fugitive emissions control plan

in the existing facility and similar

practices will be continued after MDP

program and summary of various such

measured proposed to be adopted are

presented hereunder.

Existing Closed belt conveyors will

be used to transport coal from

stock yard to boiler house.

Existing Closed belt conveyors will

be extended up to the new boiler

Similar to the existing operations, ash will be transported by closed

bulkers to potential users

Adequate numbers of water

sprinkling system at coal storage

yard have been installed and

intensity of the water sprinkling will

be done based on the amount of

coal handled and meteorological

conditions

Unloading of coal trucks has been

carried out with proper care,

avoiding dropping of the materials from height. It is advisable to moisten

the material by sprinkling water while unloading, handling and during

storage

Mobile road dust cleaning machines will be employed to collect coal fines

if any

The sprinkling of water has been done along the internal roads in the

plant in order to control the dust arising due to the movement of vehicular

traffic

Sprinkler System

Closed Conveyor Systems



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 293

High efficiency bag filters were installed at the coal yard, coal transfer

points and preparation yards for the control of dust.

Adequately designed additional greenbelt will be developed for further

control the fugitive emissions, if any.

10.5.1.3. Management of Non Condensable Gases (NCG) Emission

As discussed in Chapter 4, the ambient concentration of NCG is below the

detectable limit at all locations and at the nearby villages.

WCPM has already implemented following control measures by improving the

process technology, super Batch Cooking system during digestion of wood

with controlled low temperature, low consistency pumping from digester to

improve the overall thermal efficiency and also to reduce NCG gas emission

in the operation of the digesters.

i. Emissions from digester relief and digester pulp discharge tanks are

connected to water striping in the scrubber and the non-condensable

gases are fired in the lime kiln. Two lime kilns are in operation and one

kiln will be continuous operation.

ii. Emissions from digester tank relief tanks are connected to lime kiln

iii. Emissions from evaporators condenser, are connected to lime kiln

iv. The vents from the stripper from the foul condensate is discharged into

atmosphere, a suitable alkali scrubber will be installed

v. Vents from bleaching tanks are connected to an alkali scrubber

Site photographs captured to depict NCG are in Figure 10.2

Figure 10-2 Odour gas and Fugitive Emissions and Control

Digester Pulp Discharge Tanks Digester Pulp Discharge Tanks

vent



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 294

Emissions from digester tank relief tanks connected to lime kiln

Stripper Foul Condensate is Discharged

into Atmosphere

The NCGs and Mercaptans formed at the pulp mill section digesters, blow

tank systems and evaporators are collected and burnt in Rotary Lime Kilns.

H2S emission testing is being carried out in the limekiln stack on quarter

yearly basis and similar practices will be continued after Proposed MDP.

10.5.2. Noise Management Plan

The impact of noise generated due to plant operations has been estimated in

Chapter 5. Sound pressure levels at the facility boundary will be maintained

below 50 dB (A), which is well within the stipulated threshold noise level of 75

dB (A) for industrial area.

The specifications for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipment

shall include built-in design requirements to have minimum noise levels

meeting Occupational Safety and Health Association (OSHA) requirement.

Steam turbine and turbo-generator in the co-generation plants will be

provided with acoustic insulation and, also, will be placed in a closed room

Appropriate noise barriers/shields, silencers etc will be provided in the

equipment, wherever feasible and necessary. As far as possible, noise



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 295

emanating from noisy equipment shall be adequately attenuated by

enclosures, insulations etc.

Ear plugs are being provided to workmen working near high noise

generating sources

The existing greenbelt around the plant will further attenuate noise levels

10.5.3. Water and Wastewater Management

10.5.3.1. Water conservation

Wastewater from Paper Machine Section constituting about 39% of the total

quantity of wastewater generated from the plant, is recycled within the plant.

Apart from this, the WCPM has implemented various other wastewater

recycling and water conservation measures in the existing facility resulting in

significant reduction in the quantity of fresh water drawl from the river and the

consequential reduction in the quantity of wastewater generation and

discharge.

The fresh water requirement for the mill with the current production and fresh

water consumption for the mill at a level of 60,800 m3/day is equivalent to

around 65 m3/t of paper. In order to be in line with new norms of fresh water

consumption, As a part of MDP further water conservation and recycling

programs will be implemented to achieve a specific water consumption of 56

m3/t post MDP.

10.5.3.2. Wastewater Treatment and Management

The total wastewater generated at the existing facility is about 54,800 m³/day

and during the post MDP program it will be 64,300 m³/day. The existing ETP

is designed for a capacity to handle 85,885 m³/day effluent from the mill. The

wastewater from the mill is divided mainly into two separate streams, pulp mill

and paper machine stream.

Although the overall treated wastewater discharge into the river will be limited

within the existing consented level of 85,885 m3/day, due to recycling of

wastewater, the wastewater flow into the ETP will increase marginally from

54,800 m3/day to 64,300 m3/day. Similarly the COD load on the ETP will also

increase due to increase in production capacity. An attempt was made to

assess the adequacy of the existing wastewater treatment plant for meeting

the pollution load on the ETP during the post project scenario.

About 2,200 m3/day of fresh water will be utilized for domestic purposes in the

colony. The sewage will be treated as is being done presently, in a scientific

manner to meet the prescribed standards.

10.5.3.2.1. ETP Adequacy Report- MDP Scenario

As indicated in the previous sections, wastewater generation from the plant is

being segregated into three streams such as pulp mill wastewater, paper mill



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 296

wastewater and sewage. Due to segregation and treatment of pulp mill and

paper mill wastewater in dedicated wastewater streams, the recycling

opportunities for treated wastewater from paper mill has enhanced

significantly.

Adequacy of the ETP: The TSS load of pulp mill stream will increase from

5200 Kg/day to 5400 Kg/day. The estimated solids loading rate on the primary

clarifier during the post project will be in the order of 4.1 Kg/m2/day, which is

within the acceptable threshold levels of 75 kg/m2/day. It has been estimated

that the Food to Micro organism ratio will be increase to 0.8 which is high and

hence the destabilization of biological treatment plant is recommended as

provided in Chapter 5. during the post project scenario with a normal MLVSS

levels of 2500 mg/l. Hence the existing aeration tanks are adequate. The

overall oxygen demand in the aeration tank (biological treatment plant) is

estimated to be in the order 19,000 Am3/hr as against the existing 3 nos of air

blowers with a capacity of 12,500 m3/hr. Based on this analysis, it is

concluded that the existing pulp mill ETP stream is adequate to accommodate

the additional COD and TSS loads from the MDP operations.

10.5.3.3. Treated Wastewater Management

It can be inferred from the previous discussions on water balance, out of the

total 64,300 m3/day of treated wastewater, about 1000 m3/day of treated

wastewater will be reused within the facility. Similar to the existing operations,

treated wastewater of about 63,000 m³/day from the ETP will be discharged

into to Halmaddi nallah through single point discharge, which leads to the river

Kali.

A detailed river water quality modelling study and also baseline studies on the

river water reconfirms that the background BOD levels in the downstream of

river are comparable with that of the upstream scenario. This aspect confirms

that the impacts due to disposal of treated wastewater into the river are

insignificant. The predicted river water dissolved oxygen levels for the post

project scenario indicated that oxygen levels never drop below 6.5 mg/l, which

is far above the threshold levels for aquatic species.

Similar to the current practices, about 1000 m3/day of treated wastewater with

a TDS level of 1000 mg/l (peak) will be applied on the land for greenbelt

development and plantation. These TDS levels are well within the permissible

level of 2100 mg/l recommended by State Pollution control Board under

consent to operate issued for the WCPM facility.

Considering the soil types, the wastewater application rate for the plantation

and greenbelt in the area will be in the order of 30m3/ha and the

corresponding area required for greenbelt and plantation to assimilate 1000

m3/day of treated wastewater will be in the order of 83 Acres. The existing



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 297

facility is consisting of about 103 acres of greenbelt and plantation within the

facility which can utilize 1250 m3/day of treated wastewater.

TDS in the treated wastewater could increase from current level of 650 mg/l to

800 mg/l due to increase in paper and pulp mill production and decrease in

the specific wastewater generation. The net increase in TDS mass load on the

plantation and greenbelt area due to application of treated wastewater (1000

m3/day) will be in the order of 150 Kg/day which is equivalent to 1.4

Kg/acre/day which is insignificant. The baseline TDS levels in the background

ground water samples at the facility and neighbouring environment was

reported to be in the order of 250 to 1400 mg/l, which is well within the

stipulated drinking water quality standards.

10.5.4. Solid Waste Management

All the solid wastes generated in the mill are from the auxiliary plants and they

include lime sludge from the recausticising section, ash from the boilers,

sludge from De-Inking Plant, Sludge from the wastewater treatment plant and

wood dust from the pulp mill.

Similar to the existing operations, the ETP sludge will be disposed to small

secondary board units to manufacture cardboards/ egg tray manufactures.

Similarly, fly ash generated will be sold to Cement industry/ brick

manufactures. The wood /bark dust generated will be Used in Boilers as well

as sold to external parties for secondary use. The lime mud as purge for non

process elements and silica will be Recycled using lime kiln with make-up lime.

De-Inking Sludge from the proposed De-Inking Plant (DIP) will be sold to

authorized vendors or fired in the boilers.

Necessary authorization has obtained from KSPCB for the disposal of used oil

to the waste oil recycling vendors. The quantity of the solid waste generated

and the disposal method for the existing and post MDP is given below in Table

10.1.

Table 10-1 MEP Solid Waste Generation and Disposal

S.No Source Composition

Quantity in tpd Current Disposal method

Post MDP disposal method

Existing Post MDP

1 Fly ash Silica 370 590

Cement manufacture/ brick manufacture.

Existing system will be followed




3 Saw dust Organic 60 80

Fired in boiler/ Sold to external party for secondary use




PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 298

S.No Source Composition

Quantity in tpd Current Disposal method

Post MDP disposal method

Existing Post MDP


Fines and fibre

50 80 Used for card board / egg tray manufacture


5 Plastic Waste

Plastic - 5 Not Applicable




- 30 Not Applicable


7 Used Oil, KLD

0.05 0.06 Sold to KSPCB approved recyclers


10.5.5. Rain Water Harvesting

There is lot of surface and subsurface recharging measures available

depending upon the site conditions. The specific recharge measures should

be selected depending on the soil characteristics, lithology and nature of the

aquifer material, pre and post monsoon ground water level and so on. The

average ground water level in the Study area various between 11.85 m (Pre-

monsoon) and 6.82 m (Post monsoon), which clearly indicates that the ground

water level in the study area is deep. As the ground water level is moderately

deep, proposal for roof top collection. Storage cum percolation pond with

recharge shaft with bore well has been contemplated.

According to the slope of the roof the sump location has been identified. The

roof area and the normal monthly rainfall have been considered for designing

the capacity of the sump.

The estimation of runoff from the project site has been assessed. Based on

vacant, roof top area and the monthly rainfall and runoff, the storage

structures and percolation pond with recharge tube well have been

contemplated.

10.5.5.1. Conservation Measures

Roof top collection

The roof water collection is estimated as 10031 CUM/Year

10 sumps with a total capacity of 875 CUM have been suggested to

capture the roof water. Each sump size is 7m X 5m X 2.5m



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 299

The rainwater that is been generated from the roof is proposed to pass

through a filter media. The proposed filter media is multiplayer vertical filters.

The size of the filter media is as follows:

The size of the multiplayer vertical filter is 2m X 2m X 0.9m

The outlet pipes from the roof area are connected with 115 mm dia

PVC pipe allowing the water to pass through the filter media before

storing in the sump

Table 10-2 Rainwater Harvesting scheme for the proposed site - Roof top Collection

Location Area (sq

m) Runoff

Coefficient

Total Roof Area 481576.34 0.95

Actual Sump Capacity CUM 875

Harvestable water CUM 1382192

Water harvested CUM 10031

Surplus outflow from Sump CUM 1372161

Month Rain fall

(mm) Harvestable Water (CUM)

Sump Storage (CUM)

Surplus out flow from

Sump (CUM)

January 1.50 686 686 0

February 1.30 595 595 0

March 13.10 5993 875 5118

April 27.60 12627 875 11752

May 102.60 46939 875 46064

June 677.60 310000 875 309125

July 943.20 431512 875 430637

August 662.10 302909 875 302034

September 366.40 167627 875 166752

October 163.20 74664 875 73789

November 58.70 26855 875 25980

December 3.90 1784 875 909

TOTAL 3021.20 1382192 10031 1372161

Storage cum Percolation Pond

The surplus runoff after roof top collection and from the green belt, asphalt

area has been estimated for Plant area.

Surplus runoff after roof top collection – 1372161 Cum/Year

Runoff from Asphalt area - 1150752 Cum/Year

Runoff from Green belt area - 256754 Cum/Year

Runoff from Open area - 150384 Cum/Year

Total runoff - 2930051 Cum/Year

Rainwater harvesting can be effected by way of Storage cum percolation pond

with recharge shaft with bore well.

1 pond is proposed within the project site to capture the runoff.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 300

Table 10-3 Pond proposed within the project

S.No Description Size in m Capacity in Cum

1 Pond 1 60 X 20 X 3.00 m 3600

2 Pond 2 60 X 20 X 3.00 m 3600

3 Pond 2 60 X 20 X 3.00 m 3600

Total Capacity 10800

The total capacity of the pond is 10800 CUM/Year

The rainwater from the above area is proposed to take to the storage

pond through unlined open channel with a width of 0.5 m

The storage cum Percolation pond collection is estimated as 101564

CUM / Year

Evaporation losses (monthly evaporation has been considered –

20%) are estimated as 29025 CUM/Year.

Quantity of water added to the ground water reservoir from the

storage / percolation with recharge bore well is estimated as 29016

CUM/Year.

The surplus from the storage pond is proposed to let out through the

natural stream

Recharge shaft with bore well to a depth of 100 m is recommended in

the Storage cum percolation pond. The size of the recharge shaft

may 5m length X 5width and 3m depth. In the center of the recharge

shaft a bore well with a dia of 6 inches may to drilled and perforated

pipes are inserted to facilitate the vertical and horizontal movement of

ground water. The Recharge shaft with bore well not only recharges

the shallow water table aquifer but also the deeper fractured aquifer.

10.5.6. Ecology and Biodiversity Management Plan

Project site is located at about 2 km from the Eco sensitive zone boundary of

Dandeli-Anshi Tiger Reserve & Hornbill Conservation Reserve boundary as

per draft MoEF&CC Notification for which ESZ notification is yet to be

Published. As per the EC letter from MoEF&CC dated 19th July 2007, Dandeli

Wildlife Sanctuary is located at 9 km (E). NOC from the Principal Secretary,

Forest, Environment & Ecology Department, Govt of Karnataka is obtained by

WPCM vide letter No. D/WL/WCPM/CR-29/2006-06 dated 26/06/2007 subject

to various conditions.

Since the prediction of impacts due release of controlled emissions from the

facility will be within the acceptable levels, no adverse impacts are anticipated

on the neighbouring areas. However due to presence of notified wildlife

sanctuary in the region, the following management plan has been suggested:

The existing online wastewater quality monitoring systems shall be calibrated

frequently to ensure that no additional pollution load will be discharged into

the river beyond the consented levels. Suitable alarms can be coupled with

the online TOC analyzer in the treated wastewater discharge line.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 301

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) levels in the river shall be monitored on weekly basis

to ensure that DO levels never fall below 5 mg/l even during the summer

conditions where the solubility of DO is relatively lower when compared with

other seasons.

Ambient air quality shall be monitored as per the NAAQ standards near the

wildlife sanctuary in consultation with state pollution control board.

Although sparse population of Crocodiles were observed in River Kali stretch

near the existing facility, the following conservation plan can be adopted by

WCPM in consultation with regional forest department officials: (i). The broad

strategy adopted for rehabilitation of crocodiles was to protect them in their

natural habitats, to rebuild the population quickly through captive breeding

(rear and release), and to build up trained personnel for the job, (ii). to rebuild

natural population quickly through 'grow and release' or 'rear and release'

technique involving the following phases of operation (a). Collection of eggs

from natural nests as soon as these were laid, (b). Incubation of these eggs

under ideal temperature and humidity maintained in artificial hatcheries, (c).

Hatching and rearing the young crocodilians in ideal captive-husbandry

conditions (d). Marking and releasing young crocodiles in protected areas,

and (e). Assessing the result of release along with protection of the released

crocodiles.

10.5.6.1. Captive Plantations

The research wing of West Coast Paper Mills Ltd. works pro-actively towards

the promotion of technology-based plantations and successfully made use of

captive plantation techniques to increase the productivity and sustainability of

our plantations. The method of clonal forestry used in captive plantation has

gained wide acceptance in India.

Local community plantations and small holder agro-forestry are also the ones

that have benefited from our clonal forestry techniques for captive plantations.

WCPM aims to increase the effectiveness of land in surrounding districts using

tree improvement techniques for agro-forestry. Through efforts of WCPM help

rural communities to enhance the productivity, suitability, and sustainability of

their land use.

Contract Farming: Under Contract for Farming Scheme mill has covered

around 20,000 ha of unproductive agricultural land within a radius of 250 Kms.

of Dandeli for raising of pulpwood plantation of trees such as Eucalyptus,

Casuarina, Acacia & Subabul for five years rotation with an expected yield of

around 2.50 Lac MT of pulpwood per annum from the year 2011 onwards.

The local farmers have actively co-operated with the Company and provided

around 661 acres of land for taking up such hi-tech plantation during 2006

rains in the Ramnagar area of Joida Taluka of Uttara Kannada District as a



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 302

pilot project with a total of around 2501 acres till 2015. Additionally, around

36,500 acres area have already been identified & covered under plantations in

adjoining districts of Karnataka, Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh. To date the

total planted area under the scheme is around 19929 hectares covering around

8200 farmers of 1900 villages.

WCPM launched Various R&D supported program on tree Improvement and

development of new supervisor clones. Company is continuously taking up

research work on increasing the productivity per unit area since the last two

decades. Under its R&D programme 39 clones of Eucalyptus, 28 clones of

Acacia hybrid and 6 clones of Subabul were successfully developed and

established in field for their performance.

The Research Gardens / Clonal Orchards, Nurseries, Mist Chambers / Green

Houses which are being established within 10 Kms. radius of Dandeli would

enhance direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local community.

The pulpwood plantations would itself emerge as a self-contained agro-

industrial activity having all the potential for providing high value opportunities

similar to bio-tech and large plantation estates. The development &

maintenance of infrastructure and allied activities such as transport etc. would

boost the local economy. Thus, the raw material augmentation efforts itself

have the potential to ignite a multifaceted economic cycle, which can arrest the

present trend of decline in the population of Dandeli.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 303



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 304

10.6. Need based Development under CER Plan

In addition to the above mitigation measures, need based CER plan is

developed based on the socioeconomic indicators, field observations and

based on the felt needs of the people during the primary survey and public

hearing. The need-based CER programs are proposed for the villages

adjacent to the project site. In addition to the existing CSR activities carried

out by the company additional support to be given to the proposed needs.

Some of the key observations related to lack of facilities or people’s basic

needs are illustrated below.

10.6.1. Proposed CER Programs:

Safe Drinking Water- Drinking

water facilities are provided to

the villages adjacent to the

plant premises. In addition to

these the drinking water facility

can be extended to the other

villages of the project study

area.

Sanitation Facilities- Only

about 50% of the households

in the study area are accessed

with Sanitation facilities.

Providing safe sanitation facilities, Awareness programs etc can be

included under the CER scheme.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12


Prepared by & 305

Veterinary Clinic Services- Veterinary camps are organized in the

villages through the existing CSR program. However the services shall be

extended to the other villages in the study area.

Education Promotion- Majority of the villages in the study area are not

accessed through higher education facilities. And most of the children are

walking in an average of 2-5 km to reach higher classes. Providing

transportation facilities for the school children will reduce the school

dropouts post primary sections.

Access to Health Facilities- Health facilities are mostly available in the

Dandeli town and most of the villages are not accessed with basic medical

facilities. Health camps, Eye Camps are organized through the existing

CSR program. However, it is recommended to increase the frequency of

health camps and providing by ambulance facilities to reach the medical

facility.

Skill Development Programs: As a part of skill development, the WCPM

has been supporting Dandeli Education Society financially. The

professional course in Pulp and Paper Technology and Post Graduate

programs in Chemistry and Commerce are being run by the society of

WCPM.

o To fulfill the requirements of employment, the preference is being

given to the local candidates and accordingly, suitable skill

development trainings (both internal as well as external) are being

provided to such candidates.

o To develop the technical skills among the workmen, the training

calendar has been prepared to impart on job training to the newly

joined candidates / workmen by the Senior Engineers, Managers

and expert staff. Further, the soft skill trainings are being imparted

to the workmen by engaging the service of the National Board for

Workers Education, Hubli – Ministry of Labor and Employment,

Government of India. And WCPM is engaging external experts /

trainers / competent agencies to impart soft skills training programs

to the staff and officers category.

o Further, the Management of WCPM is providing skill development

training to the local I.T.I. candidates by engaging the services of an

instructor/s who are experts in the I.T.I. trades.

o WCPM plans to avail the services from the Vishweshwarayya

Technological University’s (VTU) - National Academy for Skill

Development which is established recently in Dandeli to enhance

the employability skills of the workmen.

o Similar to the existing practices, employment oppportunitites and

skill development programs will be undertaken during the post

project scenario.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-10 Environmental Management Plan

Prepared by & 306

Table 10-4 Strategic CER Plan

Social aspect CER

Theme

Observations Study Area

Village Indicators

Target for Y-2025

Impact Indicator for CER Program

Comments Improve health

conditions

Improved skills and

Knowledge

Improved Earning Capacity

Approximate number of household having access to safe drinking water (Ref-

33)

Providing Safe

Drinking Water

Approx 967 houses are not having access to DW facility.

100% Access to DW Facility

Very High NA High

Drinking water is sourced from Panchayat supply and ground water where the quality of the water is not as per the drinking water standard.

Number of families having adequate Sanitation facilities (Ref-

34)

Providing Toilet

Facilities

Approx 785 houses are not having access to Toilet facility.

100% Access to Toilet facility

Very High NA High

Majority of the HH are not accessed to Sanitation facility and mostly practice Open Defecation.

There are no Veterinary Hospital in the Study Area villages

Providing Veterinary

Clinic Services

Only one Veterinary hospital located at Dandeli.

Conducting Periodical Veterinary Health Camps

NA NA Very High

Majority of the people raise cattle but there are no Veterinary hospital / facility in the village and only available at Dandeli.

High School and Higher Secondary Schools are available at only Dandeli Town. (Ref-

35)

Education Promotion

No Government Bus Facility in most of the Villages

Education Promotion programs including transportation facility

NA Very High Very High

Providing Education promotion programs including transportation facility to the villages will reduce the school dropouts after primary.

Majority of the population are accessing the Health facility at a average distance of 5-10 km.

Providing access to

Health Facilities

No Health facility in the villages and all are located in Dandeli Town.

Health Facilities / Camps to be provided to Villages

Very High NA Very High

With limited access to transportation local access to health facility will promote the health level of the people

33 - DLHS – 4 2012-13 - 61.3% of the Population is accessed to Safe Drinking water facility- Villages falling within 5km radius considered (1516 houses X61.3%) = 967 house 34

- Base line survey 2012, Ministry of Dirking Water and Sanitation and interactions with the village representatives, 49.5% of the household is having safe sanitation facilities in the village 35

- School Location Mapping – Department of School Education & Literacy, 72 Schools located in Study area and 4 Hr. Sec. School available only at Dandeli.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-10 Environmental Management Plan

Prepared by & 307

10.6.2. Proposed CER (Corporate Environment Responsibility) Budget

The management of WCPM has spent about Rs. 149.90 Lakhs. on various

CSR activities in the financial year 2017-2018. As a continued support for the

CSR activities, the management of WCPM has proposed to spend 2.5% of the

net profit of the business operations will be budgeted towards CSR programs

as per Sec.135 of Companies Act 2013 in the study area with a focused

approach on education, health, and disaster relief.

In addition to the CSR activities, The capital CER budget of INR.375 Lakhs has

been embarked for the local community development within the vicinity of the

study area which is arrived by considering 0.5 % of the total project cost as per

the office memorandum of Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) issued

by MoEF&CC dated 1st May 2018.


project to the State of Karnataka and National Economy would be significant,

to say the least.

10.7. Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management

The estimated total cost of the proposed project is Rs.750. Crores. Under the

project, an estimated investment of about Rs. 20 Crores towards pollution

control equipment, implementation of environmental pollution control

measures and environmental management programmes has been

earmarked. Break-up of the budget for the proposed project environmental

management programmes are presented in Table 10.5.

Table 10-5 Budget for Environmental Management Plan

Section Rs

Crore

Power boiler ESP and stack 10.00

Ash handling 1.50

Online environmental protection and monitoring 0.50

Effluent treatment plant upgradation 3.00

Water conservation/recycling 4.00

Additional Green belt 1.00

Total 20.00



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-11 Conclusion

Prepared by & 308

11. CONCLUSION

Based on the information stated in the project report and also an independent

assessment on the baseline environmental status and also prediction of impacts,

the following conclusions are made by the EIA consulting organization and study

team.

Based on the findings of the detailed air quality modelling exercise, it

has been inferred that the resultant cumulative concentration at around

10 Kms radius distance from proposed MDP project will comply with the

NAAQ Standards

Full-fledged wastewater treatment facilities and high efficiency

Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) and other pollution abatement

measures will result in minimising the adverse impacts on the

environment


management program of the existing facility, the management of WCPM

has proposed to invest additionally about Rs.20 crores towards various

pollution control and environmental management programs under the

MDP project

The management of WCPM has spent about Rs. 149 Lakhs. on various

CSR activities in the financial year 2017-2018. As a continued support

for the CSR activities, the management of WCPM has proposed to

spend 2.5% of the net profit of the business operations will be budgeted

towards CSR programs as per Sec.135 of Companies Act 2013 in the

study area with a focused approach on education, health, and disaster

relief

In addition, as per Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER), the

management of WCPM has proposed to spend INR.375 Lakhs, i.e.

0.50% of the total project cost for the community development in the

study area .

The project will create direct employment to about 175 persons. In

addition it would generate indirect employment to about 500 persons in

the industries and service organizations and material handling, etc.,

which will be supported by the operations of the mill

This project will have significant beneficial effects in terms of growth and

development of the regional economy

The project will also pave way for additional growth of ancillary industries

in the region, which will not only increase the employment potential but

also further strengthen the economic base of the region.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12 Chapter-11 Conclusion

Prepared by & 309

The proposed project is structured to be in line with the requirements of

MoEF/CPCB/ KSPCB

Thus, it can be concluded that with the judicious and proper implementation of the

pollution control and mitigation measures, the proposed project can proceed

without any significant negative impact on the environment.



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12

Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultants

Prepared by & C3-310

12. Disclosure of Consultants

12.1. Introduction

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environment Management

Plan (EMP) report has been prepared by carrying out various scientific

studies. The studies have been carried out by M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk

Services Limited, Chennai, India with technical report from SPB Projects

and Consultancy Limited.

The profiles of the Consultants are given below,

12.2. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited – EIA Consultant

M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Ltd (CMSRSL) is a joint venture

between the Murugappa group, India and Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Group,

Japan. CMSRSL is an ISO 9001:2008 certified company. CMSRSL offers

safety and environmental consulting services across India, Middle East and

East Asian countries. CMSRSL consists of six consulting domains such as

environmental engineering and management, process safety, fire safety,

electrical safety, construction safety and logistics risk assessment. CMSRSL

is a NABET accredited EIA consulting organization for undertaking EIA

studies in the following sectors: paper and pulp, thermal power plants,

petroleum refineries, petrochemical complex, chemical fertilizers, synthetic

organic chemical industries, ports and harbours and area development

projects. CMSRSL has offered environmental and safety related consulting

services for more than 5000 clients during last decade.

12.2.1. Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study

Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study

S. No. Name Role in the EIA Study

1 Mr V S Bhaskar

EIA Coordinator – Pulp & paper industry and Thermal Power Plants. Functional Area Expert(FAE) - Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling and Prediction Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Noise / Vibration Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Risk & Hazards Management

2 Mr. D. Ravishankar

Associate EIA Coordinator Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring and Control Functional Area Expert FAE –Solid & Hazardous Waste Management Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Risk & Hazards Management



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12



S. No. Name Role in the EIA Study

3 Mr. T.P Natesan Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Land Use, Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation

4 Dr.T.Balakrishnan Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Ecology and Biodiversity

5 Mr. C S Karthick Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Socio-Economics

6 Ms. Sathya S. Functional Area Expert (FAE) – MSW and Team Member

7 Mr. Ganta Srikanth Functional Area Expert (FAE)- Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts and Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring and Control

Other Technical Team Members

S. No. Technical members

1 Ms. Sujatha Gurudev (Functional Area Associate)

2 Mr. Mahendra B. (Functional Area Associate)

External Labs/Agencies involved in EIA Study

1 Base line Environmental data – Ambient air Quality, Water, Soil and Noise sampling & analysis.

Chennai Testing Laboratory Private Limited, Chennai, (NABL accredited Lab)

3 Sodar Studies Dr.B.Gera Retired Scientist from M/s National Physical Laboratory, New Delhi

NABET Certificate of M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Ltd (CMSRSL) and is given below



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12



12.2.2. NABET Certificate



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12



12.3. SPB Projects and Consultancy Limited –Technical Consultant

SPB Projects and Consultancy Limited (SPB-PC) specialises in providing a

wide range of Consultancy Services in the field of Pulp and Paper, Sugar,

Ceramics, Power etc. Pulp and paper sector, however, represents the main

thrust areas of specialisation, with extensive experience with pulping

processes practically for all grades of pulp qualities and for almost all possible

paper/newsprint grades from a wide spectrum of fibrous raw materials

including a variety of non-wood fibres. Among the non-wood fibres, SPB-PC’s

exposure to bagasse pulping is unique, having been associated in the

development of the bagasse based newsprint mill that is in successful

operation in Tamil Nadu namely Tamil Nadu Newsprint and Papers Limited

(TNPL)



PJ-ENVIR-

20161031-993/R12



SPB-PC's expertise includes feasibility studies, preparation of Detailed Project

Reports (DPR), Evaluation of Technology, Rendering Basic Engineering

Services, Detail Engineering and a wide range of Project Management and

Operations Services besides Technical Audits, Mill Development Studies and

Development of Revival/Rehabilitation Proposals for sick units and

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Studies.

SPB-PC has been rendering technical assistance in EIA studies since year

1995 and involved in 40 EIA studies in Pulp and Paper industries.

12.3.1. Work-Place Facilities

SPB-PC, located at Chennai, India, operates from its modern, fully air-

conditioned office (floor area: 25,000 ft2) with three full-fledged conference

halls equipped with digital projection facilities for multimedia presentations,

latest telecommunication facilities, video conferencing, high speed photocopier

machines with reversible automatic document feeders, besides binding

facilities. The Company has state-of-the-art computer-aided facilities, fully

networked, for engineering, analysis, design and documentation and

communication facilities like e-mail and telefax. The Company has a 380 kVA

Diesel Generator, as insulation against power outages.

12.3.2 Structure

The SPB-PC Organisation is structured broadly into three distinct groups viz. a

Consultancy Services Group, a Project Services Group and an Operations

Management Group. The Consultancy Services Group, which forms the core

of the Organisation, is manned by engineers, planners, specialists, financial

experts, economic analysts and design specialists with extensive experience

in the related industries. SPB-PC, being the engineering base of a multi-sector

Group of Companies, the Project Services Group and the Operations

Management Group are augmented by Consulting Technologists and

Specialist manpower seconded from the associate group companies operating

in the fields of pulp and paper, sugar, ceramics and refractories.

12.3.3 Manning

The Company is manned by experienced and capable engineering staff

covering all disciplines like mechanical, process, environment, electrical,

instrumentation and civil. The engineering staffs have extensive experience in

construction, operation and maintenance in the fields of pulp and paper,

newsprint, sugar, ceramics, power etc and most of them have over 10/15

years of experience in the relevant discipline. The Company is also well

supported by finance, marketing, accounting and general administrative staff.

Documents

Comprising of augmentation of pulp mill and …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/10092019I...Declaration Final EIA Report for Mill Development Plan (MDP) for West Coast